Section
Ⅲ Learning
about
Language
&
Using
Language
根据提示写出下列单词
1.__________vt.&vi.
咬;叮;刺痛
2.__________vt.
检查;视察
3.__________n.
事件;事变
4.__________n.
灰尘;尘土;尘埃
5.__________adj.
凶猛的;猛烈的6.__________n.
结局;结尾
【答案】 1.bite 2.inspect 3.incident 4.dust 5.fierce 6.ending
根据提示补全下列短语
1.come
________being
形成;产生
2.according
________
按照;根据……所说
3.________that
以至于;结果
4.used
________
过去常常
5.________sure
确定无疑
6.________number
of
许多
【答案】 1.into 2.to 3.so 4.to 5.for 6.a
根据提示补全下列教材原句
1.After
a
while
she
saw
some
zebra
_________________________________.
过了一会儿她看到了一些斑马,它们身上有一直延伸到腹部的黑白相间的条纹。
2.They
lived
on
the
earth
tens
of
millions
of
years
ago,________________
humans
came
into
being
and
their
future
seemed
secure
at
that
time.
千百万年前,它们(恐龙)就在地球上生活,比人类的出现要早得多,当时它们的前景好像也很安全。
3.They
learned
this
from
________
the
bones
were
joined
together.
他们(科学家)是根据(恐龙)骨骼的连接方式得知的这些。
4.When
scientists
inspected
the
bones,they
were
surprised
to
find
that
these
dinosaurs
could
________
run
like
the
others
________
climb
trees.
科学家们观察它们的骨头时,惊奇地发现这些恐龙不仅跟其他恐龙一样可以跑,而且还可以爬树。
【答案】 1.with
black
and
white
lines
going
beneath
their
stomachs 2.long
before 3.the
way 4.not
only;but
also
阅读P30教材原文,选择最佳选项
1.The
main
idea
of
the
passage
is
________.
A.how
dinosaurs
were
discovered
B.about
dinosaurs'
extinction
C.about
the
history
of
dinosaurs
D.about
animals'
dying
out
2.From
the
first
paragraph
we
know
that
________.
A.dinosaurs
have
recently
disappeared
B.a
number
of
dinosaurs
used
to
live
in
Canada
C.dinosaurs'
existence
is
long
before
humans
came
into
being
D.dinosaurs
can't
climb
trees
as
other
animals
do
3.The
possible
reasons
for
the
disappearance
of
dinosaurs
are
the
following
EXCEPT
that
________.
A.they
lived
on
the
earth
tens
of
millions
of
years
ago
B.it
came
after
an
unexpected
incident
C.the
earth
got
too
hot
for
the
dinosaurs
to
live
on
D.nobody
knows
for
sure
the
reason
4.According
to
a
UN
report,we
know
that
____________.
A.some
844
animals
and
plants
have
disappeared
in
the
last
500
yearsB.the
dodo,a
very
friendly
animal
can
live
longer
on
the
earth
C.dinosaurs
can
not
only
run
but
also
climb
trees
D.too
much
dust
in
the
air
killed
dinosaurs
5.From
the
whole
passage
we
can
learn
that
________.
A.if
we
protect
the
earth
well,dinosaurs
can't
die
out
quickly
B.the
eggs
of
twenty five
species
will
be
found
in
China
C.scientists
found
a
surprising
result
of
the
brain
of
the
dinosaurs
D.the
next
part
of
the
passage
will
be
about
dodo's
disappearance
【答案】 1-5 BCAAD
bite
vt.&
vi.(bit,bitten)咬;叮;刺痛;强忍(不说)
n.咬;叮;咬(叮/蜇)伤;(咬下的)一口
(教材P29)What
should
you
do
if
you
are
being
bitten
by
mosquitoes
如果你正在被蚊子叮咬,你应该做什么?
bite
at
向……咬去;冲……叫骂;上当
bite
back
反唇相讥;强忍不说出来
bite
one's
lips
忍住话;抑制情感的流露
bite
one's
tongue
强忍着不说
be
bitten
by
sth.
热衷于(着迷)某事
①I
didn't
believe
her
explanation
but
I
bit
my
tongue.
我不相信她的解释,但忍着没说出来。
②They
are
too
knowing
to_bite(bite)
at
such
a
bait.他们很老练,不上这种当。
“咬某人的腿”表示为“bite
sb.in
the
leg”,而不是bite
one's
leg,即bite+人+介词+the+部位。
③The
dog
bit
the
thief
in
the
leg.
那只狗咬了小偷的腿。
come
into
being
形成;产生
(教材P30)They
lived
on
the
earth
tens
of
millions
of
years
ago,
long
before
humans
came
into
being
and
their
future
seemed
secure
at
that
time.
千百万年前,他们(恐龙)就在地球上生活,比人类的出现要早得多,当时它们的前景好像也很安全。
come
into
existence
形成;产生
come
into
effect/force/operation
生效;实施
come
into
reality
实现;变成现实
come
into
use/service
开始被使用
come
into
power/office
当权;上台执政
come
into
sight/view
看见,映入眼帘
①When
do
the
new
laws
come
into
effect/force/operation
新法律什么时候开始执行?
②The
town
came
into
sight/view
as
we
turned
the
corner.
我们拐过弯,那个镇就映入眼帘。
according
to
按照;根据……所说
(教材P30)According
to
a
UN
report,some
844
animals
and
plants
have
disappeared
in
the
last
500
years.
根据联合国的一份报告,在过去500年里,有大约844种动植物消失。
①According
to
expert
opinions,they
gave
up
the
experiment
immediately.
根据专家们的意见,他们马上放弃了这项试验。
②According
to
Anne,a
true
friend
is
a
person
whom
you
can
trust.
按照安妮的说法,真正的朋友是你可以信任的人。
according
to后可接名词、代词或what从句。according
to用来引出来自他人或他处的消息,不能与me或my
opinion连用。in
my
opinion
表示自己的观点,意为“依我看”。
依我看,这部电影很不错。
In
my
opinion,the
film
is
wonderful.(正)
According
to
my
opinion,the
film
is
wonderful.(误)
According
to
me,the
film
is
wonderful.(误)
Ⅰ.语境填词
1.The
fierce
dog
turned
on
him
and
bit
him
in
_________leg.
2.Do
you
know
when
the
Great
Wall
first
came
into
________(be)
3.She
ranked
her
students
according
________
their
grades.
4.Please
put
your
luggage
here
for
safety
________(inspect).
5.That
will
make
a
good
________(end)
to
the
book.
【答案】 1.the 2.being 3.to 4.inspection 5.ending
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.新税法是上个月生效的。
The
new
tax
regulations
________________
last
month.
2.据天气预报说,明天有雨。
________________,it
will
rain
tomorrow.
3.要是被攻击,甚至最弱小的动物也会回咬一口。
Even
the
weakest
animal
________
when
it
is
attacked
4.他过去时常在荒野上长时间地散步。
He
________________
on
the
moors.
5.他戴了一个面罩,为了无人认出他来。
He
wore
a
mask
________
no
one
would
recognize
him.
【答案】 1.came
into
effect 2.According
to
the
weather
forecast 3.will
bite
back 4.used
to
go
for
long
walks 5.so
that
(教材P28)After
a
while
she
saw
some
zebra
with_black_and_white_lines_going_beneath_their_stomachs.
过了一会儿她看到了一些斑马,它们身上有从上一直延伸到腹部的黑白相间的条纹。
【要点提炼】 此句是一个简单句。句中with
black
and
white
lines
going
beneath
their
stomachs
是with的复合结构。该结构在句中作定语,修饰some
zebra。
with的复合结构如下:
①With
the
meal
over,we
all
went
home.
吃完饭后,我们都回家了。
②She
fell
asleep
with
the
light
burning/on.
灯开着,她睡着了。
③With
the
problem
settled(settle),we
went
on
smoothly.
问题解决后,我们进展得很顺利。
④With
a
lot
of
homework
to_do(do),I
can't
go
to
see
a
film.
有许多作业要做,我不能去看电影。
(教材P30)They
lived
on
the
earth
tens
of
millions
of
years
ago,long_before
humans
came
into
being
and
their
future
seemed
secure
at
that
time.
千百万年前,它们(恐龙)就在地球上生活,比人类的出现要早得多,当时他们的前景好像也很安全。
【要点提炼】 long
before“早在……之前;很早;很久以前”,此短语后面可以跟名词、代词或句子,也可单独作状语。
(1)It
will
not
be
long
before+从句过不了多久就……
(2)It
will
be
long
before+从句
要过很久才……
①I
knew
Betty
long
before
you
got
married
to
her.
早在你和贝蒂结婚之前,我就认识她了。
②He
said
that
he
had
been
to
Shanghai
long
before.
他说他很久以前去过上海。
完成句子
1.我在房间坐了一会儿,眼睛盯着天花板。
I
sat
in
my
room
for
a
few
minutes
________________
on
the
ceiling.
2.由于物价上涨很快,我们买不起高档商品。
________________
so
fast,we
can't
afford
luxuries.
3.不要太久我们就能把这种害虫消除干净。
________________
we
can
be
rid
of
the
pest
altogether.
【答案】 1.with
my
eyes
fixed 2.With
prices
going
up 3.It
won't
be
long
before
学业分层测评
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1.It
was
not
long
________
I
realized
I
was
wrong.
2.She
had
to
walk
home
with
her
bike
______
(steal).
3.It
was
strange
that
nobody
________(inspect)
my
ticket
before
I
got
on
the
train.4.The
two
companies
fought
________(fierce)
over
the
market.5.________
(bit)twice,the
postman
was
afraid
of
the
dog.
6.To
my
great
relief,the
novel
has
a
good
________(end).
7.There
is
no
connection
between
the
two
________(incident).
8.Along
the
________(dust)
road
came
a
great
many
tourists.
9.The
murderer
was
brought
in,with
his
hands
__________
(tie)
behind
his
back.
10.With
nothing
________(burn),the
fire
became
weak
and
finally
died
out.
【答案】 1.before 2.stolen 3.inspected 4.fiercely 5.Bitten 6.ending 7.incidents 8.dusty 9.tied 10.to
burn
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.那小孩满脸是汗冲进屋来。
The
boy
rushed
into
the
room,_________________.
2.他们不久就互相信任了。
________________
they
believed
in
each
other.
3.我们不知道生命究竟是如何诞生的。
We
don't
know
exactly
________________.
4.你站在那儿我们无法工作。
________________,we
can't
work.
5.我们作息一定要按照时间表。
We
must
work
and
rest
________________.
【答案】 1.with
his
face
covered
with
sweat 2.It
was
not
long
before 3.how
life
first
came
into
being 4.With
you
standing
there 5.according
to
the
timetable
Ⅲ.阅读理解
A
At
the
beginning
of
the
20th
century
there
were
more
than
a
million
lions
worldwide.Today
there
are
less
than
30,000
in
the
wild.The
remaining
lions
are
increasingly
threatened
by
habitat
loss,hunting
and
activities
to
protect
farms
and
cattle.
For
generations,Masai
tribesmen
on
the
large
African
plains
in
southeastern
Kenya
have
hunted
lions
to
protect
their
farms
and
cattle.Today
they
celebrate
the
lions'
life.
Noah
is
an
elder
in
the
Masai
community.“We
have
decided
as
a
community
of
the
Masai
to
lay
down
our
spears,and
there
will
be
no
more
killing
of
lions
in
our
community.”He
is
part
of
a
group
of
Masai
visiting
the
United
States
promoting(推广)the
Predator(捕食性动物)Compensation
Program.
Conservation
International's
Frank
Hawkins
explains,“The
Masai
have
been
living
with
wildlife
for
many
generations
and
it
has
been
a
conflicting
relationship
in
many
ways.They
compete
with
the
animals
for
food
as
lions
eat
their
cattle.We're
trying
to
find
ways
in
which
the
wildlife
will
become
something
useful
to
them.”
They
had
the
Predator
Compensation
Fund
founded
in
2003.After
much
discussion,a
group
of
Masai
farmers
agreed
to
protect
lions.In
turn,if
lions
or
other
predators
kill
their
cattle,the
Masai
owner
will
be
paid
market
value
for
the
dead
animals
from
the
fund.One
man
said
that
in
the
past,when
a
lion
killed
cattle,they
killed
it
on
the
spot.And
now,after
the
start
of
the
program,the
Masai
see
the
lion
population
growing.Since
2003,only
four
lions
have
been
killed
here.
【语篇解读】 本文为一篇记叙文。讲述的是在非洲平原的马萨伊人在相关组织的协调下放下了手中猎杀狮子的武器,为保护狮子、提高狮子的数量做出了贡献。
1.What
is
this
passage
mainly
about
A.The
wildlife
in
the
world.
B.Lions
and
the
Masai.
C.The
reason
why
lions
are
killed.
D.The
living
ways
of
the
Masai.
【解析】 主旨大意题。通读全文可知,因为狮子经常吃掉马萨伊人的牲口,所以马萨伊人杀死狮子从而导致狮子的数量减少。在“捕食性动物补偿计划”实施之后,马萨伊人得到了补偿,所以不再杀害狮子,由此可知文章主要是关于马萨伊人与狮子之间的关系。
【答案】 B
2.What
is
the
aim
of
the
Predator
Compensation
Program
A.To
protect
people
in
the
wild.
B.To
help
the
Masai
protect
their
farms
and
cattle.
C.To
protect
lions
only.
D.To
protect
the
wildlife.
【解析】 细节理解题。本文虽然主要谈论了“捕食
性动物补偿计划”怎样保护狮子,但该计划并非只是为了保护狮子。第四段中的“We're
trying
to
find
ways
in
which
the
wildlife
will
become
something
useful
to
them.”
说明“捕食性动物补偿计划”是为了保护所有野生动物的。
【答案】 D
3.Masai
tribesmen
killed
lions
before
2003________.
A.because
lions
were
dangerous
for
people
there
B.because
dead
lions
were
worth
a
lot
of
money
C.because
they
wanted
lions'
meat
D.because
they
wanted
to
protect
their
farms
and
cattle
【解析】 细节理解题。由第二段中“to
protect
their
farms
and
cattle”可确定答案。
【答案】 D
4.According
to
the
passage,why
haven't
Masai
tribesmen
killed
many
lions
since
2003
A.Because
lions
don't
eat
their
cattle
any
more.
B.Because
they
will
be
fined
if
they
kill
lions
there.
C.Because
if
a
lion
kills
their
cattle,they
will
be
paid
for
the
dead
animals
from
the
fund.
D.Because
there
are
less
than
30,000
lions
in
the
wild
now.
【解析】 细节理解题。由倒数第二段的“if
lions
or
other
predators...for
the
dead
animals
from
the
fund”可知,马萨伊人不猎杀狮子是因为他们会因为遭受经济损失而受到补偿的。
【答案】 C
B
Mike
Myers
is
a
teacher
at
Chauncey
Rose
High
School
in
Terre
Haute,
Indiana.Last
year,
he
taught
his
students
about
the
world's
rainforests.
They
learned
that
rainforests
are
important
because
the
plants
and
animals
of
the
rainforest
give
us
food,
wood,
and
medicine.
Destruction
of
the
world's
rainforests
is
a
serious
problem.
Unluckily,
rainforests
are
disappearing
at
a
rate
of
80
acres
per
minute!
As
part
of
a
class
project,
Myers'
students
bought
three
acres
of
rainforest
in
Central
America.They
paid
$
25
per
acre.
The
students
hope
that
the
land
they
bought
will
be
protected
and
not
destroyed.The
students
became
so
interested
in
rainforests
that
they
decided
to
get
a
closer
look
at
a
real
rainforest.
So
last
June,
Myers
and
four
of
his
students
took
a
boat
ride
down
a
river.
They
saw
alligators
and
crocodiles.
In
the
middle
of
the
week,
a
guide
took
Myers
and
his
students
into
the
rainforest.
“The
monkeys
were
not
happy
that
we
were
in
their
forest.
They
broke
small
branches
off
the
trees
and
threw
them
at
us,”
one
of
the
students
said,
“It
was
a
great
learning
experience
for
all
of
us,”
said
Myers.
Each
student
chose
something
specific
about
Costa
Rica
to
study
involving
the
plants,
animals,
food,
and
culture.
During
the
last
few
days
the
group
had
time
to
do
fun
activities.
They
went
white water
rafting
and
horseback
riding,
and
visited
Costa
Rica's
active
volcano.
Myers
hopes
to
make
the
trip
every
year
with
a
different
group
of
kids.
【语篇解读】 文章讲述了印第安纳州的一名中学老师Myers和他的学生们保护热带雨林的故事。
5.What
made
them
buy
a
piece
of
rainforest
A.The
class
project
forced
them
make
such
a
decision.
B.They
want
to
protect
the
rainforest
in
their
own
way.
C.Rainforests
are
bringing
humans
more
and
more
benefits.
D.They
can
go
to
their
own
rainforest
without
paying.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段倒数第二句“The
students
hope
that
the
land
they
bought
will
be
protected
and
not
destroyed.”可知,学生们买下三英亩雨林是为了用他们自己的方式保护这片雨林不被破坏。故选B。
【答案】 B
6.What
did
Myers
and
his
students
do
at
the
beginning
of
the
trip
A.They
went
into
the
rainforest.
B.They
bought
acres
of
rainforest.
C.They
took
a
boat
ride
down
a
river.
D.They
visited
Costa
Rica's
active
volcano.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第三段第一句“So
last
June,
Myers
and
four
of
his
students
took
a
boat
ride
down
a
river.”可知,旅行之初Myers和他的学生乘船沿河而行。故选C。
【答案】 C
7.When
the
monkeys
saw
Myers
and
his
students,
they
________.
A.felt
excited
B.felt
angry
C.came
for
food
and
fun
D.left
the
rainforest
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第三段一个学生说的“The
monkeys
were
not
happy
that
we
were
in
their
forest.
They
broke
small
branches
off
the
trees
and
threw
them
at
us”可知,森林里的猴子并不高兴他们出现在森林里,折断树枝扔向他们,因此推断猴子们看到Myers
和他的学生们是生气的。故选B。
【答案】 B
8.The
passage
mainly
shows
that
Myers
and
his
students
________.
A.did
something
to
protect
rainforest
B.wanted
to
buy
the
rainforest
in
Costa
Rica
C.were
interested
in
the
culture
of
Costa
Rica
D.went
to
the
rainforest
for
various
fun
activities
【解析】 主旨大意题。通读全文可知,本文讲述了Myers和他的学生为保护热带雨林做的一些事情,他们购买了三英亩雨林,希望保护这片雨林不被破坏。并且为了近距离了解真正的雨林,他们进行了一次雨林之游。因此推断本文主要表述了Myers
和他的学生们为保护热带雨林所做的一些事情。故选A。
【答案】 A
Ⅳ.阅读填句
Here
are
some
tips
on
listening.__1__
Relax
yourself
__2__.You
need
to
relax.
This
will
help
you
with
your
listening.Listen
carefully
to
the
first
sentence.
The
first
sentence
tells
a
lot
about
the
whole
passage.
For
example,
if,
at
the
beginning,
you
hear
“Many
shops
in
many
parts
of
China
have
decided
to
take
away
all
kinds
of
Japanese
goods
off
their
shelves,
but
some
people
say
it's
not
a
good
idea.Our
reporter
says...”,
__3__.
Think
when
you're
listening
__4__.For
example,
you
can
think
of
the
following
questions:
What
happened?When,
where
and
how
What
was
the
result
and
what
did
the
speaker
want
to
tell
us
In
this
way,
you
may
understand
the
passage
better.
__5__.
It's
important
for
you
to
remember
some
important
facts.
For
example,
if
the
passage
is
a
science
report,
you
should
try
to
remember
its
findings,
and
how
the
scientists
got
their
results.
This
is
also
helpful
to
your
listening.
A.Listen
to
important
facts
B.Pay
attention
to
key
words
C.Maybe
they
can
help
you
in
one
way
or
another
D.When
you're
listening,
try
to
do
some
thinking
E.This
is
especially
helpful
to
improve
your
listening
skills
F.Before
you
start
listening
to
something,
don't
get
excited
or
nervous
G.you
know
you
will
hear
a
piece
of
news,
not
a
children's
story,
or
a
science
report
【答案】 1—5 CFGDASection
Ⅱ Warming
Up
&
Reading-Language
Points
have...in
common有共同点;共享……
(教材P17)In
pairs
discuss
what
they
have
in
common.
两人一组,讨论一下它们有什么相同之处。
have
much/a
lot/something/little/nothing/in
common
有许多/有一些/几乎没有
/毫无共同之处
in
common
with...
与……一样;和……很像
in
common
共同;共有;共用
①Mandy
and
Tom
seem
to
have
a
lot
in
common.
曼蒂和汤姆似乎有很多共同的地方。
②He
has
something
in
common
with
you.
他有些地方和你很像。③In
common
with
many
young
people,he
prefers
pop
music
to
classical
music.
和许多年轻人一样,他更喜欢流行音乐,不太喜欢古典音乐。
calculate
vt.计算;估算;计划
(教材P18)I
began
as
a
calculating
machine
in
France
in
1642.
1642年我在法国诞生时是一台计算机器。
(1)calculate
on
sb./sth.(doing
sth.)
期待某人/某物(做某事)
It
has
been
calculated
that...
据估算……
(2)calculated
adj.
精心策划的;蓄意的
be
calculated
to
do
sth.
打算或计划做某事
(3)calculating
adj.
精明的;精于算计的
(4)calculation
n.
计算
①I
have
calculated
that
there
are
10,080
minutes
in
a
week.
我计算出一周有10,080分钟。
②The
advertisements
are
calculated
to_attract(attract)
young
consumers.
这些广告旨在吸引年轻的消费者。
③We
are
calculating
on
an
early
start.
我们期待着可以提早开始。
solve
vt.解决;解答
(教材P18)In
1936
my
real
father,Alan
Turing,wrote
a
book
about
how
I
could
be
made
to
work
as
a
“universal
machine”
to
solve
any
difficult
mathematical
problem.
在1936年,我真正的父亲,艾伦·图灵写了一本书,讲述了怎样能使我成为一台“通用机器”来解决任何数学难题。
solution
n.
解决办法;处理手段
a
solution
to
sth.
某事的解决办法
①There's
no
easy
solution(solve)
to
this
problem.
解决这个问题没有容易的方法。
②It
may
take
a
long
time
to
find
a
solution
to
the
problem.
要找到解决这个问题的办法也许要花很长时间。
from...on从……时起
(教材P18)From
then
on,I
grew
rapidly
both
in
size
and
in
brainpower.
从那时起,我在体积和智能方面迅速成长。
from
then
on
从那时起
from
now
on
从现在起
from
today
on
从今天起
①From
now
on,we
should
pay
more
attention
to
protecting
the
environment.
从现在起,我们应该更加注意保护环境。
②His
wife
died
in
2008
and
from
then
on
he
lived(live)
alone.
他的妻子在2008年去世了,从那时起他一直一个人生活。
as
a
result结果;因此
(教材P18)As
a
result
I
totally
changed
my
shape.
因此,我已经完全改变了我的形状。
(1)result
n.
结果
as
a
result
of
由于;因为
(2)result
vi.
发生;产生
result
from
是由……造成的
result
in/lead
to
导致;造成
①He
didn't
get
up
on
time
today
as
a
result
of
staying
up
too
late
last
night.
他今天没有按时起床,原因是昨晚熬夜熬得太晚了。
②His
failure
resulted
from
his
carelessness.
他的失败是由于他的粗心造成的。
③His
carelessness
resulted
in
his
failure.
他的粗心导致了他的失败。
巧述“因果”
application
n.应用;用途;申请
(教材P18)Since
the
1970s
many
new
applications
have
been
found
for
me.
从20世纪70年代起,我又被开发出了很多新的用途。
(1)make
an
application
to
sb.for
sth. 向某人申请某物
(2)apply
vi.&vt.
申请;应用
apply
for
申请;请求
apply
oneself
to
致力于;集中精力于
apply
to
适用于;运用于
(3)applicant
n.
申请者
①The
nurse
applied
some
medicine
to
his
burn.
护士在他的烧伤处上了点药。
②He
applied
himself(him)
to
his
new
job.
他努力干好新的工作。
anyhow
adv.无论如何;即使如此;不论用何种方法
(教材P18)Anyhow,my
goal
is
to
provide
humans
with
a
life
of
high
quality.
不管怎样,我的任务是给人类提供更高质量的生活。
(1)anyhow
用于肯定句时,意思与anyway相近,意为“无论如何;不管怎样;反正”。用于否定句时,意为“无论如何(也不……)”。其位置比较灵活,可以置于句首、句中或者句末。
(2)somehow
adv.以某种方式;用某种方法;不知为什么
①It
doesn't
make
much
difference
because
we
are
going
to
be
late
anyway.
这没多大关系,因为反正我们要迟到了。
②We
must
get
the
work
finished
somehow
by
tomorrow
morning.
我们必须设法在明天早上以前把工作做完。
Ⅰ.语境填词
1.By
my
________(calculate),5%
of
the
students
will
fail
in
the
exam.
2.He
sought
for
an
adequate
________(solve)
to
the
problem.
3.Please
attach
a
photograph
to
the
________(apply)
form.
4.Do
you
have
much
in
common
________
your
friends
5.He
has
been
teaching
in
this
school
from
then
________.
【答案】 1.calculation 2.solution 3.application 4.with 5.on
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.他们虽然是兄弟,但毫无共同之处。
They
are
brothers,but
they
________________.
2.别指望他的弟弟按时到达。
Don't
________________
coming
on
time.
3.程序员想出了一个解决系统问题的办法。
The
programmer
________________
to
the
system
problem.
4.结果他们拯救了森林里90%的树木。
________________,they
saved
90%
of
the
trees
in
the
forest.
5.从现在起,他们将自己管理贸易。
________________
they
will
handle
the
trade
themselves.
【答案】 1.have
nothing
in
common 2.calculate
on
his
younger
brother 3.came
up
with
a
solution 4.As
a
result 5.From
now
on
(教材P18)I
developed
very
slowly
and
it
took
nearly
two
hundred
years
before
I
was
built
as
an
analytical
machine
by
Charles
Babbage.
我发育缓慢,差不多到了两百年之后,查尔斯·巴比奇才把我制成了一台分析机。
【要点提炼】 句中before引导时间状语从句,意为“……之后才……”。另外before除了其基本意思“在……之前”以外,还可以表示“没来得及;以免;免得”之意。
(1)“It
was+时间段+before...”表示“过了多久才……”。从句常用一般过去时。
(2)“It
was
not
long
before...”意为“不久就……”。从句常用一般过去时。
(3)“It
will
not
be
long
before...”表示“不久就会……”。从句常用一般现在时。
(4)“It
will
be+时间段+before...”表示“要过多久才……”。从句常用一般现在时。
①They
walked
a
long
way
before
they
arrived
at
their
destination.
他们走了很长的路才到达目的地。
②Before
I
could
say
a
word,he
had
rushed
out
of
the
classroom.
我还没来得及说句话,他就冲出了教室。
③It
was
three
days
before
he
came
back.
过了三天他才回来。
④It
was
not
long
before
he
got
a
rise
in
the
company.
不久他在公司就升了职。
(教材P18)As
time
went
by,I
was
made
smaller.
随着时间的推移,我被做得更小了。
【要点提炼】 句中as为连词,意为“随着”,引导时间状语从句。
(1)as用作从属连词,表示“既然,因为”,引导原因状语从句。
(2)as用作从属连词,表示“虽然”,引导让步状语从句,只用于倒装语序,即把作表语的形容词、名词或作状语的副词以及动词原形置于句首。
(3)as用作关系代词,引导定语从句,可放于句首、句中或句末。
as与with二者都有“随着”的意思。as是连词,引导时间状语从句;with是介词,后面接名词或代词,构成with短语或复合结构。
①As
time
goes
by,it's
getting
warmer
and
warmer.
随着时间的推移,天气变得越来越暖和了。
②As
housing
price
is_going(go)
up
fast,ordinary
people
find
it
harder
to
afford
one.
=With
housing
price
going(go)
up
fast,ordinary
people
find
it
harder
to
afford
one.
随着房价的迅速攀升,普通人发现买一套房子更难了。
③As
we're
both
tired,let's
just
grab
a
takeaway.
我们俩都累了,来吃点外卖食品吧。
④Try
as
she
might,Sue
couldn't
get
the
door
open.
无论苏怎样努力,她就是打不开门。
(教材P18)Over
time
my
memory
has
developed
so_much_that,like
an
elephant,I
never
forget
anything
I
have
been
told!
随着时间的推移,我的记忆能力发展得如此之快,就像一头大象一样,我从来不会忘记告诉我的任何事情!【要点提炼】 本句为主从复合句。主句是my
memory
has
developed
so
much;that引导结果状语从句,其中I
have
been
told是省略关系代词that的定语从句,修饰先行词anything。so...that...如此……以至于……。
(1)so...that...常用结构如下:
so++that
(2)such...that...“如此……以至于……”也可用来引导结果状语从句。
such为形容词,一般用来修饰名词,常构成如下结构:
such++that
(3)在so...that...句式中,如果that引导的是目的状语从句,则从句中多含有情态动词,如may,might,can,could等。so
that
引导目的状语从句,有同样用法。
①He
draws
so
beautifully
that
his
drawings
are
all
liked
by
others.
他画得很漂亮,别人都喜欢他的画。
②Jack
is
so
smart
a
boy
that
he
can
work
out
many
difficult
math
problems.
杰克真是个聪明的男孩儿,他能做出许多数学难题。
③He
was
such
an
honest
man
that
so
many
people
praised
him.
他非常诚实,因而这么多的人表扬他。
完成句子
1.不久,学生们就要参加大学入学考试了。
________________
the
students
take
the
college
entrance
examination.
2.日子久了,他们彼此变得十分融洽。
________________,they
began
to
get
on
well
with
each
other.
3.她的腿软得几乎站不住了。
Her
legs
were
________
weak
________
she
could
hardly
stand.
【答案】 1.It
will
not
be
long
before 2.As
time
went
by 3.so;that
After
I
was
programmed
by
an
operator
who
used
cards
with
holes,I
could
“think”
logically
and
produce
an
answer
quicker
than
any
person.
【分析】 after引导时间状语从句;who
used
cards
with
holes
是who引导的定语从句,修饰先行词operator。
【翻译】 在操作员用穿孔卡为我设计程序之后,我能够进行逻辑“思考”,并且能够比任何人更快地算出答案。
学业分层测评
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1.The
noise
was
so
loud
outside
________
I
could
sleep
no
longer.
2.You
should
do
it
________
it
is
too
late.
3.I'm
very
pleased
to
inform
you
that
your
________(apply)
has
been
accepted.
4.He's
trying
to
figure
out
a
way
________(solve)
the
problem.
5.
The
answer
to
this
question
is
now
under
________
(explore).
6.His
plans
were
transformed
overnight
into
________(real).
7.This
dictionary
tries
to
________(simple)
the
meanings
of
words.
8.The
child
made
a
very
________(intelligence)
comment.
9.She
calculated
on
________(go)
to
Beijing
for
a
visit
this
summer.
10.
His
failure
resulted
________
not
working
hard
enough.
【答案】 1.that 2.before 3.application 4.to
solve 5.exploration 6.reality 7.simplify 8.intelligent 9.going 10.from
Ⅱ.单句改错
1.It
will
be
three
years
when
we
meet
again.
_________________________________________________________________
2.He
is
such
careful
a
man
that
he
does
everything
better.
_________________________________________________________________
3.While
the
teacher
opened
the
door,
I
was
sleeping.
_________________________________________________________________
4.He
ran
into
debt
as
a
result
of
drink
too
much.
_________________________________________________________________
5.If
they
cannot
work
out
a
solution
for
the
present
problem,
their
economy
is
heading
for
serious
trouble.
_________________________________________________________________
【答案】 1.when改为before 2.such改为so
3.While改为When 4.drink改为drinking
5.第一个for改为toⅢ.完形填空
Recently,I
flew
to
Las
Vegas
to
attend
a
meeting.
As
we
were
about
to
arrive,the
pilot
announced
with
apology
that
there
would
be
a
slight
__1__before
landing.
High
desert
winds
had
__2__the
airport
to
close
all
but
one
runway.
He
said
that
we
would
be
__3__
the
city
for
a
few
minutes
waiting
to
__4__.
We
were
also
told
to
remain
in
our
seats
meanwhile
with
our
seat
belts
fastened__5__
there
might
be
a
few
bumps(颠簸).Well,
that
few
minutes
turned
into
about
four-five
minutes,including
a
ride
that
would
make
a
roller
coaster(过山车)pale
by___6__.
The
movement
was
so
sudden
that
several
passengers
felt__7__and
had
to
use
airsickness
bags(晕机袋).
As
you
might
guess,that's
not
good
thing
to
happen
in
a(n)
__8__space
because
it
only__9__to
increase
the
discomfort
of
the
situation.
About
twenty
minutes
into
the
adventure,the
entire
airplane
became
very
___10__.There
was
now
a
sense
of
anxiety
and
fear
that
could
be__11__
noticed.Every
passenger
simply
held
on
for
dear
life...except
one.
A__12__was
having
a
good
time!
With
each
bump
of
the__13__
he
would
let
out
a
giggle(咯咯的笑)of
happiness.
As
I
observed
this,
I__14__
that
he
didn't
know
he
was
supposed
to
be
afraid
and
worried
about
his
___15__.He
neither
thought
about
the
past
nor
about
the
future.Those
are
what
we
grown ups
have
learned
from___16__.
He
was
___17__the
ride
because
he
had
not
yet
been
taught
to
fear
it.
Having
understood
this,
I
took
a
deep
breath
and__18__back
into
my
seat,
pretending
I
was
__19__
on
a
roller
coaster.
I
smiled
for
the
rest
of
the
flight.
I
even__20__to
giggle
once
or
twice,
which
is
much
to
the
anger
of
the
man
who
was
sitting
next
to
me
and
holding
the
airsickness
bag.
【语篇解读】 本文记述了作者的一次经历。一次因开会去拉斯维加斯时,飞机因沙尘暴而延时降落。在不断延长的等待和飞机剧烈的颠簸中,成年人焦急害怕,唯独不知恐惧的婴儿却在享受着过山车一样的颠簸。因此作者也深受启发,体验了一次孩子的享受。
1.A.mistake
B.delay
C.change
D.wind
【解析】 根据
“High
desert
winds...to
close
all
but
one
runway”可知,因沙尘暴关闭所有的跑道,只留一条,故应为延时降落。故选B。
【答案】 B
2.A.forced
B.warned
C.prevented
D.reminded
【解析】 因为沙尘暴迫使(force)机场关闭跑道,故选A。
【答案】 A
3.A.watching
B.visiting
C.circling
D.crossing
【解析】 飞机在等待降落的过程中应该是绕城市盘旋,故应选C。
【答案】 C
4.A.arrive
B.enter
C.stop
D.land
【解析】 根据上下文句意可知,飞机要绕城市盘旋几分钟以便等待着陆,故选D。
【答案】 D
5.A.if
B.though
C.because
D.while
【解析】 句意为:我们被告知仍要在座位上坐好,系好安全带,因为飞机可能会有几次颠簸。此处应为because引导的原因状语从句。故选C。
【答案】 C
6.A.experience
B.comparison
C.adventure
D.challenge
【解析】 by
comparison意为相比之下,故选B。
【答案】 B
7.A.sick
B.nervous
C.angry
D.afraid
【解析】 句意为:像过山车一样的剧烈运动使旅客恶心而不得不用晕机袋。故选A。
【答案】 A
8.A.empty
B.narrow
C.secret
D.open
【解析】 此空前的that指的是using
airsickness
bags,也就是发生在飞机上狭小空间内的呕吐,因此选用narrow(狭窄的),后面的space指的是飞机内部空间。故选B。
【答案】 B
9.A.serves
B.continues
C.fails
D.happens
【解析】 在这种情形下本来就很难受,在飞机上呕吐使得这种难受更加强烈。故选A。
【答案】 A
10.A.quiet
B.hot
C.dirty
D.crowded
【解析】 根据后文中“a
sense
of
anxiety
and
fear”可知,人们都很紧张、焦虑,在这种情形下飞机上的人一定是静悄悄的。故选A。
【答案】 A
11.A.partly
B.gradually
C.shortly
D.clearly
【解析】 飞机上的焦躁不安,应该是能够很明显地被观察到,故选D。
【答案】 D
12.A.pilot
B.baby
C.guard
D.man
【解析】 此处应是“baby”,和下文“we
grown ups”形成对比,故选B。
【答案】 B
13.A.seats
B.passengers
C.flight
D.airplane
【解析】 由文意可知,飞机的每一次颠簸让孩子体验坐过山车一样的感受,孩子发出咯咯的笑声,故选D。
【答案】 D
14.A.realized
B.hoped
C.agreed
D.insisted
【解析】 句意:我通过观察,才意识到这个孩子并不知道他应该害怕或是担心自己的安全,故选A。
【答案】 A
15.A.health
B.safety
C.joy
D.future
【解析】 此处表示,为他的安全担心,故选B。
【答案】 B
16.A.teachers
B.books
C.experience
D.practice
【解析】 成人都是从孩子时代过来的,是成人的亲身经历让他们知道孩子不知道什么是害怕和担心,故选C。
【答案】 C
17.A.learning
B.taking
C.missing
D.enjoying
【解析】 因为孩子不知道害怕,自然是在飞机的颠簸中享受坐过山车般的快乐,故选D。
【答案】 D
18.A.sat
B.lay
C.went
D.rode
【解析】 sit
back
into
my
seat意为“坐回到我的座位上”,故选A。
【答案】 A
19.A.nearly
B.finally
C.really
D.suddenly
【解析】 句意:我坐回到我的座位上,假装真的坐上了过山车,故选C。
【答案】 C
20.A.tried
B.managed
C.wanted
D.decided
【解析】 句意:我甚至咯咯地笑了一两次。作者应该是真的笑出了声,才让邻座手拿晕机袋的人懊恼。managed
to
do
sth.做成了某事。故选B。
【答案】 B
Ⅳ.阅读理解
There
are
many
famous
museums
throughout
the
world
where
people
can
enjoy
art.Washington
D.C.has
the
National
Gallery
of
Art
(美术馆);
Paris
has
the
Louvre;London,
the
British
Museum.
Florida
International
University
(FIU)
in
Miami
also
shows
art
for
people
to
see.
And
it
does
so
without
a
building,
or
even
a
wall
for
its
drawings
and
paintings.
FIU
has
opened
what
it
says
is
the
first
computer
art
museum
in
the
United
States.
You
don't
have
to
visit
the
University
to
see
the
art.You
just
need
a
computer
linked
to
a
telephone.
You
can
call
the
telephone
number
of
a
University
computer
and
connect
your
own
computer
to
it.All
of
the
art
is
stored
in
the
school
computer.It
is
computer
art,produced
electronically
(采用电子手段)
by
artists
in
their
own
computers.
In
only
a
few
minutes,
your
computer
can
receive
and
copy
all
the
pictures
and
drawings.
Robert
Shostak
is
director
of
the
new
computer
museum.He
says
he
started
the
museum
because
computer
artists
had
no
place
to
show
their
work.
A
computer
artist
could
only
record
his
pictures
electronically
and
send
the
records,
or
floppy
discs
(软盘),
to
others
to
see
on
their
computers.He
could
also
put
his
pictures
on
paper.
But
to
print
good
pictures
in
paper,
the
computer
artist
needed
an
expensive
laser(激光)
printer.
Robert
Shostak
says
the
electronic
museum
is
mostly
for
art
or
computer
students
at
schools
and
universities.
Many
of
the
pictures
in
the
museum
are
made
by
students.
Mr
Shostak
says
the
FIU
museum
will
make
computer
art
more
fun
for
computer
artists
because
more
people
can
see
it.
He
says
artists
will
enjoy
their
work
much
more
if
they
have
an
audience.
And
the
great
number
of
home
computers
in
America
could
mean
a
huge
audience
for
the
electronic
museum.
【语篇解读】 本文讲述了位于迈阿密州的佛罗里达国际大学的电子艺术博物馆的与众不同。
1.The
main
purpose
of
this
text
is
to
give
information
about________.
A.famous
museums
through
the
world
B.a
computer
art
museum
in
Miami,U.S.A.
C.art
exhibitions
in
Florida
International
University
D.latest
development
in
computer
art
【解析】 主旨大意题。作者首先在文章开头介绍世界著名图书馆,接着引出迈阿密州的佛罗里达国际大学,接下来文章详细地介绍了它的电子艺术博物馆,因此B为最佳答案。
【答案】 B
2.To
see
the
art
in
FIU
museum,your
special
needs
include________.
A.floppy
discs
B.a
computer
and
a
printer
C.pictures
and
drawings
on
paper
D.a
computer
connected
to
the
museum
by
telephone
line
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第三段开头“You
can
call
the
telephone
number
of
a
University
computer
and
connect
your
own
computer
to
it”可知答案。
【答案】 D
3.What
are
stored
in
this
museum
A.Paintings
drawn
by
means
of
computer.
B.Different
styles
of
paintings.
C.Drawings
done
by
art
students
of
FIU.
D.Old
paintings.
【解析】 细节理解题。从第三段中“It
is
computer
art,produced
electronically...”得此答案。
【答案】 A
4.The
museum
was
started
when________.
A.Robert
Shostak
wanted
to
do
something
for
computer
scientists
B.Robert
Shostak
wanted
to
help
computer
artists
C.art
students
needed
a
place
to
show
their
works
D.computer
scientists
wanted
to
do
something
about
art
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第四段“He
says
he
started
the
museum
because
computer
artists
had
no
place
to
show
their
work”可知,Robert
Shostak开办这家电子艺术博物馆的目的是为艺术家们创造一个展示艺术的天地,因此B为最佳答案。在此C有较大干扰性,从文章最后一段看似乎这一答案正确,然而从第三段看,这家电子艺术博物馆是面对所有的艺术家,而并非只对艺术学生。
【答案】 B
Unit
4 Wildlife
protection
世界野生动物基金会和绿色和平是两个著名的国际组织,致力于野生动植物的保护。
World
Wildlife
Fund
(WWF)and
Greenpeace
are
two
famous
organizations
in
the
world.They
both
aim
at
making
our
planet
a
better
place
to
live.
World
Wildlife
Fund
works
to
protect
wild
animals
and
plants.
It
began
in
Switzerland
on
September
11,
1961.
Now,
it
has
offices
in
100
countries
and
nearly
5
millions
members
all
over
the
world.
The
members
are
from
different
groups,including
governments,business,
scientists
and
farmers.
They
have
played
an
active
role
in
saving
animals
and
rainforests.
One
recent
WWF
project
is
protecting
the
Amazon
rainforest.
WWF
has
done
plenty
of
research
to
find
creative
ways
that
meet
the
need
of
both
people
and
nature.Greenpeace
was
set
up
in
1971,
with
an
idea
of
working
for
world
peace
at
the
very
beginning.
Now
it
is
active
in
protecting
oceans,
forests,
and
animals
as
well.
It
also
calls
for
the
use
of
clean
energy,
like
wind
power
and
solar
power.
Greenpeace
has
offices
in
45
countries
such
as
America
and
Canada.
Its
head
office
is
in
Netherlands.Greenpeace
has
about
3
million
members
at
present.Small
steps
lead
to
big
changes.
It
encourages
more
and
more
people
to
take
action.
1.rainforest
n.
热带雨林
2.creative
adj.
有创造性的
3.solar
adj.
太阳的
1.What
is
WWF's
recent
project
________________________________________________________________
2.What
was
Greenpeace
set
up
originally
for
________________________________________________________________
【答案】 1.Protecting
the
Amazon
rainforest.
2.Working
for
world
peace.
Section
Ⅰ Warming
Up
&
Reading-Preparing
根据提示写出下列单词
1.________n.
保护
2.________vt.
&
vi.
减少;(使)变小/少3.________n.
损失;遗失;丧失
4.________n.
保护区
5.________vt.
&
vi.
打猎;猎取;搜寻
6.________vi.
回答;响应;做出反应
7.________adj.
远的;远处的
8.________n.
(痛苦或忧虑的)减轻或解除;
减轻痛苦的事物
9.________n.
仁慈;宽恕;怜悯
10.________adj.
确定的;某一;一定
11.________n.
重要(性)
12.________vt.
包含;容纳;容忍13.________adj.
强大的;有力的
14.________vt.
影响;感动;侵袭
15.________vt.
鉴赏;感激;意识到
16.________vi.
成功
vt.
接替;继任
17.________adj.
安全的;可靠的
18.________n.
收入
19.________vt.
雇用;利用(时间、精力等)
20.________n.&
vt.
损害;危害【答案】 1.protection 2.decrease 3.loss
4.reserve 5.hunt 6.respond 7.distant 8.relief
9.mercy 10.certain 11.importance 12.contain
13.powerful 14.affect 15.appreciate 16.succeed 17.secure 18.income 19.employ 20.harm
看单词 学构词
ful一般表示“……的”,为形容词后缀。常见的有:
powerful强大的;peaceful和平的;merciful
可怜的;useful有用的;hopeful富有希望的。另外 ful有时也作名词后缀,表示“充满时的量”。常见的有:handful一把,一把的量;spoonful
一匙的量;
bagful一满袋;mouthful一口。
根据提示补全下列短语
1.die
__________
灭亡;逐渐消失
2.__________
peace
和平地;和睦地;安详地
3.__________
danger(of)
在(……的)危险中;垂危
4.__________relief
如释重负
5.burst______laughter
突然大笑起来
6.protect...__________...
保护……不受……(危害)
7.pay
attention________
注意
8.long__________sth.
渴望做某事
9.__________mercy
毫不怜悯地
10.do
harm__________
对……有害
【答案】 1.out 2.in 3.in 4.in 5.into 6.from
7.to 8.to
do 9.without 10.to
根据提示补全下列教材原句
1.Please
take
me
to
a
distant
land
________________________________.
请带我到一个遥远的地方,在那里我可以找到一种动物,用它的毛来制作这样的毛衣。
2.It
shows
the
importance
of
wildlife
protection,but
I'd
like
to
help
________________.
这表明保护野生动植物的重要性,但我想按照世界野生生物基金会的建议来帮助(你们)。
3.The
flying
carpet
travelled
________
fast
________
next
minute
they
were
in
Zimbabwe.
飞毯飞行得如此之快,以致于一转眼他们就来到了津巴布韦。
【答案】 1.where
I
can
find
the
animal
that
gave
fur
to
make
this
sweater 2.as
the
WWF
suggests 3.so;that
课文语篇填空
One
day
Daisy
went
to
see
the
animals
1.______gave
fur
to
make
her
sweater
in
a
flying
carpet.It
2.________(fly)
away
to
Tibet
in
China
first,3.________she
saw
an
antelope.The
antelope
told
her
that
they
4.________(kill)for
the
wool
that
was
taken
from
their
stomachs.
Then
the
carpet
flew
away
to
Zimbabwe,where
Daisy
saw
an
5.________(excite)elephant.The
elephant
said
they
were
6.________(danger)in
Zimbabwe.Farmers
used
to
hunt
them.
The
farmers
didn't
want
to
protect
them
even
if
tourists
love
to
see
them
7.________they
were
considered
to
have
destroyed
the
farms.Daisy
took
a
photo
of
the
elephant
quickly.Then
the
flying
carpet
rose
again
and
almost
at
once
they
were
in
a
thick
rainforest.
A
monkey
was
8.________(rub)a
millipede
insect
which
contains
a
powerful
drug
over
his
body
because
it
could
protect
9.________(he)from
mosquitoes.So
Daisy
decided
to
produce
this
new
drug
10.________the
help
of
WWF.The
carpet
rose
and
flew
home.
【答案】 1.that/which 2.flew 3.where 4.were
killed 5.excited 6.endangered 7.because
8.rubbing 9.him 10.withSection
Ⅲ Learning
about
Language
&
Using
Language
根据提示写出下列单词
1.__________vt.&vi.
打字
n.
类型
2.__________vi.&vt.
发信号
n.
信号
3.__________vi.
出现;发生
4.__________adj.
电子的
5.__________n.
外观;外貌;出现
6.__________n.
性格;特点
7.__________n.
教练
【答案】 1.type 2.signal 3.arise 4.electronic 5.appearance 6.character 7.coach
根据提示补全下列短语
1.work________
计算出
2.make
good
use________
充分利用
3.be
crazy________
对……疯狂
4.come________
实现
5.________a
way
在某种程度上
6.________the
help
of
在……帮助下
7.deal________
处理;安排;对付
8.watch________
看守;监视
9.be
determined
________do
sth.
决定做某事
10.make________
编造
【答案】 1.out 2.of 3.about 4.true 5.in
6.with 7.with 8.over 9.to 10.up
根据提示补全下列教材原句
1.________________
I
was
sixteen,my
dream
had
come
true.
到我16岁时,我的梦想已经成真了。
2.She
programs
us
with
all
the
possible
moves
she
has
seen
________________
human
games.
她把观看人类比赛时所看到的一切可能的动作编入我们的程序。
3.I
would
really
like
to
play
against
a
human
team,________
I
have
been
programmed
to
act
just
like
them.
我真的想和真人球队比赛,因为我被设计成像他们一样地活动。
4.________________,I
have
to
look
after
her,and
sometimes
help
her
with
her
homework.
无论她什么时候来我都不得不照顾她,有时候帮她做家庭作业。
【答案】 1.By
the
time 2.while
watching 3.for 4.Whenever
she
comes
阅读P23的教材原文,选择最佳选项
1.From
the
pictures,we
can
guess
the
passage
is
about
________.
A.a
basketball
match
between
humans
B.a
football
match
between
androids
C.a
football
match
between
human
and
androids
D.a
basketball
match
between
androids
2.What
part
does
Andy
play
in
the
team
A.Goal
keeper.
B.Back.
C.Striker.
D.Center.
3.Why
can
Andy
play
football
like
human
A.Because
he
has
a
computer
in
it.
B.Because
he
is
a
human.
C.Because
his
coach
told
him.
D.Because
he
is
a
real
man.
【答案】 1-3 BCA
signal
n.信号;暗号vi.&
vt.发信号
(教材P23)For
example,I
have
learned
to
signal
to
my
teammates
in
computer
language
to
give
me
the
ball
when
I
am
open
and
have
a
good
shot
for
a
goal.
例如,当我无人防守时,我可以用计算机语言向队友示意把球传给我,可以很好地射门得分。
(1)signal(to)sb.(to
do
sth.)
向某人发出(做某事的)信号;示意某人(做某事)
signal
to
do...
用信号指示做……
signal(sb.)that...
示意(某人)……
(2)traffic
signals
交通信号灯
a
danger/warning
signal
危险/警告信号
①She
was
signalling(to)the
children
to
stay
outside.
她在向孩子们打手势,要他们留在外面。
②He
signaled(signal)
the
waiter
to
bring
the
menu.
他做手势要侍者拿菜单来。
③She
signaled
to
the
other
girls
that
everything
was
all
right.
她对其他女孩发信号说一切正常。
in
a
way
在某种程度上;就某一方面(相当于in
one
way/in
some
way)
(教材P23)In
a
way
our
programmer
is
like
our
coach.
从某种程度上看,我们的程序员就像是我们的教练。
in
this
way
用这种方式/法
by
way
of
经由;途经
in
the
way
妨碍;挡路
in
no
way
决不;无论如何都不(放在句首时,句子用部分倒装语序)
on
the
way
在途中
on
one's/the
way
to...
在某人去……的途中;即将成为……
all
the
way
一路上;沿路;自始至终
by
the
way
顺便说;附带说说
①Don't
play
football
in
the
street
and
you
are
in
the
way.
别在街道上踢足球,阻碍交通。
②We
were
just
on
the
way
when
it
began
to
rain.
我们正在路上,这时天开始下雨了。
arise
vi.出现;发生;产生;起床;起身(过去式和过去分词分别是arose,arisen)
(教材P23)Then
she
prepares
reliable
moves
to
use
if
a
new
situation
arises.
然后她把在新情况下能用得上的可靠动作准备好。
写出下列句中arise的含义
①Seeing
his
mother
return
home,the
boy
arose
from
his
chair
immediately.起身
②New
problems
will
arise
one
after
another
in
future.出现
③They
arose
at
sunrise
to
get
an
early
start
to
the
park.起床
arise
from/out
of由……而引起;由……而产生;
从……中产生
arise作“呈现;出现;发生”之意时,主语多为抽象名词argument/problem/quarrel/question/movement等
④A
new
difficulty
has
arisen.
新的困难出现了。
⑤As
we
all
know,car
accidents
arise
from
carelessness.
众所周知,交通事故是由于粗心大意而产生的。
with
the
help
of(=with
one's
help)在……的帮助下
(教材P23)After
all,with
the
help
of
my
electronic
brain
which
never
forgets
anything,using
my
intelligence
is
what
I'm
all
about!
不管怎样,在我过目不忘的电子脑的帮助下,运用智能就是我的一切!
help
sb.out
帮助某人摆脱困境
help
sb.with
sth.
在某方面帮助某人
help(to)do
sth.
帮着做某事
help
oneself(to)
自用;自行取用
can't
help
doing
sth.
禁不住做某事
①I
can't
work
out
this
math
problem,please
help
me
out.
我做不出这道数学题,请帮我一下。
②When
she
heard
the
funny
story,she
could
not
help
laughing(laugh).
当听到这个滑稽的故事时,她禁不住笑了。
deal
with
处理;对付;安排;对待;与……打交道;涉及
(教材P24)This
means
that
it
should
clean
the
house,mop
the
floors,cook
the
dinner
and
deal
with
telephone
calls.
这意味着它应该打扫房子、拖地板、做饭和接听电话。
写出下列句中deal
with的含义
①In
the
process,the
children
learn
to
deal
with
difficulties.处理
②His
article
deals
with
many
issues
we
are
greatly
concerned
about.涉及
③The
lady
is
hard
to
deal
with.对付
deal
with中的deal为不及物动词,常与疑问词how连用,表示“怎么处理/对待”;同义短语为do
with,其中的do为及物动词,表示“怎么处理/对待”时,与疑问词what连用。
④You
should
deal
with
him
more
politely.
你应该待他更客气一些。
⑤What
have
they
done(do)
with
the
polluted
river
他们对这条污染的河流是怎么处理的?
watch
over看守;监视;守护;照看
(教材P24)It
should
also
watch
over
my
naughty
niece,who
comes
to
my
house
very
often.
它也应该看护我那淘气的外甥女,她经常到我家来。
(1)watch
out
注意;小心(提醒某人,用于祈使句)
watch
out
for
小心,提防;密切注意(带宾语)
watch
for
观察;等待(2)keep
watch
值班;看守;照料
on
watch
值班
keep
a
watch
on
监视
①Watch
out!This
is
a
very
busy
road.
当心!这条马路交通很繁忙。
②A
policeman
has
kept
a
watch
on
the
thief
for
one
week.
警察已经监视这名小偷一周了。
Ⅰ.语境填词
1.She
________(signal)
the
car
to
stop
by
raising
her
hand.
2.In
________
way
his
statement
was
an
honest
declaration.
3.She
________(arise)
from
her
chair
when
he
entered
the
room.
4.A
new
minister
has
been
appointed
to
watch
________
the
welfare
of
disabled
people.
5.Have
you
any
concrete
thoughts
on
________
to
deal
with
this
difficulty
【答案】 1.signaled 2.a 3.arose 4.over 5.how
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.现在有这台电脑帮忙,我们就能降低生产成本了。
Now
we
can
reduce
the
production
costs
________.
2.孩子们从座位上站起来向国旗敬礼。
The
children
________________
to
salute
the
flag.
3.理论决不能脱离实践。
________________
theory
be
separated
from
practice.
4.一辆警车开到我身边示意我停下来。
A
police
car
drew
alongside
and
________________.
5.这里来往的车辆开得很快,我们必须小心。
We
have
to
________________
along
here.
【答案】 1.with
the
help
of
the
computer 2.arose
from
their
seats 3.In
no
way
can 4.signaled
to
me
to
stop 5.watch
out
for
fast
traffic
(教材P20)By_the_time
I
was
sixteen,my
dream
had
come_true.
当我十六岁时,我的梦想已经成真了。
【要点提炼】 句中by
the
time
相当于一个连词,引导时间状语从句,意为“到……为止”。
(1)by
the
time引导的时间状语从句用一般现在时或现在完成时时,主句通常用将来完成时(强调主句谓语动作在从句谓语动作发生之前已经完成),有时也可用一般将来时(状态性动词)和一般现在时(祈使句)
(2)by
the
time引导的时间状语从句用一般过去时时,主句通常用过去完成时(强调主句谓语动作在从句谓语动作发生之前已经完成),有时也可用一般过去时(状态性动词或非持续性动词的否定形式)
①By
the
time
they
get
there,we
will
have
finished
the
work.
他们到那里时,我们已经把工作做完了。
②By
the
time
the
soldiers
arrived
at
the
area,the
number
of
the
injured
had_risen(rise)
to
ten
thousand.
当士兵们到达那个地区时,伤员已增至一万人。
(教材P23)She
programs
us
with
all
the
possible
moves
she
has
seen
while_watching_human_games.
她把观看人类比赛时所看到的一切可能的动作编入我们的程序。
【要点提炼】 while
watching
human
games
为省略式状语从句,如补全为while
she
is
watching
human
games.
状语从句的省略原则:
(1)在when,while,if,unless,though,once等引导的时间、条件和让步状语从句中,若从句的主语与主句主语一致,且从句中含有be动词时,为了使句子结构简洁,可省略从句中的主语和be动词。(2)若从句的主语和动词为it+be的某种形式时,也可以将it和be一起省略。
①The
project
is
hard
to
stop
once
begun(begin).
这个工程一旦开始就很难停下了。
②If
necessary,please
give
me
a
call.
如果有必要,请给我打电话。
(教材P23)I
would
really
like
to
play
against
a
human
team,for
I
have
been
programmed
to
act
just
like
them.
我真的特别想要和人类球队比赛,因为我经过程序编制,行动起来和他们一样。
【要点提炼】 本句中for为并列连词,表原因,用于对前面所述情况作补充说明。它一般不置于句首,其前通常有逗号与前面的分句隔开。
①He
found
it
more
difficult
to
read,for
his
eyes
were
failing.
他觉得阅读起来更困难了,因为他的视力越来越差。
②He
felt
no
fear,for
he
was
a
brave
man.
他不感到害怕,因为他是个勇敢的人。
for,because,since,as,now
that
for
“因为”,并列连词,前后不是主从关系,而是并列关系,它对前面一个分句补充说明其理由,但不具备因果关系
because
“因为”,与主句是因果关系,直接说明其原因,语气最强烈,也最常用,能回答why,可用强调句型对其强调
since
“既然”,与主句有因果关系,说明理由,表示大家都知道的原因
as
“由于”,与主句有因果关系,有时可与because互换,说明显而易见的理由,但语气比较弱
now
that
“既然”,相当于since
since,now
that,as,because,for
③________we
are
all
here,let's
start.
④________he
wasn't
ready
in
time,we
went
without
him.
⑤I
can't
do
it
now
________
I'm
busy.
⑥It
must
have
rained
last
night,________the
ground
is
wet.
【答案】 ③Since/Now
that ④As ⑤because ⑥for
完成句子
1.教室里一定没有人,因为灯灭了。
There
must
be
nobody
in
the
classroom,________________.
2.参观那个城市的时候,他们受到热烈欢迎。
________________,they
received
a
warm
welcome.
3.他十岁的时候就已经长得比他哥哥高了。
________________,he
had
outgrown
his
older
brother.
【答案】 1.for
the
light
is
off 2.While
visiting
the
city 3.By
the
time
he
was
ten
She
programs
us
with
all
the
possible
moves
she
has
seen
while
watching
human
games.
【分析】 she
has
seen是定语从句修饰先行词moves;while
watching
human
games是时间状语从句,省略了she
was。
【翻译】 她训练我们所有在人类比赛中她能看到的所有可能的动作。
学业分层测评
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1.By
the
time
I
got
to
the
school,the
bell
________(ring).
2.When
________(ask)
why
he
was
late,he
kept
silent.
3.He
must
have
come
from
Africa,________
he
is
black.
4.He
signaled
to
the
waiter
________
bring
the
bill.
5.No
doubt
he
means
to
help,but
in
fact
he
just
gets
in
________
way.
6.Some
risks
arise
________
changes
in
the
environment.
7.He
does
not
know
________
to
do
with
his
vacant
time.
8.________
the
help
of
a
passer by,I
carried
the
injured
person
into
a
shop.
9.We
were
amazed
at
the
change
in
his
________(appear).
10.The
documents
have
________(type)
into
a
portable
computer
【答案】 1.had
rung 2.asked 3.for 4.to 5.the
6.from 7.what 8.With 9.appearance 10.been
typed
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.她沿着河堤边走边唱着流行歌曲。
____________
along
the
river
bank,she
was
singing
a
pop
song.
2.我回到家时她已干完活了。
She
________________
by
the
time
I
came
home.
3.看到母亲她忍不住哭了。
She
________________
at
the
sight
of
her
mother.
4.他们不知如何处理这台旧机器。
They
didn't
know
________________________.
5.即使小孩也要学会警惕身边的危险!
Even
children
must
learn
to
________________!
【答案】 1.While
walking 2.had
finished
her
work
3.can
not
help
crying 4.how
to
deal
with
the
old
machine 5.watch
out
for
danger
Ⅲ.阅读理解
A
Laptop
computers
are
popular
all
over
the
world.
People
use
them
on
trains
and
airplanes,in
airports
and
hotels.
These
laptops
connect
people
to
their
workplace.
In
the
United
States
today,
laptops
also
connect
students
to
their
classrooms.
Westlake
College
in
Virginia
will
start
a
laptop
computer
program
that
allows
students
to
do
schoolwork
anywhere
they
want.
Within
five
years,each
of
the
1,500
students
at
the
college
will
receive
a
laptop.
The
laptops
are
part
of
a
$10
million
computer
program
at
Westlake,
a
110 year old
college.
The
students
with
laptops
will
also
have
access
to
the
Internet.
In
addition,
they
will
be
able
to
use
e mail
to
“speak”
with
their
teachers,
their
classmates,
and
their
families.
However,the
most
important
part
of
the
laptop
program
is
that
students
will
be
able
to
use
computers
without
going
to
computer
labs.
They
can
work
with
it
at
home,
in
a
fast food
restaurant
or
under
the
trees—anywhere
at
all!
Because
of
the
many
changes
in
computer
technology,laptop
use
in
higher
education,such
as
colleges
and
universities,
is
workable.
As
laptops
become
more
powerful,they
become
more
similar
to
desktop
computers.
In
addition,the
portable
computers
can
connect
students
to
not
only
the
Internet,
but
also
libraries
and
other
resources.
State
higher education
officials
are
studying
how
laptops
can
help
students.
State
officials
are
also
testing
laptop
programs
at
other
universities,too.At
Westlake
College,
more
than
60
percent
of
the
staff
use
computers.
The
laptops
will
allow
all
teachers
to
use
computers
in
their
lessons.
As
one
Westlake
teacher
said,“Here
we
are
in
the
middle
of
Virginia
and
we're
giving
students
a
window
on
the
world.
They
can
see
everything
and
do
everything.”
【语篇解读】 本文讲述了当前社会很多人使用笔记本电脑,笔记本电脑对人们的生活有很重要的影响。而在西湖大学正准备启动一个笔记本项目。它计划在五年之内为学校的每一位学生配备一台电脑,让学生随时随地能够做作业。也能够通过邮件和老师同学交流,了解更多的关于外部世界的信息。
1.
The
main
purpose
of
the
laptop
program
is
to
give
each
student
a
laptop
to________.
A.use
for
their
schoolwork
B.access
the
Internet
C.work
at
home
D.connect
them
to
libraries
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段中的
Westlake
College
in
Virginia
will
start
a
laptop
computer
program
that
allows
students
to
do
schoolwork
anywhere
they
want.
可知答案为A。
【答案】 A
2.
Why
is
the
word
“speak”
in
the
second
paragraph
in
quotation
marks(引号)
A.They
don't
really
talk.
B.They
use
the
computer
language.
C.Laptops
have
speakers.
D.None
of
the
above
reasons
is
correct.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据本句中的they
will
be
able
to
use
e mail
to
“speak”,可知用电子邮件进行的交谈不是真正和任何人面对面的交谈,故加引号。
【答案】 A
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
about
Westlake
College
A.All
teachers
use
computers.
B.1,500
students
have
laptops.
C.It
is
an
old
college
in
America.
D.Students
there
can
do
everything.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段中的The
laptops
are
part
of
a
$10
million
computer
program
at
Westlake,
a
110 year old
college.可知答案。
【答案】 C
4.A
window
on
the
world
in
the
last
paragraph
means
that
students
can________.
A.attend
lectures
on
information
technology
B.travel
around
the
world
C.get
information
from
around
the
world
D.have
free
laptops
【解析】 细节理解题。根据文章最后两句可知这样的计划能让学生了解到世界上的信息,故选C。
【答案】 C
B
In
a
research
carried
out
in
the
UK,
it
was
found
that
only
four
out
of
every
five
employees
were
happy
at
work.Surprisingly,
it
wasn't
the
pay
or
the
love
for
the
work
that
made
people
happy.
Instead,
friendly,
supportive
colleagues
and
a
good
manager
have
been
found
to
be
the
primary
causes
of
happiness
at
work.
So
how
do
you
develop
a
sense
of
joy
on
the
job
Here
are
some
suggestions.
Happiness
is
a
state
of
mind,
so
staying
happy
at
work
is
completely
based
on
a
positive
attitude
towards
your
job.
Focus
on
the
bright
side
of
the
work
rather
than
keep
talking
about
what
makes
you
unhappy.
Challenge
yourself
and
take
charge
of
your
own
growth
in
your
career.
Boredom
is
one
of
the
primary
factors
that
cause
people
to
change
jobs.
Find
new
challenges
and
it's
a
great
feeling
to
take
control
over
what
you
do
and
see
a
task
through.
Having
co workers
you
like
and
enjoy
working
with
is
a
feature
of
happiness
in
the
workplace.
Talk
to
people,
get
to
know
them
and
try
to
get
along
well
with
them
in
the
workplace.
Meeting
new
people
and
getting
fresh
views
can
help
you
to
keep
yourself
interested
in
your
work.
Complete
your
tasks,
no
matter
how
disagreeable
or
tough
they
might
be.
This
gives
you
a
sense
of
achievement
and
encourages
you
to
work
towards
your
goals
in
future.
Sitting
and
staring
at
your
screen
all
day
long
isn't
going
to
help
you.
Instead,
take
breaks
and
go
outside
for
some
time.For
example,
go
out
for
a
few
minutes
to
feel
the
breeze
(微风).
Eat
your
lunch
outside
or
work
for
a
few
minutes
during
that
hour,
which
helps
you
stay
happy
at
work.
【语篇解读】 本文主要介绍如何在工作中保持愉快的心情。
5.Which
of
the
following
is
a
main
cause
of
happiness
at
work
A.One's
love
for
the
work.
B.Having
a
good
manager.
C.Having
many
supporters.
D.The
pay
one
gets
from
work.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第一段第二、三句可知,研究发现,工资和对工作的热爱都不是让人在工作时心情愉快的主要原因,拥有能够给予自己帮助的友好同事和好的管理者才是其主要原因。
【答案】 B
6.Why
does
the
author
advise
us
to
keep
challenging
ourselves
at
work
A.To
do
our
work
more
creatively.
B.To
learn
from
new
experiences.
C.To
avoid
feeling
bored
in
the
work
place.
D.To
prove
that
we
have
the
ability
to
do
the
task.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第三段最后两句可知,不断挑战自我是为了避免工作中的枯燥。
【答案】 C
7.In
order
to
stay
happy
at
work,we
should________.
A.try
to
make
friends
with
our
co workers
B.consider
the
good
and
bad
aspects
of
the
work
C.take
charge
of
different
tasks
from
time
to
time
D.complete
those
disagreeable
or
tough
tasks
first
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第四段前两句可知,要想在工作中保持愉快的心情,就需要与同事交流以了解他们,与他们友好相处。也就是说,要与同事交朋友。
【答案】 A
8.The
passage
is
written
for________.
A.people
working
in
big
companies
B.new
graduates
from
universities
C.those
working
on
computers
D.general
workers
【解析】 推理判断题。全文主要介绍了如何在工作中保持心情愉快,因此应该是针对广大工作者的。
【答案】 D
Ⅳ.阅读填句
Everyone
wants
to
succeed
in
their
life,
don't
they?__1__It
really
isn't
that
hard.
Follow
the
steps
below,
and
you
can
have
a
successful
teenage
life!
·Do
well
in
school.
Try
your
best,
listen
to
the
teachers,
do
your
homework,
study,
and
get
good
grades.__2__And
a
better
education
will
help
you
to
get
a
great
job
in
the
future.
·Do
something
good
in
your
community.
If
you
like
helping
people,
volunteer
at
a
soup
kitchen.
If
you
love
helping
the
environment,
plant
trees
or
pick
up
garbage.__3__You're
making
a
big
difference
in
the
world,
and
above
all,
having
lots
of
voluntary
hours
will
make
your
resume
(简历)
more
attractive!
·__4__
Remember
they're
there
to
help
you
be
the
best
that
you
can
be.
Respect
them
and
value
their
opinions,
even
if
they
annoy
you
sometimes.
Keep
in
mind
that
they
do
the
things
because
they
care
about
you
and
want
you
to
succeed
in
life.
·Have
good
friends
to
help
you
out!
Friends
are
there
to
support
you
and
lift
your
spirits.
__5__
And
create
a
group
of
supportive,
loving
friends
that
can
help
you
succeed
in
life.
Find
a
few
really
good
friends
that
will
stick
with
you
once
you
leave
high
school.
A.Do
what
you
love.
B.Be
nice
to
your
parents
and
teachers.
C.Be
with
people
who
make
you
happy.
D.This
could
be
your
job
for
the
rest
of
your
life.
E.Doing
so
will
help
you
get
into
a
better
university.
F.Even
as
a
teenager,
you
can
achieve
success
in
your
life.
G.When
you
help
others,
it
will
make
you
feel
better
about
yourself.
【答案】 1-5 FEGBCSection
Ⅳ Grammar
&
Writing
“介词+关系代词”引导的定语从句
阅读下列句子并体会黑体部分的用法
1.Have
you
ever
dreamed
of
playing
in
front
of
thousands
of
people
at
a
concert,at
which
everyone
is
clapping
and
appreciating
your
music
2.They
may
start
as
a
group
of
high school
students,
for
whom
practising
their
music
in
someone's
house
is
the
first
step
to
fame.
3.Later
they
may
give
performances
in
pubs
or
clubs,
for
which
they
are
paid
in
cash.
4.The
musicians
were
to
play
jokes
on
each
other
as
well
as
play
music,
most
of
which
was
based
loosely
on
the
Beatles.
5.They
produced
a
new
record
in
1996,
with
which
they
celebrated
their
former
time
as
a
real
band.
一、基本用法
当关系代词在定语从句中充当介词的宾语时,我们可以用“介词+关系代词”引导定语从句。如果先行词为人时,用“介词+whom”;如果先行词为物时,用“介词+which”。who和that不能用于此结构。
My
father
works
in
Volkswagen,in
which
the
workers
are
well
paid.
我爸爸在大众汽车公司工作,那里的员工待遇优厚。(in
which引导非限制性定语从句,which指物)
二、介词的选择
1.根据先行词与介词的搭配习惯来确定。先行词往往是表示时间、地点、原因、方式等的词,它与介词之间有一定的联系。
Do
you
still
remember
the
days
during
which
we
worked
together
你还记得我们在一起工作的那些日子吗?
2.根据定语从句中的谓语动词或形容词确定介词。该动词或形容词常与某些介词构成固定搭配。
The
social
problem
about
which
the
two
sides
are
debating
with
each
other
is
a
very
serious
one.(debate
with
sb.about...就……与某人展开辩论)
双方正在展开辩论的社会问题是很严重的一个。
3.根据句子的意思确定介词。有些句子,先行词完全一样,定语从句中谓语动词也不是固定的动词短语。这时,需要根据句子所要表达的意思选用不同的介词。
Water
is
of
great
importance,without
which
people
can
not
live.
水是很重要的,没有它人们就无法生存。
This
is
the
book
about
which
you
have
talked
to
me.这是你曾经给我谈起的那本书。
This
is
the
book
on
the
cover
of
which
there
is
a
map
of
China.
这是封面上有张中国地图的那本书。
三、“介词+关系代词”与关系副词的替换
在定语从句中若先行词为时间名词,地点名词或reason,“介词+关系代词(which)”可用相关的关系副词when,where,why等替换。
The
reason
for
which
(=
why)
he
refused
the
invitation
is
not
clear.他拒绝邀请的理由还不清楚。
Great
changes
have
taken
place
in
the
city
in
which
(=where)
I
was
born.
我出生的那座城市发生了巨大变化。
四、“介词+关系代词”的特殊用法
1.“the+名词+of+关系代词”引导定语从句时,有时可用“whose+名词”或“of+关系代词+the+名词”替换。
The
building,
the
roof
of
which
we
can
see
from
here,
is
a
hotel.=
The
building,
whose
roof/of
which
the
roof
we
can
see
from
here,
is
a
hotel.
那幢大楼是一个旅馆,从这儿我们可以看见它的屋顶。
2.“名词/代词等+介词+关系代词”结构:有时“介词+关系代词”前会出现不定代词(all,both,none,neither,many,few,the
rest等)、数词(分数、百分数等)及“the+最高级/比较级”等,用来表示部分、数目等意义。There
are
forty
students
in
our
class
in
all,
most
of
whom
are
from
big
cities.
我们班共有四十名学生,大多数来自大城市。
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1.
This
is
the
house
in
________
I
lived
two
years
ago.
2.
We
had
a
meeting
the
purpose
of
________
was
completely
unclear.
3.
Do
you
know
the
lady
with
________
our
manager
is
talking
in
the
office
4.
Yesterday
we
visited
the
West
Lake
________
which
Hangzhou
is
famous.
5.
We'd
better
fix
a
date
______
which
we
will
practice
speaking
English
next
week.
【答案】 1.which 2.which 3.whom 4.for 5.on
Ⅱ.单句改错
1.Do
you
remember
the
day
on
that
you
joined
our
club
________________________________________________________________
2.Can
you
tell
me
the
reason
which
you
were
late
for
school
________________________________________________________________
3.All
of
us
disliked
the
way
which
Tom
settled
the
maths
problem.
________________________________________________________________
4.The
old
woman
with
who
you
talked
just
now
is
a
famous
artist.
________________________________________________________________
5.I
have
about
20
books,
half
of
them
were
written
by
Bing
Xin,
the
famous
writer.
________________________________________________________________
【答案】 1.that改为which 2.which前加for或改为why 3.which前加in或去掉which 4.who改为whom 5.them改为which
如何写求助信
1.概念:求助信是向有关组织和个人写信请求帮助,格式大体上同一般书信。
2.内容安排:
(1)开门见山,摆出问题
直截了当地把你遇到的难题或者困惑告诉对方。
(2)态度诚恳,言辞恳切
向别人求助,尤其是向长辈或者是自己不熟悉的人求助的时候,态度一定要诚恳,语气要委婉,让对方感到你确实需要并值得帮助。(3)思路清晰,表述明白
语言要简练、流畅,层次分明,表述清楚,以便让对方一看就能明白你提出的问题,并能有针对性地给你提出意见和建议。
(4)正确把握时态,保证语言准确性
写英文求助信的原因就是目前自己在某一方面存在困难,因此应用一般现在时表达文意,当然描绘自己得到帮助后的进步时应用一般将来时表达文意。
★自我介绍
1.My
name
is...;I'm
writing
to
you
for
some
help.
2.I'm
writing
a
letter
to
you
to
get
some
help
about...
★交代自己所面临的困难
I
have
met
much
difficulty
in...
★请求对方做某事的表达
1.Would
you
like
to...so
that...
2.In
the
meanwhile/At
the
same
time,I
beg
you
to...so
that...
3.Also,I'd
like
you
to...
假如你是李华,你打算与你的朋友组建一个乐队。门基乐队的成功给了你很大的鼓舞。但你和朋友对乐队的名字、主唱、乐器的选择及乐队的类型存在分歧,这让你不知所措,你决定给门基乐队写一封电子邮件,告诉他们你的想法,并征求他们的建议,如何才能使乐队更加成功。
注意:1.词数100左右;
2.可根据内容要点就某一方面或几个方面的问题征求他们的建议。
体裁
求助信
话题
寻求组建乐队建议
时态
一般现在时
人称
第一人称
Ⅰ.词汇
1.form_a_band
组建一支乐队
2.inspire
激励
3.as_well_as
和;同
4.in_addition
另外
Ⅱ.句式
1.
My
three
friends
and
I
like
pop
music.We
can't
decide
the
band's
name
and
the
lead
singer.
We
also
can't
decide
what
instruments
we
chose.
(用but,
as
well
as改写句子)
My_three_friends_and_I_like_pop_music,_but_we_can't_decide_the_band's_name,the_lead_singer,_as_well_as_what_instruments_we_chose.
2.
We
really
hope
you
can
give
us
some
advice.
(强调谓语)
We_do_hope_you_can_give_us_some_advice.
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
【参考范文】
Dear
Monkees,
My
name
is
Li
Hua.
I'm
going
to
form
a
band
with
my
other
three
friends.
Your
band's
success
inspired
us
greatly.
However,
we
have
never
been
in
a
band
before.
Could
you
please
give
us
some
advice
My
three
friends
and
I
like
pop
music,
but
we
can't
decide
the
band's
name,
the
lead
singer
as
well
as
what
instruments
we
choose.
In
addition/Besides,
what
type
of
music
should
we
play
Should
we
only
play
one
kind
or
try
every
type
of
music
How
did
your
band
decide
what
to
play We
do
hope
you
can
give
us
some
advice.
Yours
hopefully,
Li
Hua
学业分层测评
Ⅰ.完成句子
1.这是一个我们讨论了很多次的课题。
This
is
a
subject
__________________________________________________.
2.她只有一元八角七分钱用来给丈夫吉姆买一件礼物。
She
had
only
1.87
yuan
________________________,
her
husband,
a
present.
3.他提到一本书,书名我忘了。
He
mentioned
a
book,
________________________.
4.这人是一位工程师,我是从他那里得到这个消息的。
The
man,
_______________________________________________________,
is
an
engineer.
5.他们来到一处农舍,前边坐着一个小男孩。
They
arrived
at
a
farm
house,
________________________________.
【答案】 1.about
which
we
have
talked
a
lot
2.with
which
to
buy
Jim 3.the
title
of
which
I've
forgotten 4.from
whom
I
learned
the
news 5.in
front
of
which
sat
a
small
boy
Ⅱ.阅读理解
A
Background
music
may
seem
harmless,
but
it
can
have
a
powerful
effect
on
those
who
hear
it.
Recorded
background
music
first
found
its
way
into
factories,
shops
and
restaurants
in
the
US.
But
it
soon
spread
to
other
parts
of
the
world.
Now
it
is
becoming
increasingly
difficult
to
go
shopping
or
eat
a
meal
without
listening
to
music.
To
begin
with,
“muzak”(音乐广播网)
was
intended
simply
to
create
a
soothing
(安慰)
atmosphere.
Recently,
however,
it's
become
big
business thanks
in
part
to
recent
research.
Dr.Ronald
Milliman,an
American
marketing
expert,
has
shown
that
music
can
boost
sales
or
increase
factory
production
by
as
much
as
a
third.However,it
has
to
be
light
music.
A
fast
one
has
no
effect
at
all
on
sales.
Slow
music
can
increase
receipts
by
38%.
This
is
probably
because
shoppers
slow
down
and
have
more
opportunity
to
spot
items
they
like
to
buy.
Yet,
slow
music
isn't
always
the
answer.
Dr.
Milliman
found,
for
example,
that
in
restaurants
slow
music
meant
customers
took
longer
to
eat
their
meals,
which
reduced
overall
sales.
So
restaurant
owners
might
be
well
advised
to
play
up
tempo
music
to
keep
the
customers
moving-unless
of
course,
the
resulting
indigestion
(消化不良)
leads
to
complaints!
【语篇解读】 背景音乐作为一种常见的音乐形式,已经渗透到人们生活的方方面面。不同的背景音乐可以产生不同的效果。
1.
The
reason
why
background
music
is
so
popular
is
that________.
A.it
can
have
a
powerful
effect
on
those
who
hear
it
B.it
can
help
to
create
a
soothing
atmosphere
C.it
can
boost
sales
or
increase
factory
production
everywhere
D.it
can
make
customers
eat
their
meals
quickly
【解析】 细节理解题。由第一段中的it
can
have
a
powerful
effect
on
those
who
hear
it可知答案。并不是所有的背景音乐都能让人感到安慰,所以排除B项;C项表述过于绝对;D项不是背景音乐流行的原因。【答案】 A
2.
Background
music
means________.
A.
light
music
that
customers
enjoy
most
B.fast
music
that
makes
people
move
fast
C.slow
music
that
can
make
customers
enjoy
their
meals
D.the
music
you
are
listening
to
while
you
are
doing
something
【解析】 词义猜测题。选项中的前三项均只是背景音乐中的一部分,只有D项是完整的概括。
【答案】 D
3.
Restaurant
owners
complain
about
slow
music
because________.
A.it
results
in
indigestion
B.it
increases
their
sales
C.it
keeps
customers
moving
D.it
decreases
their
sales
【解析】 细节理解题。由文章最后一段可以看出,如果播放慢速背景音乐,客人的就餐时间就会变长,这样就会导致营业额的整体下滑。这样的结果餐馆老板自然要抱怨。
【答案】 D
4.
We
can
know
from
the
text
that________.
A.
background
music
was
first
used
in
big
department
stores
B.proper
music
can
increase
the
selling
of
goods
C.light
music
has
a
bad
effect
on
production
D.restaurant
owners
had
better
play
slow
music
to
comfort
their
customers
【解析】 推理判断题。由第二段中的has
shown
that
music
can
boost
sales可知,恰当的音乐可以促进销售。
【答案】 B
B
Carol
Vaness,
the
well known
American
opera
singer,
was
born
in
San
Diego
and
began
her
professional
performance
in
San
Francisco.
She
has
sung
at
many
of
the
major
opera
houses
in
the
world.Unlike
other
world famous
male
opera
singers,
she
was
particularly
known
for
her
Mozart
operatic
roles.
At
the
Metropolitan
Opera
in
New
York
City
where
she
often
sings,
Carol's
voice
must
be
loud
enough
to
be
heard
by
four
thousand
people.
It
must
reach
every
person
in
the
theater,
without
a
microphone,
even
when
she's
singing
softly.
The
reason
Carol
can
project
her
voice
that
far
is
the
way
she
breathes.
“When
you
breathe,
it's
like
a
swimmer
taking
a
deep
breath
before
going
underwater,”
Carol
explains.
“You
have
to
take
a
lot
of
air
into
your
lungs.”
According
to
Carol,
the
main
difference
between
pop
singing
and
opera
is
how
you
breathe,
how
much
air
you
take
in,
and
how
you
control
it
coming
out.
Regular
singing
is
more
like
speaking,
and
it's
a
lot
softer.
Ever
since
she
started
piano
lessons
at
the
age
of
ten,
Carol
has
loved
music.As
she
got
older,
she
decided
to
become
a
music
teacher.
When
she
went
to
college,
she
took
singing
lessons
as
part
of
her
studies.
Her
voice
teacher
discovered
that
nineteen year old
Carol
had
an
exceptionally
beautiful
soprano(女高音)voice—the
highest
singing
voice
for
women.
Today,
Carol
performs
throughout
the
United
States
and
Europe
and
she
has
sung
for
almost
twenty
years.
But
she
has
never
forgotten
why
she
started
singing
in
the
first
place.
“Put
your
heart
into
your
singing
and
enjoy
it,”
says
Carol,
“because
singing
is
a
great
joy.
That's
why
I
sing.
In
fact,
that's
why
everybody
sings.”
【语篇解读】 文章介绍了Carol
Vaness,美国著名的歌剧歌手,在很大的歌剧院里即使没有话筒她也可以高声歌唱。根据凯罗尔的演唱,流行歌曲和歌剧的主要区别是如何控制气息。凯罗尔在美国和欧洲演出,她已经唱了将近二十年了,她始终觉得歌唱很美好很享受。
5.What
is
the
best
title
for
this
passage
A.The
Way
a
Star
Sings
B.An
Opera
Star
C.Opera
Singing
and
Pop
Singing
D.Singing
without
a
Microphone
【解析】 主旨大意题。文章介绍了Carol
Vaness,美国著名的歌剧歌手。故选B。
【答案】 B
6.Which
of
the
following
statements
is
TRUE
A.
A
pop
singer
breathes
more
deeply
than
an
opera
singer
when
he
or
she
sings.
B.Opera
singing
is
more
like
speaking.
C.A
pop
singer
takes
in
much
more
air
than
an
opera
singer
when
singing.
D.An
opera
singer
breathes
differently
from
a
pop
singer
when
singing.
【解析】 推理判断题。根据文章的第四段According
to
Carol,
the
main
difference
between
pop
singing
and
opera
is
how
you
breathe,
how
much
air
you
take
in,
and
how
you
control
it
coming
out.
Regular
singing
is
more
like
speaking,
and
it's
a
lot
softer.可知一个歌剧歌手在歌唱时与一个流行歌手唱歌有不同的呼吸。故选D。
【答案】 D
7.From
the
passage
you
can
conclude
all
the
following
EXCEPT
that
________.
A.
Carol
once
learned
to
play
the
piano
B.Carol
has
been
singing
opera
for
20
years
or
so
C.Carol
worked
as
a
music
teacher
D.Carol
is
popular
with
Americans
and
Europeans
【解析】 推理判断题。根据文章的描述可知,Carol
Vaness并未担任音乐老师。故选C。
【答案】 C
Ⅲ.语法填空
Once
there
lived
a
rich
man
1.________
wanted
to
do
something
for
the
people
of
2.________
(he)
town.But
first
he
wanted
to
find
out
whether
they
deserved
his
help.
In
the
centre
of
the
main
road
into
the
town,he
placed
3.________
very
large
stone.Then
he
hid
4.________
a
tree
and
waited.Soon
an
old
man
came
along
with
his
cow.“Who
put
this
stone
in
the
centre
of
the
road?”said
the
old
man,but
he
did
not
try
to
remove
the
stone.Instead,with
some
5.________(difficult)
he
passed
around
the
stone
and
continued
on
his
way.
Another
man
came
along
and
did
the
same
thing;
then
another
came,
and
another.
All
of
them
complained
about
the
stone
but
not
tried
to
remove
6.________.Late
in
the
afternoon
a
young
man
came
along.
He
saw
the
stone,
7.________(say)
to
himself:
“The
night
8.________
(be)
very
dark.
Some
neighbors
will
come
along
later
in
the
dark
and
will
fall
against
the
stone.”
Then
he
began
to
move
the
stone.
He
pushed
and
pulled
with
all
his
strength
to
move
it,
only
9.________
(find)
a
bag
of
money
under
the
stone.
Imagine
how
10.________
(surprise)
he
was!
【语篇解读】 文章讲述一个有钱人想帮助别人,但是想看看这些人值不值得帮助,他用一块大石头试探人们。
1.who there
lived是句子的谓语动词,所以后面是一个定语从句,a
rich
man是先行词,定语从句中缺主语,故填who。
2.his 空缺处后面是名词,故用形容词性物主代词。
3.a 泛指一块大石头,a
large
stone,“他在城镇主要街道放了一块大石头”,所以此处填a。
4.behind “躲在树后”,英语是“hide
behind
a
tree”,故填behind。
5.difficulty with
some后用名词形式,所以用difficulty。
6.it 作宾语。
7.saying saw是谓语动词,所以后面的say是非谓语动词,用现在分词表示伴随状态,故填saying。
8.will
be 从后面“一些邻居晚些时候将会从这里走过,将会被绊倒”,可知此处用一般将来时态“晚上将会很黑”。故填will
be。
9.to
find “only
to
do”表示“结果……”是固定用法,故填to
find。
10.surprised 此处用于修饰he,故填surprised。
Ⅳ.短文改错
Dear
Brad,
I
am
high
school
girl.Last
month
my
whole
family
moved
and
I
had
to
switch
school.I
love
this
new
school,
where
has
a
large
playground
and
a
library
with
lots
of
book.Also
it
has
well
equipping
classrooms
and
several
modern
labs.Therefore,
I
really
miss
my
former
school
and
my
old
friends
very
much.I
have
known
some
newly
classmates
in
this
school,
but
I
don't
connect
with
him.Two
girls
in
my
new
class
might
be
like
me,
but
I
am
not
sure.I
once
think
about
moving
back
to
my
old
school.If
not,
I
will
miss
my
family.What
should
I
do
Amy
【答案】
Dear
Brad,
I
am
high
school
girl.Last
month
my
whole
family
moved
and
I
had
to
switch
school.I
love
this
new
school,
has
a
large
playground
and
a
library
with
lots
of
.Also
it
has
well
classrooms
and
several
modern
labs.,
I
really
miss
my
former
school
and
my
old
friends
very
much.I
have
known
some
classmates
in
this
school,
but
I
don't
connect
with
.Two
girls
in
my
new
class
might
be
like
me,
but
I
am
not
sure.I
once
about
moving
back
to
my
old
school.If
,
I
will
miss
my
family.What
should
I
do
Amy单元尾核心要点回扣
Ⅰ.重点单词
1.__________
vt.使吃惊;惊讶→__________
adj.令人吃惊的→__________
adj.感到惊讶的→__________n.
惊讶;惊异
2.__________
vi.幸免;幸存;生还→____________
n.生存;幸存
3.________adj.明显的;明白的→__________
n.证据;根据
4.__________vi.爆炸→__________
n.爆炸
5.__________n.&vi.争论;辩论→______________adj.有争议的;可争辩的
【答案】 1.amaze;amazing;amazed;amazement
2.survive;survival 3.evident;evidence
4.explode;explosion 5.debate;debatable
Ⅱ.重点短语
1.in
search
__________
寻找
__________sb./sth.
搜身/搜查某人/某物
search
__________
sb./sth.
搜寻某人/某物
2.__________
return
作为报答;回报
in
return
__________
作为……的报答
____________turn
依次地;轮流地;反过来
3.less
______________
少于
__________
less
than
多达……
__________less
than
不少于;至少
4.take
__________
拆开
take
__________
收回;使回忆起
take
__________
拆散;写下;记下
take
__________
脱下;起飞
take
__________
呈现;开始雇用
take
__________
接管;接任
take
__________
产生兴趣;开始从事;占用;拿起
5.think
__________
of
器重;看重
think__________
of
对……评价很高
think
__________
of
对……评价不高/差
think
__________
of
觉得……没什么/不难
【答案】 1.of;search;for 2.in;for;in 3.than;no;not 4.apart;back;down;off;on;over;up
5.highly;well/much;poorly/little/lightly;nothing
Ⅲ.重点句式
1.Frederick
William
Ⅰ,
the
King
of
Prussia,
__________(绝不可能想象)
that
his
greatest
gift
to
the
Russian
people
would
have
such
an
amazing
history.2.
Later,
Catherine
Ⅱ
__________(派人把琥珀屋搬到)to
a
palace
outside
St
Petersburg
where
she
spent
her
summers.
3.__________(毋庸置疑)the
boxes
were
then
put
on
a
train
for
K nigsberg,which
was
at
that
time
a
German
city
on
the
Baltic
Sea.
4.One
day
he__________(正在看)in
a
second hand
furniture
shop
__________(突然)he
saw
an
amazing
object
among
the
many
different
vases
and
jewels.
5.For
example,__________(这可以得到证实)China
has
more
people
than
any
other
country
in
the
world.
【答案】 1.could
never
have
imagined 2.had
the
Amber
Room
moved 3.There
is
no
doubt
that
4.was
looking;when 5.it
can
be
proved
that
Ⅳ.回顾话题
尽可能多地用本单元所学到的词汇和句式翻译下面的短文。
众所周知,文化遗产属于全人类而不是个人。为了寻找它们,许多人付出了艰苦努力。其中一些文化遗产已遭破坏,只有少数幸免于难。毫无疑问保护好文化遗产是我们的责任。
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
【参考范文】
It's
well
known
that
cultural
relics
belong
to
the
human
beings
rather
than
individuals.
A
lot
of
people
try
their
best
to
search
for
them.
Some
of
the
cultural
relics
have
been
damaged
while
only
a
few
survive.
There
is
no
doubt
that
it
is
our
duty
to
protect
cultural
relics.
单元综合测评
Ⅰ.阅读理解(共15小题;每小题2分,满分30分)
A
The
ancient
city
is
in
Pingyao
county,
Shanxi
Province.
The
city
wall
was
first
built
during
the
Zhou
Dynasty.
Since
1997,
it
has
been
listed
as
a
World
Heritage
Site.
Now
Pingyao
city
is
the
only
one
in
China
completely
protected
as
it
was
hundreds
of
years
ago.
The
perimeter
(周长)
of
this
square
city
is
6.4
km
long
and
the
city
wall
is
the
earliest
and
largest
city
wall
in
China.
It
is
12m
high
with
width
of
5m.
The
wall
was
built
with
earth
and
covered
with
bricks.Outside
the
city
wall
there
is
a
river,
4m
wide
and
4m
deep.
There
are
several
gates
of
the
city,two
each
on
the
east
and
west
and
one
each
on
the
south
and
north
side.All
the
gates
have
two
doors
each.
This
has
given
the
city
the
name
“Turtle
City”
with
the
two
gates
on
the
south
and
north
standing
for
the
head
and
tail
of
the
turtle
and
four
gates
on
the
east
and
west
as
the
four
legs.
The
doors
on
the
south
and
north
stand
opposite
each
other,like
the
head
of
the
turtle
extending
out
and
two
wells
just
beyond
southern
gate
are
like
a
turtle's
two
eyes.Located
on
the
trade
route
between
Beijing
and
Xi'an,
Pingyao
developed
into
a
merchant
center
where
the
local
people
set
up
the
nation's
earliest
banks.
These
banks
were
the
first
in
China
to
use
checks.
Several
old
courtyards
have
been
turned
into
museums,
most
of
which
are
homes
and
offices
of
Pingyao's
old
banks.
One
of
the
most
unusual
aspects
of
a
visit
here
is
realizing
that
this
place
was
very
important
to
China's
financial
(金融的)history.
【语篇解读】 本文主要介绍了平遥古城的历史、建筑规模之宏伟及其在古代中国金融发展史上的重要地位。
1.What
does
the
passage
mainly
talk
about
A.The
ancient
city—Pingyao.
B.China's
ancient
financial
center—Pingyao.
C.The
city
wall
of
Pingyao.
D.The
museums
in
Pingyao.
【解析】 主旨大意题。本文着重介绍了中国的古城平遥的历史、城市规模以及历史地位,故选A。
【答案】 A
2.How
many
gates
are
there
in
Pingyao
city
A.Four.
B.Five.
C.Six.
D.Seven.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第三段第一句中的“...two
each
on
the
east
and
west
and
one
each
on
the
south
and
north
side.”可知,平遥古城共有6个门。
【答案】 C
3.Which
gate
in
Pingyao
city
stands
for
the
head
of
the
turtle
A.The
gate
on
the
north.
B.The
gate
on
the
south.C.The
gate
on
the
east.
D.The
gate
on
the
west.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第三段第三句中的“...the
two
gates
on
the
south
and
north
standing
for
the
head
and
tail
of
the
turtle...”可知,南门代表着乌龟的头部。
【答案】 B
B
Planning
a
visit
to
the
UK
Here
we
help
with
ways
to
cut
your
costs.
AVOID
BIG
EVENTS
Big
sporting
events,
concerts
and
exhibitions
can
increase
the
cost
of
hotel
expense
and
make
it
harder
to
find
a
room.A
standard
double
room
at
the
Thistle
Brighton
on
the
final
Friday
of
the
Brighton
Comedy
Festival
(19
Oct.)
cost
£169.15
at
.
A
week
later,
the
same
room
cost
£118.15.
If
you
want
to
know
dates
to
avoid-or
you're
looking
for
a
big
event
to
pass
your
time-check
out
sites
such
as
Whatsonwhen.
com,
which
allow
you
to
search
for
events
in
the
UK
by
city,
date
and
category.
STAY
AWAY
FROM
THE
STATION If
travelling
to
your
destination
by
train,
you
may
want
to
find
a
good
base
close
to
the
station,
but
you
could
end
up
paying
more
because
of
convenience
at
the
start
of
your
holiday.Don't
be
too
choosy
about
the
part
of
town
you
stay
in.
Booking
two
months
ahead
of
time,
the
cheapest
room
at
Travelodge's
Central
Euston
hotel
in
London
for
Saturday
22
September
was
£95.
95.
A
room
just
a
tube
journey
away
at
its
Covent
Garden
hotel
was
£75.75.
And
at
Farringdon,_a
double
room
cost
just
£62.95.
LOOK
AFTER
YOURSELF Really
central
hotels
in
cities
such
as
London,
Edinburgh
and
Cardiff
can
cost
a
fortune,
especially
at
weekends
and
during
big
events.
So
it
will
be
a
good
choice
to
consider
checking
into
a
self cooking
flat
with
its
own
kitchen.
Often
these
flats
are
hidden
away
on
the
top
floors
of
city
centre
buildings.
A
great
example
is
the
historic
O'Neill
Flat
on
Edinburgh's
Royal
Mile,
available
for
£420
for
five
days
in
late
September,
with
room
for
four
adults.
GET
ON
A
BIKE
London's
“Boris
bikes”
have
attracted
the
most
attention,
but
other
cities
also
have
similar
programmes
that
let
you
rent
a
bicycle
and
explore
at
your
own
pace,
saving
you
on
public
transport
or
car
parking
costs.
Among
the
smaller
cities
with
their
own
programmes
are
Newcastle
(casual
members
pay
around
£1.50
for
two
hours)
and
Cardiff(free
for
up
to
30
minutes,
or
£5
per
day).
【语篇解读】 本文主要介绍了去英国旅行可以省钱的几条提示。
4.The
Brighton
Comedy
Festival
is
mentioned
mainly
to
show
big
events
may________.
A.help
travellers
pass
time
B.attract
lots
of
travellers
to
the
UK
C.allow
travellers
to
make
flexible
plans
D.cause
travellers
to
pay
more
for
hotel
expense
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段中的“A
standard
double
room
at
the
Thistle
Brighton
on
the
final
Friday
of
the
Brighton
Comedy
Festival(19
Oct.)cost
£169.15
at
.
A
week
later,the
same
room
cost
£118.15.”可知答案。
【答案】 D
5.“Farringdon”
in
Paragraph
5
is
most
probably
________.
A.a
hotel
away
from
the
train
station
B.the
tube
line
to
Covent
Garden
C.an
ideal
holiday
destination
D.the
name
of
a
travel
agency
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第五段中的“Don't
be
too
choosy
about
the
part
of
town
you
stay
in.”和“And
at
Farringdon,a
double
room
cost
just
£62.95.”可知答案。
【答案】 A
6.The
passage
shows
that
the
O'Neill
Flat________.
A.
lies
on
the
ground
floor
B.is
located
in
central
London
C.provides
cooking
facilities
for
tourists
D.costs
over
£100
on
average
per
day
in
late
September
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第六段中的“So
it
will
be
a
good
choice
to
consider
checking
into
a
self cooking
flat
with
its
own
kitchen.”和“A
great
example
is
the
historic
O'Neill
Flat
on
Edinburgh's
Royal
Mile”可知答案。
【答案】 C
7.The
main
purpose
of
the
passage
is
to
__________.
A.tell
visitors
how
to
book
in
advance
B.supply
visitors
with
hotel
information
C.show
visitors
the
importance
of
self help
D.offer
visitors
some
money saving
tips
【解析】 主旨大意题。第一段“Planning
a
visit
to
the
UK?Here
we
help
with
ways
to
cut
your
costs.”点出了主题,然后进行了具体介绍。故选D项。
【答案】 D
C
Ancient
people
made
clay
pottery
because
they
needed
it
for
their
survival.They
used
the
pots
they
make
for
cooking,
storing
food,
and
carrying
things
from
place
to
place.
Pottery
was
so
important
to
early
cultures
that
scientists
now
study
it
to
learn
more
about
ancient
civilizations.
The
more
advanced
the
pottery
in
terms
of
decoration,
materials,
glazes
(釉),
and
manufacture,
the
more
advanced
the
culture
itself.
The
artisan
(技工)
who
makes
pottery
in
North
America
today
utilizes
(利用)
his
or
her
skill
and
imagination
to
create
items
that
are
beautiful
as
well
as
functional,
transforming
something
ordinary
into
something
special
and
unique.
The
potter
uses
one
of
the
Earth's
most
basic
materials,
clay.
Clay
can
be
found
almost
anywhere.
Good
pottery
clay
must
be
free
from
all
small
stones
and
other
hard
materials
that
would
make
the
potting
process
difficult.Most
North
American
artisan
potters
now
purchase
commercially
processed
clay,
but
some
find
the
clay
they
need
right
in
the
earth,
close
to
where
they
work.
The
most
important
tools
potters
use
are
their
own
hands;
however,
they
also
use
wire
loop
(圈)
tools,wooden
modeling
tools,
plain
wire,
and
sponges.
Plain
wire
is
used
to
cut
away
the
finished
pot
from
its
vase
on
the
potter's
wheel.
After
a
finished
pot
is
dried
of
all
its
moisture
in
the
open
air,it
is
placed
in
a
kiln
(窑)
and
fired.The
first
firing
hardens
the
pottery,
and
it
is
then
ready
to
be
glazed
and
fired
again.
For
areas
where
they
do
not
want
any
glaze,
such
as
the
bottom
of
the
pot,
artisans
paint
on
melted
wax
that
will
later
burn
off
in
the
kiln.
They
then
pour
on
the
liquid
glaze
and
let
it
run
over
the
clay
surface,
making
any
kind
of
decorative
design
that
they
want.【语篇解读】 本文作者主要向我们介绍了陶瓷的用途及制作过程。
8.What
does
the
passage
mainly
discuss
A.Different
kinds
of
clay.
B.The
training
of
an
artisan.
C.The
making
of
pottery.
D.Crafts
of
ancient
civilizations.
【解析】 主旨大意题。A、B、D三项虽然都与内容有关,但都只是文章的一部分,C项“陶瓷的制作”才是最佳答案。
【答案】 C
9.Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
mentioned
in
the
passage
as
a
way
that
ancient
people
used
pottery
A.To
hold
food.
B.To
wash
clothes.
C.To
cook.
D.To
transport
objects.
【解析】 细节理解题。由第一段第二句“They
used
the
pots
they
make
for
cooking,storing
food,and
carrying
things
from
place
to
place.”可看出,古代用陶瓷cook,store
food,carry
things,没有提到wash
clothes,故选B项。【答案】 B
10.According
to
the
passage,
how
do
most
North
American
potters
today
get
the
clay
they
need
A.They
buy
it.
B.They
make
it.
C.They
dig
it
from
the
earth.
D.They
barter
for
it.
【解析】 细节理解题。由第三段最后一句“Most
North
American
artisan
potters
now
purchase
commercially
processed
clay...”中的purchase可知他们是通过购买得到黏土,故选A项。
【答案】 A
11.According
to
the
author,
what
do
potters
use
to
remove
the
pot
from
the
wheel
A.Melted
wax.
B.A
wire
loop.
C.A
sponge.
D.Plain
wire.
【解析】 细节理解题。由第四段最后一句“Plain
wire
is
used
to
cut
away
the
finished
pot
from
its
vase
on
the
potter's
wheel.”可知制陶工人用普通的线把制好的陶罐从机轮上卸下来,故选D项。
【答案】 D
D
For
many
years,
I
strongly
believed
that
my
suffering
was
because
of
my
size.
I
imagined
that
when
the
weight
disappeared,
it
would
take
old
wounds,
hurts
and
rejections
with
it.
Many
people
with
weight
problems
also
mistakenly
believe
that
changing
our
bodies
will
fix
everything.
Perhaps
our
mistake
is
believing
that
being
thin
equals
being
loved,
being
special,
and
being
cared
for.
We
fantasize(幻想)
about
what
it
will
be
like
when
we
reach
the
long awaited
goal.
We
work
very
hard
to
realize
this
dream.
Then,
at
last,
we
find
ourselves
there.
But
we
often
gain
back
what
we
have
lost.
Even
so,
we
continue
to
believe
that
next
time
it
will
be
different.
Next
time,
we
will
keep
it
off.
Next
time,
being
thin
will
finally
bring
us
happiness,
self worth,
and,
of
course,
love.
It
took
me
a
long
time
to
realize
that
there
was
something
more
for
me
to
learn
about
beauty.
Different
cultures
have
different
standards
(标准)
of
beauty.
In
Samoa
a
woman
is
not
considered
attractive
unless
she
weighs
more
than
200
pounds.
More
importantly,
if
it's
happiness
that
we
want,
why
not
put
our
energy
there
rather
than
on
the
size
of
our
body
Why
not
look
inside
Many
of
us
struggle
hard
to
change
our
body,
but
in
vain.
We
have
to
find
a
way
to
live
comfortably
inside
our
body
and
make
friends
with
and
care
for
ourselves.
When
we
change
our
attitudes
towards
ourselves,
the
whole
world
changes.
【语篇解读】 本文是一篇议论文。从体重问题入手,告诉我们不要过于关注外在的东西。改变你对生活的态度,你的世界也会变得不同!
12.
The
passage
tries
to
stress
the
importance
of
________.
A.body
size
B.different
beauty
standards
C.culture
difference
D.attitudes
towards
life
【解析】 主旨大意题。最后一段中的“When
we
change
our
attitudes
towards
ourselves,
the
whole
world
changes.”是文章的主题句,由此可知,本文主要强调了生活态度的重要性。故D项正确。
【答案】 D
13.
What
does
the
underlined
word
“everything”
in
Paragraph
2
mean
A.The
whole
world.
B.All
the
problems.
C.All
the
dreams.
D.All
the
truth.
【解析】 词义猜测题。根据划线词前的“Many
people
with
weight
problems
also
mistakenly
believe
that
changing
our
bodies...”及划线词后的“Perhaps
our
mistake
is
believing
that
being
thin
equals
being
loved,
being
special,
and
being
cared
for.”可知,很多有体重问题的人错误地认为瘦下来就会得到爱情,变得与众不同,甚至受到别人的关注,由此可知他们认为改变自己的身材可以解决所有的问题。故B项正确。
【答案】 B
14.What
can
be
inferred
about
the
author
A.The
author
is
a
Samoan.
B.The
author
probably
got
wounded
in
wars
or
accidents.
C.The
author
succeeded
in
losing
weight.
D.The
author
has
been
troubled
by
her/his
weight.
【解析】 推理判断题。根据第一段中的“For
many
years,
I
strongly
believed
that
my
suffering
was
because
of
my
size.”可知,作者受体重问题困扰很多年。故D项正确。
【答案】 D
15.
Which
of
the
following
statements
is
true
A.One's
happiness
is
determined
by
a
person's
weight.
B.Not
all
countries
take
being
thin
as
the
standard
of
beauty.
C.It's
entirely
wrong
to
care
about
whether
a
person
is
fat
or
not.
D.Once
a
person
loses
weight,
he/she
won't
gain
back
the
weight
easily.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据最后一段中的“Different
cultures
have
different
standards(标准)of
beauty.
In
Samoa
a
woman
is
not
considered
attractive
unless
she
weighs
more
than
200
pounds.”可知,不同的国家对美的标准也不同,有的国家就以胖为美。故B项正确。
【答案】 B
Ⅱ.阅读填句(共5小题;每小题2分,满分10分)
How
to
Keep
a
Healthy
Rabbit
Rabbits
are
one
of
the
perfect
pets.
Here
are
tips
to
help
you
keep
a
rabbit.
Prepare
a
Right
Diet
for
Your
Rabbit
Your
rabbit
needs
hay(干草),
vegetables
and
water.
Hay
is
a
large
part
of
your
rabbit's
diet.So
you
should
prepare
it
at
all
times.__16__Rabbits
can
eat
vegetables
such
as
carrots,cabbage
and
broccoli.
Water
should
be
clean.
You
need
to
change
it
each
day.
__17__
Rabbits
can
live
in
cages
or
be
kept
in
your
home.
Choose
a
safe
area
as
their
“home”.A
home
is
a
place
only
for
your
rabbit.It
can
relax
when
it
wants
some
time
alone.Don't
take
it
out
of
its
home—let
it
come
out
on
its
own.
Put
a
cover
for
its
home.__18__
Give
Your
Rabbit
Right
Health
Care
Examine
your
rabbit
about
every
six
months.__19__Not
every
vet
is
experienced
with
rabbits.
So
do
some
research
before
you
take
your
rabbit
in.
Expect
a
Long lived
Pet
Rabbits
may
live
ten
or
twelve
years.__20__Instead,adopt(收养)
one.
Your
pet
rabbit
is
more
than
a
pet—it
is
a
member
of
the
family.
Knowing
how
to
care
for
it
is
the
best
gift
you
can
give
your
new
pet
rabbit.
A.Don't
buy
a
rabbit.
B.Choose
a
Place
for
Your
Rabbit
to
Live
C.Water
should
be
enough
for
rabbits
D.Allow
Your
Rabbit
to
Get
Plenty
of
Exercise
E.Enough
fresh
vegetables
should
be
given
to
it.
F.Visit
a
vet
that
is
good
at
treating
rabbits.
G.This
is
because
rabbits
feel
safe
when
they
are
under
things.
【答案】 16-20 EBGFA
Ⅲ.完形填空(共20小题;每小题1.5分,满分30分)
My
sister
and
I
grew
up
in
a
little
village
in
England.
Our
father
was
a
struggling
__21__,
but
I
always
knew
he
was__22__.
He
never
criticized
us,but
used__23__to
bring
out
our
best.
He'd
say,
“If
you
pour
water
on
flowers,
they
flourish.
If
you
don't
give
them
water,
they
die.”__24__as
a
child
I
said
something__25__about
somebody,
and
my
father
said,“__26__time
you
say
something
unpleasant
about
somebody
else,
it's
a
reflection
of
you.”He
explained
that
if
I
looked
for
the
best
__27__
people,
I
would
get
the
best__28__.
From
then
on
I've
always
tried
to__29__the
principle
in
my
life
and
later
in
running
my
company.
Dad's
also
always
been
very__30__.
At
15,
I
started
a
magazine.
It
was__31__a
great
deal
of
my
time,
and
the
headmaster
of
my
school
gave
me
a__32__:stay
in
school
or
leave
to
work
on
my
magazine.
I
decided
to
leave,
and
dad
tried
to
sway
me
from
my
decision,__33__
any
good
father
would.
When
he
realized
I
had
made
up
my
mind,
he
said,“Richard,when
I
was
23,my
dad__34__me
to
go
into
law.And
I've
__35__
regretted
it.I
wanted
to
be
a
biologist,__36__I
didn't
pursue
my
__37__.You
know
what
you
want.Go
fulfill
it.”
As__38__turned
out,
my
little
publication
went
on
to
become
Student,a
national__39__for
young
people
in
the
U.
K.
My
wife
and
I
have
two
children,
and
I'd
like
to
think
we
are
bringing
them
up
in
the
same
way
Dad__40__me.
【语篇解读】 本文讲述了作者的父亲非常理解自己,总是通过赞扬的方式来鼓舞“我”,同时也一直很支持“我”的选择,结果证明我父亲是做得非常正确的,“我”也做了“我”想做的事情,获得了自己的成就。
21.A.biologist
B.manager
C.lawyer
D.gardener
【解析】 根据下文中的to
go
into
law
可知作者的父亲是一名律师。
【答案】 C
22.A.strict
B.honest
C.special
D.learned
【解析】 special“特别的”;strict“严格的”;honest“诚实的”;learned“博学的”。由下文可知C项正确。
【答案】 C
23.A.praise
B.courage
C.power
D.warmth
【解析】 praise“表扬”。从下文可知,这位父亲通过表扬的方式使儿女们成为最棒的。
courage“勇气”;power“权力”;warmth“温暖”。
【答案】 A
24.A.Think
B.Imagine
C.Remember
D.Guess
【解析】 remember“记得”。根据as
a
child可判断出此处指作者回忆起小时候发生的事。imagine“想象”。
【答案】 C
25.A.unnecessary
B.unkind
C.unimportant
D.unusual
【解析】 unkind“不友善的;不亲切的”。从下文中的unpleasant可知,作者说了某人的坏话。unnecessary“不必要的”;unimportant“不重要的”;unusual“不寻常的”;unkind“不友好的”。
【答案】 B
26.A.Another
B.Some
C.Any
D.Other
【解析】 any
time“任何时候”。根据句意:任何时候你说了别人的坏话,都会反射出你自己。可知答案。
【答案】 C
27.A.on
B.in
C.at
D.about
【解析】 此处the
best
in
people“人们最好的一面”,固定搭配。
【答案】 B
28.A.in
case
B.by
turns
C.by
chance
D.in
return
【解析】 in
return“作为回报”。此处指如果发现人们好的一面就会得到好的回报。in
case“以防”;by
turns“轮流”;by
chance“偶然”。
【答案】 D
29.A.revise
B.set
C.review
D.follow
【解析】 follow“遵循”。此处指作者遵循父亲的教导。
【答案】 D
30.A.understanding
B.experienced
C.serious
D.demanding
【解析】 understanding“理解”;experienced“富有经验的”;serious“严肃的”;demanding“苛求的”。由下一段可知A项正确。
【答案】 A
31.A.taking
up
B.making
up
C.picking
up
D.keeping
up
【解析】 take
up“占据(时间)”。此处指办杂志占去作者大量时间。make
up“化妆”;pick
up“捡起”;keep
up“继续”。
【答案】 A
32.A.suggestion
B.decision
C.notice
D.choice
【解析】 choice“选择”。根据下文“stay
in
school
or
leave
to
work
on
my
magazine”可判断出作者面临着选择。
【答案】 D
33.A.and
B.as
C.even
if
D.as
if
【解析】 as“像……一样”。此处指像所有好父亲一样,父亲试图使作者改变想法。even
if“虽然”;as
if“好像”。
【答案】 B
34.A.helped
B.allowed
C.persuaded
D.suggested
【解析】 persuade“说服”,强调劝说的结果。此处指说服父亲去做律师。help“帮助”;allow“允许”;suggest“建议”。
【答案】 C
35.A.always
B.never
C.seldom
D.almost
【解析】 always“总是,一直”;从下文“I
wanted
to
be
a
biologist...”可知,作者的父亲对自己所选择的职业一直感到很后悔。
【答案】 A
36.A.rather
B.but
C.for
D.therefore
【解析】 前后两句之间是转折关系。
【答案】 B
37.A.promise
B.task
C.belief
D.dream
【解析】 dream“梦想”。从上文可以看出作者的父亲的梦想是当一名生物学家。
【答案】 D
38.
A.this
B.he
C.it
D.that
【解析】 it指代上文中的choice,此处表示自己的选择有了好的结果。
【答案】 C
39.A.newspaper
B.magazine
C.program
D.project
【解析】 根据上文中的“I
started
a
magazine”可知,B项正确。
【答案】 B
40.A.controlled
B.comforted
C.reminded
D.raised
【解析】 raise“培养”。作者决定也要像自己的父亲那样培养自己的儿女。control“控制”;comfort“安慰”;remind“提醒”。
【答案】 D
Ⅳ.语法填空(共10小题;每小题1.5分,满分15分)
A
man
went
to
a
barbershop
to
have
his
hair
cut.As
the
barber
began
to
work,they
started
chatting.They
talked
41.________so
many
things
and
various
subjects.When
they
42.________(final)
touched
on
the
subject
of
God,
the
barber
said.“I
don't
believe
that
God
exists.”
“Why
do
you
say
that?”
asked
the
customer.
“Well,
you
just
have
to
go
out
in
the
street
to
prove
that.Tell
me,if
God
43.________(exist),
would
there
be
so
many
sick
people
Would
there
be
abandoned
children
If
God
existed,there
44.________be
neither
suffering
nor
pain.
I
can't
imagine
45.________(love)
a
God
who
would
allow
all
of
these
things
happen.”
The
customer
thought
for
a
moment,
but
didn't
respond
because
he
didn't
want
to
start
an
46.________(argue).
After
everything
47.________(do)
and
just
after
he
left
the
barber's,
he
saw
a
man
in
the
street
with
long
dirty
hair.
The
customer
entered
the
barber's
again
and
said,“You
know
what?48.________(barber)do
not
exist.”
“How
can
you
say
that?”
asked
the
surprised
barber.“
I
am
here,and
I
am
a
barber.
And
I
just
49.________(work)
on
you!”
“No!”
the
customer
said,
“Barbers
don't
exist
because
50.________they
did,there
would
be
no
people
with
dirty
long
hair,like
that
man
outside.”
【语篇解读】 本文是记叙文,讲述了一名机智的顾客用诙谐的语言来反驳理发师关于上帝是否存在的故事。
41.about talk
about...“谈论……”。故填about。
42.finally 意为“最后”,故用finally。
43.existed 根据句意可知是表示对将来的假设,if从句中用过去式。
44.would/should/could/might 与现在事实不相符时,主句谓语动词应用的形式是would/should/could/might+v.。根据句意可知,此处应填would/should/could/might。
45.loving imagine后面的动词应用 ing形式。故填loving。
46.argument
空前有不定冠词。故填argument。
47.was
done 根据语境应用一般过去时,句子的主语是do的承受者。故填was
done。
48.Barbers 根据上下文语境。故填Barbers。
49.worked 根据句子结构分析,此处缺少谓语动词,且应用一般过去时。故填worked。
50.if 根据主从句的逻辑关系,空后是主句的条件,故填if。
Ⅴ.短文改错(共10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
One
day
I
was
dining
with
my
friend
Zhou
in
McDonald
when
two
young
girls
came
in
hand
in
hand.
While
enjoyed
a
hamburger,
I
found
Zhou
looking
around
at
something
strangely.
I
raised
my
eyes
to
see
what
was
happening.
The
two
girls
are
making
gestures
skillfully.
Obviously
they
were
deaf mutes.
I
had
learned
some
sign
languages
ago,
so
I
showed
various
gestures
with
Zhou
following
me
in
low
spirits.
We
played
and
laughed
cheerfully
as
if
there
had
been
no
one
else
present.
Suddenly
we
saw
both
the
two
girls
glaring
at
us.After
we
could
explain
to
them,they
had
walked
out
angrily,left
the
food
unfinished.They
thought
we
were
making
joke
of
them.How
I
regretted!
【答案】
One
day
I
was
dining
with
my
friend
Zhou
in
McDonald
when
two
young
girls
came
in
hand
in
hand.
While
a
hamburger,
I
found
Zhou
looking
around
at
something
.
I
raised
my
eyes
to
see
what
was
happening.
The
two
girls
making
gestures
skillfully.
Obviously
they
were
deaf mutes.
I
had
learned
some
sign
languages
,
so
I
showed
various
gestures
with
Zhou
following
me
in
spirits.
We
played
and
laughed
cheerfully
as
if
there
had
been
no
one
else
present.
Suddenly
we
saw
both
the
two
girls
glaring
at
us.
we
could
explain
to
them,they
had
walked
out
angrily,
the
food
unfinished.
They
thought
we
were
making
of
them.
How
I
regretted!
Ⅵ.书面表达(满分25分)
李华在本学期读高一,刚开学,老师和家长都要求让他住校学习,他却不喜欢住校,双方各持己见。假设你是李华,用英语把这个情况写信告诉中学生英语报请求帮助。有关信息如下:
老师和家长的理由
李华的理由
1.方便(convenient)问问题2.晚自习时间更能保证3.培养独立(independent)生活的能力
1.晚上有更多自习时间2.学习内容可以自由支配
注意:1.词数100左右;
2.信的开头已为你写好,不计入总词数。
参考词汇:住校board(v.)
Dear
Sir,
I'm
a
student
of
Senior
1.I
am
writing
to
tell
you__________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
【参考范文】
Dear_Sir,
I'm_a_student_of_Senior_1.I_am_writing_to_tell_you
about
the
discussion
whether
to
board
in
the
school
or
at
home.
At
the
beginning
of
this
term,
my
parents
and
teachers
asked
me
to
board
in
the
school.
They
say
it
will
be
very
convenient
for
me
to
ask
questions.
Besides,
they
think
boarding
will
make
it
possible
to
make
full
use
of
my
night
time,
and
that
I
can
also
develop
the
ability
to
live
independently.
However,
I
have
my
own
thought.
Staying
at
home
in
the
evening,I
will
have
more
time
to
work
at
my
lessons.
At
the
same
time,
I
can
learn
what
I
think
I'm
not
good
at.
I
really
don't
know
what
to
do.
Please
give
me
your
advice!
Yours,
Li
Hua
Unit
2 The
Olympic
Games
奥运会有着一些特殊的仪式和要求,你知道多少呢?
The
Olympic
Games
have
always
included
a
number
of
ceremonies,many
of
which
emphasize
the
themes
of
international
friendship
and
peaceful
cooperation.The
opening
ceremony
has
always
included
the
parade
of
nations,in
which
the
teams
from
each
nation
enter
the
main
stadium
as
part
of
a
procession.The
Greek
team
always
enters
first,to
commemorate
the
ancient
origins
of
the
modern
Games,and
the
team
of
the
host
nation
always
enters
last.
The
Olympic
Flag,with
its
five
interlocking
rings
of
different
colors
against
a
white
background,was
flown
for
the
first
time.The
five
rings
represent
unity
among
the
nations
of
Africa,the
Americas,Asia,Australia,and
Europe.Another
innovation
occurring
in
1920
was
the
first
reciting
of
the
Olympic
Oath,taken
in
the
name
of
all
the
athletes
by
a
member
of
the
host's
team.
Medal
ceremonies
are
also
an
important
part
of
the
Games.After
each
individual
event
during
the
Games,medals
are
awarded.
1.emphasize
vt.
强调
2.parade
n.
游行
3.commemorate
vt.
庆祝
4.innovation
n.
革新
1.Why
does
the
Greek
team
always
enters
the
main
stadium
first
in
the
parade
of
nations
________________________________________________________________
2.What
do
the
five
rings
on
the
Olympic
Flag
represent
________________________________________________________________
【答案】 1.Because
Greece
is
the
ancient
origins
of
the
modern
Games.2.The
five
rings
represent
unity
among
the
nations
of
Africa,the
Americas,Asia,Australia,and
Europe.
Section
Ⅰ Warming
Up
&
Reading-Preparing
根据提示写出下列单词
1.__________adj.
古代的;古老的
2.__________vi.
比赛;竞争
3.__________n.
奖章;勋章;纪念章
4.__________adj.
巫术的;魔术的;有魔力的
5.__________n.
志愿者;志愿兵
adj.
志愿的;义务的
vt.&vi.
自愿
6.__________adj.
规则的;定期的;常规的
7.__________n.
基础;根据
8.__________vt.&vi.
容许;承认;接纳
9.__________n.
责任;职责
10.__________vt.
取代;替换;代替
【答案】 1.ancient 2.compete 3.medal
4.magical 5.volunteer 6.regular 7.basis
8.admit 9.responsibility 10.replace
看单词 学构词
ty或ity是名词性后缀,表示“性质、状态或情况”等。常见的有:activity活动;majority大多数;quality质量;safety安全。
根据提示补全下列短语
1.take
part
________
参加;参与
2.stand
________
代表;象征;表示
3.________four
years
每四年
4.________well
也;又;还
5.________a
matter
of
fact
事实上;实际上
6.be
admitted
________
被作为……接受
7.play
a
very
important
part________在……中起重要作用
8.together
________
和;连同
9.________charge
主管;看管;负责
10.pick________
捡起;拾起
【答案】 1.in 2.for 3.every 4.as 5.as 6.as
7.in 8.with 9.in 10.up
根据提示补全下列教材原句
1.I
lived
in
________________and
I
used
to
write
about
the
Olympic
Games
a
long
time
ago.
我生活在你们所说的“古希腊”,并且我曾写过很久以前的奥运会的情况。
2.____________
they're
called
the
Winter
Olympics.
那就是它们被叫作“冬季奥运会”的原因。
3.No
other
countries
could
join
in,____________
slaves
or
women!
其他国家不能参加,奴隶和妇女也不可以!
4.________
in
the
Summer
Olympics
________
you
have
the
running
races,together
with
swimming,sailing
and
all
the
team
sports.
跑步、游泳、帆船和所有团队项目都是在夏季奥运会上进行。
5.There's
________
competition
among
countries
to
host
the
Olympics
________
to
win
Olympic
medals.
国与国之间争取奥运会承办权的竞争就跟争夺奥运奖牌一样激烈。
【答案】 1.what
you
call
“Ancient
Greece”
2.That's
why 3.nor
could 4.It's;that 5.as
much;as
阅读P9—P10教材原文,选择最佳选项
1.Pausanias
was
________.
A.a
writer
who
lived
in
“Ancient
Greece”
B.an
English
writer
2,000
years
ago
C.a
writer
who
wrote
about
the
modern
Olympic
Games
D.an
athlete
2.How
often
are
the
Winter
Olympics
held
A.Every
year.
B.Every
other
year.
C.Every
three
years.
D.Every
four
years.
3.Where
do
all
the
competitors
live
A.A
hotel.
B.A
special
village.C.A
restaurant.
D.A
place
hired
by
competitors.
4.Which
of
the
following
statements
is
TRUE
A.Greek
slaves
and
women
could
take
part
in
the
ancient
Olympics
in
Greece.
B.It
is
easy
to
win
the
right
to
host
the
Olympics.
C.Almost
every
country
wants
to
host
the
Olympics.
D.It
costs
little
to
host
the
Olympics.
5.Which
of
the
following
events
isn't
included
in
the
Summer
Olympic
Games
A.Running
races.
B.Ice
skating.
C.Swimming.
D.Sailing.
6.This
interview
is
mainly
about
________.
A.a
magical
journey
by
Pausanias
B.the
similarities
and
differences
about
the
ancient
and
modern
Olympics
C.the
ancient
Olympic
Games
in
Greece
D.the
modern
Olympic
Games
【答案】 1-6 ADBCBB
阅读P9-P10教材原文,在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式
The
Olympic
Games
are
the
1.________(big)sports
meeting
in
the
world.There
are
two
kinds
of
Olympic
Games.One
is
the
Summer
Olympic
Games,and
the
other
is
the
Winter
Olympic
Games.2.________of
them
are
held
every
four
years
on
a
regular
3.________(base).All
countries
can
take
part
if
their
athletes
have
reached
the
4.________(agree)standard
to
the
games.In
the
past
women
were
not
allowed
to
take
part
in
the
Olympic
Games.Nowadays,women
have
a
chance
5.________(play)an
important
role
in
the
great
games.Because
of
so
many
athletes,a
special
village
is
needed
to
build
for
6.________to
live
in,7.________(include)a
main
reception
building,several
stadiums
for
competitions,a
large
swimming
pool,and
seats
for
audience
8.________watch
the
games.It
is
a
great
honor
to
host
the
Olympic
Games.In
addition,for
many
countries
it's
just
as
much
competition
to
host
the
Olympic
Games
9.________to
win
Olympic
medals.Nowadays,the
olive
wreath
has
been
replaced
by
medals.But
it's
still
about
being
able
to
run
10.________(fast),jump
higher
and
throw
farther.
【答案】 1.biggest 2.Both 3.basis 4.agreed
5.to
play 6.them 7.including 8.who 9.as 10.fasterSection
Ⅱ Warming
Up
&
Reading
-Language
Points
compete
vi.比赛;竞争
(教材P9)How
many
countries
competed
in
the
ancient
Olympic
Games 有多少国家参加古代奥运会?
(1)compete
for
为……而比赛/竞争
compete
against/with
与……竞争/比赛
compete
in
参加……的比赛
(2)competition
n.
竞争;角逐
competitive
adj.
竞争的
competitor
n.
竞争者
①Runners
from
many
countries
are
competing_for
the
international
prize.
来自许多国家的赛跑运动员正在为获得这项国际奖而竞争。
②The
firm
is
too
small
to
compete_against
large
international
companies.
这个公司太小,不能与跨国大公司竞争。
③There
is
now
intense
competition(compete)
between
schools
to
attract
students.
现在学校之间为了招揽学生展开了激烈竞争。
As
the
youngest
competitor,I
had
to
compete
in
the
writing
contest
against/with
20
other
top
students
for
the
writing
award.I
must
be
very
competitive
to
be
the
winner.
作为最年轻的参赛者,我必须和另外20名顶尖的学生在写作比赛中竞争以获得这次写作奖。要成为获胜者,我必须有很强的竞争力。
admit
vt.&
vi.承认;容许;接纳
(教材P10)Only
athletes
who
have
reached
the
agreed
standard
for
their
event
will
be
admitted
as
competitors.
只有达到他们各自项目统一标准的运动员才会被接受参加奥运会。
(1)admit(to)sth.
承认(事实、过错等)
admit(to)doing/having
done
sth.
承认做过某事
admit
that...
承认……
(2)admit
sb.to
be/as...
承认某人是;接纳某人为……
admit...to/into...
允许……加入/进入……
(3)admission
n.
承认;坦白;入场费;准入;录用
①No
one
but
ticket holders
was
admitted
into
the
park.
只有持票者可从进入公园。
②We
have
to
admit
that
he's
a
highly
competent
man.
我们必须承认他是个非常能干的人。
③I
admitted
knowing(know)nothing
about
it.
我承认对此一无所知。
admit用法两注意
①作“承认,招认”解时,admit(to)doing
sth.这一结构中的to可有可无,切记不可将to当作不定式符号;②作“接纳,允许进入”解时,与介词to/into搭配。
replace
vt.取代;替换;代替
(教材P10)So
even
the
olive
wreath
has
been
replaced!
就连橄榄枝花冠也被取代了!
(1)replace
A
with/by
B
用B替换A
(2)take
the
place
of=replace
代替,取代(动词短语)
in
place
of
代替,取代(介词短语)
instead
of
代替;而不是(介词短语)
①I
replaced
the
old
tools
with/by
new
ones.
我用新工具来替换旧的。
②In
place
of
our
advertised
programme,we'll
be
showing
Hollywood
Adventures.
我们将放映《横冲直撞好莱坞》来代替广告节目。
take
part
in
参加;参与
(教材P9)Who
could
not
take
part
in
the
ancient
Olympic
Games
谁不能参加古代奥运会比赛呢?
play
a
part
in
在……中扮演角色;在……中起作用
take
part
参加(不跟宾语)
take
an
active
part
in
积极参加……
①Generally
speaking,boys
take
an
active
part
in
sports.
一般来说,男孩子积极参加体育活动。
②Grey
was
too
sick
to
take
part.
格雷病得太重,没法参加。
take
part
in,join
in,join,attend
take
part
in
指参加有组织的、严肃的、重大的活动
join
in
指参加正在进行着的活动或游戏等,有时可与take
part
in换用
join
指参加团体、党派和组织,成为其中的一个成员,也可用于join
sb.in(doing)sth.(与某人一起做某事)
attend
相当于be
present
at,意为“出席;参加”。后常跟meeting,wedding(婚礼),lecture,school,funeral(葬礼)等。不强调参加者在其中的作用
take
part
in,join
in,join,attend
③All
the
League
members
________
the
meeting,at
which
ten
students
________
the
League.
④All
the
family
________
me
________
wishing
you
a
happy
future.
⑤Boys
and
girls,all
of
you
should
go
to
________
the
lecture
this
afternoon.
⑥John
________
the
sports
meeting
yesterday.
【答案】 ③attended;joined ④join;in ⑤attend
⑥took
part
in
stand
for代表;象征;表示;支持;容忍(教材P9)What
do
the
five
rings
on
the
Olympic
flag
stand
for
奥运会会旗上的五环代表什么?
写出下列句中stand
for的含义
①We
stand
for
peace
and
against
war.________
②This
symbol
stands
for
strength.________
③I
will
not
stand
for
behaviour
of
that
kind
in
my
house.________
【答案】 ①支持 ②代表 ③容忍
stand
by
袖手旁观;站在……一边,支持
stand
out
显眼;引人注目
stand
up
起立;站得住脚
④How
can
you
stand
by
when
she
needs
help
当她需要帮助时你怎么能袖手旁观呢?
⑤The
character
font
stands
out
well
against
the
dark
background.
那种字体在深色背景下,十分醒目。
every
four
years每四年
(教材P10)P:How
often
do
you
hold
your
Games?帕萨尼亚斯:你们的奥运会多久举行一次?
L:Every
four
years.
李岩:每4年举行一次。
“每隔”的表示方法:
(1)every+基数词+复数名词
(2)every+序数词+单数名词
(3)every+other+单数名词
(4)every+few+复数名词
①He
comes
to
see
his
uncle
every
third
week.
他每3个星期来看望他叔叔一次。
②We
have
English
lessons
every
other
day;that
is
on
Monday,Wednesday
and
Friday.
我们隔一天上一次英语课,就是在星期一、星期三和星期五。
③You
can
write
to
me
every
few
days(day),and
in
that
way
we
can
keep
in
touch
with
each
other.
你可以隔几天给我写一次信,这样我们就能保持联系。
as
well
也;又;还
(教材P10)For
each
Olympics,a
special
village
is
built
for
them
to
live
in,a
main
reception
building,several
stadiums
for
competitions,and
a
gymnasium
as
well.
每届奥运会都有一个特殊的村庄(奥运村)供参赛的人住,一个主要的接待大楼,好几个供比赛用的体育场,还有一个室内体育馆。
(1)as
well
as也;和;还;和……一样好(在句中连接并列成分)
(2)may/might
as
well
不妨……;还是……更好(表示委婉的建议,一般是针对当时的情况提出另外的提议)
①I
am
going
to
London
and
my
sister
is
going
as
well.
我要到伦敦去,我妹妹也要去。
②Since
Jack
wouldn't
take
up
the
job,we
might/may
as
well
ask
Richard
to
do
it.
既然杰克不愿意承担这个工作,我们还是请理查德来干好了。
③Helen
as
well
as
I
is(be)
eager
to
see
the
performance.
我和海伦都渴望看这场演出。
Ⅰ.语境填词
1.First
prize
in
the
____________(compete)
will
be
a
meal
at
the
restaurant
of
your
choice.
2.He
admitted
________(take)
the
money
but
promised
never
to
do
it
again.
3.I'm
going
to
replace
my
battered
car
________
a
new
one.
4.I
don't
have
to
stand
________
such
rude
behavior.
5.Miss
Powel
went
to
town
every
________(three)
day.
【答案】 1.competition 2.taking 3.with 4.for
5.third
Ⅱ.完成句子1.我每4分钟就得坐下休息。
I
had
to
sit
down
and
rest
________________.
2.那么,你该如何从竞争者中脱颖而出呢?
So
just
how
do
you
________________?
3.他将参加一次重大的横渡大西洋的比赛。
He
will
________________across
the
Atlantic.
4.您可以交换一个系统并且用其他的系统替换它。
You
can
swap
out
one
system
and
____________.
5.不过我也承认,他很可能觉得我的答案并没有什么帮助。
But
I
also
____________
he
would
probably
not
find
my
answer
very
helpful.
【答案】 1.every
four
minutes 2.stand
out
from
the
competitors 3.take
part
in
an
important
race 4.replace
it
with
another 5.admitted
that
(教材P9)I
lived
in
what_you_call“Ancient_Greece”
and
I
used
to
write
about
the
Olympic
Games
a
long
time
ago.
我生活在你们所说的“古希腊”,并且我曾写过很久以前奥运会的情况。
【要点提炼】 (1)此句总体句式是and
连接的并列句。(2)what
you
call“Ancient
Greece”是宾语从句,what在从句中作call的宾语,Ancient
Greece是宾补。在本句中,what相当于the
place
that/which。
(1)what引导的名词性从句除了可以作宾语外,还可以在句中作主语、表语或同位语等。
(2)what在所引导的名词性从句中充当一定的成分。
(3)what引导的名词性从句用陈述语序。
①They've
done
what
they
can
to
help
her.
他们已经尽力帮助了她。
②He
is
no
longer
what
he
was.
他已经不是以前的那个样子了。
名词性从句中的what与that
what引导名词性从句常在从句中表示某种意义且作成分,而that引导名词性从句时,that在从句中一般无实在意义,且在从句中不作任何句子成分。
③The
number
of
the
students
in
our
school
is
ten
times
what
it
was
ten
years
ago.
现在我校学生的数量是10年前的10倍。
④All
the
people
believed
that
it
was
right
to
rescue
the
temple.
所有的人都认为拯救古庙是正确的。
(教材P10)It's
in
the
Summer
Olympics
that
you
have
the
running
races,together
with
swimming,sailing
and
all
the
team
sports.
跑步、游泳、帆船和所有团队项目都是在夏季奥运会上进行。
【要点提炼】 句中It
is/was...that...是强调句型。
(1)强调句型的基本结构是:It
is/was+被强调成分+that/who+句子的其余部分。
(2)强调句的一般疑问句和特殊疑问句结构分别为:
①Is/Was
it+被强调部分+that/who+其余部分?
②特殊疑问词+is/was
it+that+其余部分?
(3)由until引导的从句的结构为:It
is/was
(not)until...that+其余部分。
①It
was
your
sister
that
I
met
in
the
street
yesterday.昨天我在街上见到的是你姐姐。
②Was
it
yesterday
that
they
attended
a
concert.
他们是昨天参加的音乐会吗?
③It
was
not
until
she
took
off
her
dark
glasses
that
I
realized
she
was
a
famous
film
star.
直到她摘下了墨镜我才意识到她是个著名的电影明星。
完成句子
1.我设法得到了我想要的东西。
I
managed
to
get
____________.
2.他希望的事终于成为现实。
____________
at
last
came
true.
3.我爸爸昨天晚上是在实验室做的实验。
________________my
father
did
the
experiment
yesterday
evening.
4.直到他妻子回来他才睡觉。
________________________he
went
to
bed.
5.你知道什么时候开始吗?
Have
you
any
idea
________________?
【答案】 1.what
I
wanted 2.What
he
had
hoped 3.It
was
in
the
lab
that 4.It
was
not
until
his
wife
came
back
that 5.what
time
it
starts
Pausanias,who
was
a
Greek
writer
about
2,000
years
ago,has
come
on
a
magical
journey
on
March
18th,2007
to
find
out
about
the
present day
Olympic
Games.
【分析】 句中who引导定语从句,修饰先行词Pausanias;to
find
out...是不定式短语,在句中作目的状语。
【翻译】 大约2000年前,希腊作家帕萨尼亚斯 P 在2007年3月18日踏上了一段魔幻的旅程以弄清关于现代奥林匹克运动会的情况。
学业分层测评
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1.What
is
it
________
made
him
so
angry
2.That's
________
I
want
to
know.
3.Let
us
combine
our
two
firms
against
our
______(compete).
4.How
does
one
gain
____________(admit)to
the
Buckingham
Palace
5.One
of
the
secrets
of
good
health
is
________(regularly)exercise.
6.We
want
some
____________(volunteer)in
the
hospital.
7.You
should
take
____________(responsible)for
what
you
said.
8.They
attended
a
party
________(host)by
the
president
of
the
company.
9.We
held
a
heated
discussion
on
the
________(base)of
fact.
10.Would
you
like
to
join
us
in
________(sing)
【答案】 1.that 2.what 3.competitors
4.admission 5.regular 6.volunteers
7.responsibility 8.hosted 9.basis 10.singing
Ⅱ.单句改错
1.It
was
in
the
park
where
an
accident
happened
to
the
old
man.
_________________________________________________________________
2.I'm
sorry
for
that
I
said.
_________________________________________________________________
3.I
could
never
forget
the
day
when
I
joined
in
the
Party.
_________________________________________________________________
4.The
criminal
has
admitted
to
put
the
time
bomb
inside
the
railway
station.
_________________________________________________________________
5.We've
replaced
the
old
adding
machine
for
a
computer.
_________________________________________________________________
【答案】 1.where改为that 2.that改为what
3.去掉in 4.put改为putting 5.for改为with
Ⅲ.完形填空
Eddie
has
lots
of
hobbies,
but
he
loves
baseball
best.So
it
is
his
__1__
sport.Eddie
plays
baseball
on
a
team
every
year
in
the
spring.He
loves
to
go
to
baseball
__2__.
Every
day
when
it
is
__3__,
Eddie's
father
throws
a
baseball
to
Eddie
in
the
backyard.This
is
the
time
of
day
that
Eddie
__4__
best.He
enjoys
spending
time
with
his
father
and
he
loves
practicing
baseball.
Eddie
__5__
baseball
cards
throughout
the
year.He
and
his
father
visit
the
__6__
and
buy
cards
for
Eddie's
collection.Eddie
spends
hours
with
his
baseball
cards.He
arranges
them
in
different
__7__,
and
trades
them
with
other
baseball
__8__.
One
day,
Eddie's
father
came
home
with
two
tickets
to
__9__
the
Atlanta
Braves
play
the
next
Saturday.Eddie
was
so
__10__.
He
counted
down
the
days
on
the
calendar.
Finally
it
was
the
day
of
the
game.Eddie
and
his
father
__11__
to
Atlanta
early
in
the
morning.
Before
they
watched
the
match,
they
__12__
the
Braves'
museum
at
the
stadium
and
saw
a
short
movie
__13__the
history
of
the
Atlanta
Braves.Eddie
enjoyed
seeing
the
museum.
They
ate
__14__
at
the
stadium,
and
soon
it
was
time
for
the
game.
The
game
was
exciting.
Eddie
tried
to
__15__
every
move
the
players
made.__16__
he
watched
carefully
and
practiced
a
lot,
he
might
just
be
on
one
of
those
baseball
cards
some
day!
__17__
the
game,
Eddie
and
his
father
drove
home.They
talked
about
the
game.
They
talked
about
which
__18__
were
the
best,
and
which
__19__
were
the
most
exciting.
Eddie
went
to
sleep
that
night
still
__20__
of
baseball.
His
dreams
were
filled
with
images
from
his
very
special
day.
【语篇解读】 本文主要说了Eddie热衷于棒球运动,以及父亲对其爱好的帮助。
1.A.popular
B.favourite
C.only
D.main
【解析】 根据上一句中的“he
loves
baseball
best”可知,棒球是他“最喜欢”的体育运动。
【答案】 B
2.A.practice
B.school
C.games
D.clubs
【解析】 根据上一句中提到的“他每年春天都加入一个队打棒球”和第二段最后一句中的practicing一词可知“他喜欢练习打棒球”。
【答案】 A
3.A.stormy
B.rainy
C.sunny
D.windy
【解析】 根据下文中的in
the
backyard以及常识可知,打棒球应该是在天气较好的日子里。
【答案】 C
4.A.exercises
B.likes
C.learns
D.
wants
【解析】 全文主要叙述了Eddie酷爱棒球,所以打棒球的时候是他最喜欢的时间。
【答案】 B
5.A.sells
B.keeps
C.collects
D.plays
【解析】 根据下一句中的collection可推知,此处指他喜欢收集棒球卡片。
【答案】 C
6.A.buyers
B.museums
C.libraries
D.stores
【解析】 根据空后的buy
cards可知,这里指他们到商店里去买。
【答案】 D
7.A.rooms
B.sides
C.situations
D.groups
【解析】 此处指“他把收集到的卡片分类整理”。group“类别,种类”,符合常理。
【答案】 D
8.A.stars
B.fans
C.agents
D.managers
【解析】 Eddie是一个棒球迷,所以这里指他和其他的棒球迷互相交换棒球卡片。
【答案】 B
9.A.see
B.join
C.attend
D.wait
【解析】 由上文的two
tickets可知,此处是指去“看”下周六Atlanta
Braves的比赛。此句为see
sb.do
sth.结构。
【答案】 A
10.A.amazed
B.excited
C.proud
D.nervous
【解析】 Eddie是个棒球迷,能有机会去看精彩的棒球赛,他当然很“兴奋”。
【答案】 B
11.A.flew
B.walked
C.rode
D.drove
【解析】 根据最后一段第一句话中的drove可知,他们是开车去的。
【答案】 D
12.A.visited
B.passed
C.arrived
D.left
【解析】 表示“参观”博物馆,根据下文的“Eddie
enjoyed
seeing
the
museum.”也可推知答案。
【答案】 A
13.A.on
B.off
C.in
D.with
【解析】 on表示“关于”,即有关Atlanta
Braves历史的短小影片。
【答案】 A
14.A.breakfast
B.dessert
C.lunch
D.supper
【解析】 他们清晨出发,之后参观博物馆,观看短电影,显然时间已近中午了,所以应该是吃午饭。
【答案】 C
15.A.choose
B.forget
C.watch
D.copy
【解析】 此时是在观看比赛,所以他应该仔细观摩(watch)每个队员的一举一动,根据下文的“watched”也可得出答案。
【答案】 C
16.A.Though
B.Unless
C.When
D.If
【解析】 表示“假设”,他希望自己勤加练习,有朝一日能成为棒球卡片上著名的棒球运动员之一。
【答案】 D
17.A.Over
B.Before
C.During
D.After
【解析】 表示“看完球赛后”。由“Eddie
and
his
father
drove
home.”可知答案。
【答案】 D
18.A.seats
B.teams
C.players
D.cards
【解析】 父子两人讨论比赛中哪些队员表现最好;其他三项显然不符合文意。
【答案】 C
19.A.parts
B.games
C.movies
D.sports
【解析】 他们讨论比赛中哪些部分最精彩。其他三项均不符合语境。
【答案】 A
20.A.thinking
B.dreaming
C.hearing
D.talking
【解析】 Eddie在晚上睡觉时依然“想着”棒球。think
of“想象,设想”。
【答案】 A
Ⅳ.阅读理解
Montgomery
County
Special
Olympics
held
its
eighth
yearly
show
of
unified
(联合的)basketball
at
Blessed
Sacrament
School.
The
gym
was
filled
with
cheerleaders
(啦啦队队员),
parents
and
friends.The
walls
were
covered
with
posters
made
by
third and fourth graders
at
the
school.And
all
the
elementary,
middle
and
high
school
unified
teams
were
playing
hard
and
having
fun.
Every
basket,
no
matter
which
team
scores,
is
cheered
and
celebrated.
Special
Olympics
support
more
than
20
unified
games.
What
are
unified
games?They
are
programs
designed
for
players
with
special
needs.
In
the
games,
they
play
with
kids
who
are
volunteers,
called
unified
partners.
The
special
athletes
are
unable
to
play
normally
like
other
healthy
kids,
and
some
of
them
are
wheelchair
(轮椅)
users.In
basketball,
the
unified
partners
rebound
(抢得篮板球),pass
and
sometimes
push
a
special
athlete's
wheelchair.
As
Brian
Ross,a
seventh grader
at
St.
Albans
School
in
Washington,
says,“You
just
try
to
help
and
get
everyone
to
take
part.”
Some
special
athletes
have
come
a
long
way
to
be
where
they
are.
Caleb
Head
is
a
15 year old
special
athlete.When
he
started,
Caleb
would
only
stand
at
the
door
and
watch.
Then
Caleb
began
to
practice
his
shooting
but
still
would
not
play
in
the
games.
Now
Caleb
runs
up
and
down
looking
for
his
shot.
The
special
athletes
are
not
the
only
ones
who
benefit
(受益)
from
unified
sports;
the
unified
partners
do,
too.
Marla
Grusin,
whose
son
Tyler
is
a
special
athlete,
says
every
kid
should
come
to
a
Special
Olympics
game.
If
they
do,
they
will
learn
“to
share
the
ball”
and
that
the
game
“is
not
all
about
me”.
Not
a
bad
lesson
for
any
athlete.
【语篇解读】 本文是记叙文。文章描写了美国一所中学举办的联合篮球比赛的盛况,这是特殊奥运会的项目之一。
1.The
first
paragraph
is
about________.
A.the
meaning
of
unified
games
B.Special
Olympics'
development
C.the
benefits
of
playing
basketball
D.an
exciting
unified
basketball
game
【解析】 段落大意题。本段细致地描写了一场气氛热烈的特殊奥运会联合篮球比赛的盛况。
【答案】 D
2.Special
Olympics
are
especially
held
for
students
who________.
A.are
disabled
B.love
cheerleading
C.know
little
about
ball
games
D.want
to
become
a
star
player
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段的“They
are
programs
designed
for
players
with
special
needs...The
special
athletes...are
wheelchair(轮椅)users.”可知,特殊奥运会主要是为了那些残障学生举办的。
【答案】 A
3.According
to
the
text,
Brian
Ross
is
most
probably________.
A.a
cheerleader
B.a
special
athlete
C.a
unified
partner
D.a
basketball
teacher
【解析】 推理判断题。根据第二段的“As
Brian
Ross,a
seventh grader
at
St.Albans
School
in
Washington,says,‘You
just
try
to
help
and
get
everyone
to
take
part.'”可知,Brian
Ross是一位联合运动搭档。
【答案】 C
4.According
to
Grusin,taking
part
in
Special
Olympics
games
can
help
children________.
A.learn
basic
basketball
skills
B.become
more
selfless
C.improve
their
health
D.get
better
grades
【解析】 细节理解题。根据倒数第二段的“If
they
do,they
will
learn‘to
share
the
ball’and
that
the
game
‘it
not
all
about
me’”可知,Grusin认为如果孩子们参加特殊奥运会,他们将学会分享,并且明白这不是一个人的运动。可见特殊奥运会能帮助孩子们变得更无私。
【答案】 BSection
Ⅳ Grammar
&
Writing
一般将来时的被动语态
阅读下列句子并体会黑体部分的用法
1.Only
athletes
who
have
reached
the
agreed
standard
for
their
event
will
be
admitted
as
competitors.
2.And
after
that
the
2012
Olympics
will
be
held
in
London.
3.A
new
village
for
the
athletes
and
all
the
stadiums
will
be
built
to
the
east
of
London.
4.I
shall
be
invited
to
speak
at
the
opening
ceremony.
5.We
shan't
be
asked
to
be
there
before
eight.
一、基本用法一般将来时的被动语态在各种句式中的用法如下:
1.肯定式:shall/will+be+过去分词
The
stadium
will
be
finished
soon.
体育馆很快就会竣工。
2.否定式:won't/shan't+be+过去分词
He
will
not
be
punished
for
it.
他将不会为此受到惩罚。
3.一般疑问式:will/shall+主语+be+过去分词
Will
the
house
be
painted
again
next
month
下个月这所房子将重新粉刷吗?
4.特殊疑问式:特殊疑问词+shall/will+主语+be+过去分词+其他Where
will
the
cinema
be
built
将在哪里建电影院呢?
二、其他表示将来的被动语态形式
1.be
to
be
done
(1)表示按计划或安排将要发生的被动动作。
The
novel
is
to
be
published
next
year.
这本小说将在明年出版。
(2)表示“应该”,意思相当于should,可用来征求对方意见。
What
is
to
be
done
next?下一步该怎么办呢?
(3)表示“必须”,意思相当于must
或
have
to。
Your
paper
is
to
be
handed
in
before
Thursday.
你的论文要在星期四之前上交。
2.be
going
to
be
done
常用来表示按计划或安排将要发生的被动动作。
The
old
library
is
going
to
be
pulled
down
tomorrow.
这座旧图书馆明天将被拆除。
3.will/shall
get+过去分词表示一种动作,有时用来表示意想不到的、突然的或偶然发生的情况。多用于口语。
The
machine
will
get
repaired
by
him.
他会修理这台机器的。
4.am/is/are
about
to
be
done表示立即或马上就要发生的被动动作
The
polluted
water
is
about
to
be
cleaned.
被污染的水即将被净化。
5.am/is/are
done用于状语从句中表示将来要发生或完成的被动动作
When
our
classroom
is
decorated,it
will
be
more
beautiful.
当我们的教室被装修完毕时,它一定会更加漂亮。
三、应注意的几个问题
1.在时间、条件状语从句中,应使用现在时的被动语态表示将来的被动动作。
He
says
he
will
leave
the
company
if
he
is
punished
for
this.
他说如果因为这件事而受到惩罚,他将离开公司。
2.动词短语变被动语态时不能漏掉介词或副词。
The
little
girl
will
be
taken
care
of
by
the
old
man.
这个小女孩将由这个老人照顾。
3.含有双宾语的主动句变为被动语态时,应根据需要将其中的一个宾语变成被动句的主语,另一个宾语保留不变。
My
mother
will
give
me
a
shirt
as
a
birthday
present.
→I
will
be
given
a
shirt(by
my
mother)as
a
birthday
present.我的妈妈将给我一件衬衣作为生日礼物。
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1.It
is
reported
that
a
space
station________(build)
on
the
moon
in
years
to
come.2.The
meeting
______(hold)
in
September,but
nobody
knows
the
date
for
sure.
3.Sir
Denis,who
is
78,
has
made
it
known
that
much
of
his
collection
is
________(leave)
to
the
nation.
4.These
trees
are
not
going
to
________(cut)
down.
5.Hundreds
of
jobs
________(lose)
if
the
factory
closes.
【答案】 1.will
be
built 2.will
be
held 3.to
be
left 4.be
cut 5.will
be
lost
Ⅱ.单句改错
1.The
class
would
be
examined
on
everything
they
have
learnt
this
year.
________________________________________________________________
2.We
shall
are
punished
if
we
break
the
rule.
________________________________________________________________
3.If
I
was
given
enough
time,
I
will
go
to
Japan
for
my
holiday.
________________________________________________________________
4.The
problem
isn't
going
to
be
discussing
at
the
meeting
tomorrow.
________________________________________________________________
5.If
it
rains
tomorrow,the
sports
meet
will
put
off.
________________________________________________________________
【答案】 1.would改为will 2.are改为be 3.was改为am 4.discussing改为discussed 5.will后面加be
如何描写最喜欢的运动
一、概念
描写自己或他人最喜欢的运动属于兴趣爱好类文章,它实质上属于说明文,但在说明的过程中可以穿插记叙和议论。
二、写作指导
1.首先确定主题,然后围绕主题展开说明;
2.列全要点,草拟提纲:先说明自己或他人最喜欢的事情,然后说明原因,中间可展开描写这种兴趣爱好带来的益处,最后作一个简单的总结;
3.要注意语言准确、简洁平实,做到表达清晰、条理清楚、层次分明;
4.注意把握时态,在这类写作中,各种时态可以兼用,但要把握好事情发生的时间和顺序;
5.按照要求确定好写作时的人称,一般情况下常用第一人称或第三人称。
★开头部分:
1.Of
all
the
sports,I
like...best.
2.
...is
my
favourite
sport.
3.People
all
over
the
world
like...
4.If
you
ask
me
which
sport
I
like
best...
5.Do
you
like
sports
6.Which
sport
do
you
like
best
7.Do
you
want
to
know
which
sport
I
like
best
8.How
much
do
you
know
about...
★陈述与主题相关的原因:
1.I
like...because...
2.The
reason
why
I
like...is
that...
3.My
favourite
player
is...I
like
him/her
because...
★陈述与主题相关的时间:
1.When
I
was...years
old...
2.At
the
age
of...I
showed
great
interest
in...
3.I
became
interested
in...when
I
was...
4.I
first
learned
to...at
the
age
of...
★陈述支持主题的相关内容:
1.I
often
practice
it...
2.Whenever
I
have
time...
★结尾部分:
1.I
become
more
and
more...by
playing...
2.I
hope
in
the
future
I
can...
3.I
really
want
to
be...when
I
grow
up.
根据下面提示写一篇短文介绍你最喜欢的体育运动。
1.你最喜欢的体育运动是足球;
2.你父亲是个足球运动员,参加过各种比赛;正是在他的影响下,你才开始对足球显示出了兴趣;2014年的巴西世界杯(World
Cup)对你也产生了影响,你至今仍记得其主题曲(theme
song),于是你喜欢上了足球;
3.你去年被一支足球队吸纳成为一名队员,现在担任队长(captain),并司职前锋(forward);你每天写完作业后都跟朋友一起踢球;足球值得你投入和热爱;
4.你最喜欢的球员是阿根廷(Argentina)的梅西(Messi),你最大的愿望是能成为像他那样的巨星,你希望能代表国家在世界杯上踢球。
要求:包括所有要点,可适当发挥。
体裁
说明文
21世纪教育网话题
最喜欢的运动
时态
一般现在时为主
人称
第一人称
Ⅰ.词汇
1.____________
参加
2.____________
在某人的影响下
3.____________
代表
4.____________
值得我奉献
5.____________
对……感兴趣
【答案】 1.take
part
in 2.under
one's
influence 3.stand
for 4.deserve
my
devotion 5.show
interest
in
Ⅱ.句式
1.I
began
to
show
interest
in
it
under
his
influence.(用强调句改写句子)
________________________________________________________________
2.I
was
deeply
influenced
by
the
2014
World
Cup
in
Brazil.I
still
remember
its
theme
song.(用定语从句合并句子)
________________________________________________________________
【答案】 1.It
is
under
his
influence
that
I
began
to
show
interest
in
it.
2.I
was
deeply
influenced
by
the
2014
World
Cup
in
Brazil,whose
theme
song
I
still
remember.
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
【参考范文】
Of
all
the
sports,I
like
playing
football
best.My
father
is
a
footballer
and
has
taken
part
in
all
kinds
of
competitions.It
was
under
his
influence
that
I
began
to
show
interest
in
it.Besides,I
was
also
deeply
influenced
by
the
2014
World
Cup
in
Brazil,whose
theme
song
I
still
remember.
Last
year,I
was
admitted
into
a
football
team,in
which
I
play
as
a
forward
as
well
as
being
captain.I
play
football
with
my
friends
every
day
after
finishing
my
homework.It
deserves
my
devotion
and
love.
My
favorite
player
is
Messi
from
Argentina.My
greatest
wish
is
to
be
a
football
super
star
like
him
in
the
future,and
I
hope
I
can
stand
for
my
country
to
play
football
in
the
World
Cup
when
I
grow
up.
学业分层测评
Ⅰ.完成句子
1.这本书将明天给你。
The
book
____________to
you
tomorrow.
2.今晚将不会修理这些机器。
The
machines
are
not
____________tonight.
3.我们什么时候开会很快就会决定。
When
we
shall
have
the
meeting
____________.
4.如果天气允许,工作会按时完成。
If
the
weather
permits,the
work
____________on
time.
5.如果给我更多时间,这个题目就会算出来了。
If
more
time
is
given
to
me,the
problem
____________.
【答案】 1.will
be
given 2.to
be
repaired 3.will
soon
be
decided 4.will
be
completed 5.will
be
worked
out
Ⅱ.阅读理解
A
I
used
to
think
that
life
in
Jim
Thorpe,Pennsylvania,was
filled
with
never changing
routines.I
hated
that
everyone
seemed
to
know
everything
about
everyone
else.Everyone
seemed
to
enjoy
talking
about
other
people
and
their
lives.I
also
didn't
like
the
fact
that
people
seemed
very
close minded.I
felt
trapped.I
felt
like
I
was
missing
out
on
opportunities.It
seemed
to
me
that
city
life
would
be
the
opposite.
Then
I
took
my
first
trip
to
New
York
City.I
couldn't
wait
to
experience
the
city.However,when
I
arrived
in
the
Big
Apple,it
wasn't
at
all
what
I
had
imagined.I
knew
it
was
home
to
thousands
of
people,but
I
hadn't
had
the
least
expectation
to
see
so
many
people
on
the
street
at
one
time.All
the
streets
were
filled
with
people.I
also
felt
a
little
surprised
to
see
that
everyone
was
in
a
hurry
and
everything
moved
at
such
a
fast
pace.When
I
took
the
subway
for
the
first
time,I
said
hello
to
the
middle aged
woman
next
to
me.She
looked
at
me
with
dislike
and
didn't
say
a
word.
After
just
one
day,I
realized
how
important
my
small
town
is
to
me.Now
I
appreciate
the
familiar
faces
I
see
every
day.I
like
the
feeling
of
security(安全)and
belonging
my
town
offers.Jim
Thorpe
gives
me
a
sense
of
community
and
togetherness
that
the
city
doesn't
provide.I
realize
just
how
much
a
simple
hello
does
for
a
stranger—it
really
can
make
your
day
a
little
better.
My
big
trip
showed
me
that
my
small
town
really
has
instilled(注入)morals
and
values
in
me
that
I
didn't
even
know
I
had.I
never
would
have
known
what
a
big
place
my
town
holds
in
my
heart
if
I
had
not
taken
that
trip
to
New
York
City.
【语篇解读】 作者开始不喜欢自己的家乡,但是一次旅行却改变了作者的态度。
1.How
did
the
author
feel
about
life
in
Jim
Thorpe
at
first
A.People
there
cared
little
about
others.
B.People
there
liked
to
accept
new
things.
C.Living
there
was
a
great
disadvantage.
D.There
were
many
chances
of
career
development.
【解析】 推理判断题。第一段中作者列举了对生活在小镇的看法:一成不变,人们喜欢流言蜚语。思想闭塞,得不到机会等等,这说明作者认为生活在Jim
Thorpe这个小镇很不好。故选C。
【答案】 C
2.What
surprised
the
author
most
in
New
York
City
A.The
ways
of
greeting.
B.The
modern
transportation.
C.The
fast
pace
of
life.
D.The
crowded
streets.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段中的but
I
hadn't
had
the
least
expectation
to
see
so
many
people
on
the
street
at
one
time.All
the
streets
were
filled
with
people.可知,最让作者感到意外的是街上拥挤的人群。故选D。
【答案】 D
3.What
made
the
author
change
his/her
attitudes
to
his/her
hometown
A.Travelling
to
New
York
City.
B.The
familiar
faces
in
Jim
Thorpe.
C.A
big
place
in
his/her
town.
D.Everybody
likes
talking
about
others.
【解析】 细节理解题。作者开始认为自己的家乡不好,但是到纽约后才发现自己家乡的优点。故选A。
【答案】 A
4.What
would
be
the
best
title
for
the
passage
A.Love
of
my
small
town
B.A
sense
of
community
C.A
pleasant
trip
to
New
York
City
D.Differences
between
big
cities
and
small
towns
【解析】 主旨大意题。作者到纽约的一次旅行改变了作者对家乡的固有看法。他开始明白了自己家乡的重要性,明白了自己对家乡的热爱。可知A项最适合做标题。
【答案】 A
B
Sport
is
not
only
physically
challenging,
but
can
also
be
mentally
challenging.
Criticism
from
coaches,
parents
and
other
teammates,
as
well
as
pressure
to
win
can
create
too
much
anxiety
or
stress
for
young
athletes.
Stress
can
be
physical,emotional,
or
psychological
and
research
has
indicated
that
it
can
lead
to
burnout.
Burnout
has
been
described
as
dropping
or
quitting
of
an
activity
that
was
at
one
time
enjoyable.
The
early
years
of
development
are
critical
years
for
learning
about
oneself.
The
sport
setting
is
one
where
valuable
experiences
can
take
place.
Young
athletes
can,
for
example,
learn
how
to
cooperate
with
others,
make
friends,
and
gain
other
social
skills
that
will
be
used
throughout
their
lives.
Coaches
and
parents
should
be
aware,
at
all
times,that
their
feedback
to
youngsters
can
greatly
affect
their
children.
Youngsters
may
take
their
parents
and
coaches'
criticisms
to
heart
and
find
faults
in
themselves.
Coaches
and
parents
should
also
pay
attention
that
youth
sport
participation
does
not
become
work
for
children.
The
outcome
of
the
game
should
not
be
more
important
than
the
process
of
learning
the
sport
and
other
life
lessons.
In
today's
youth
sport
setting
young
athletes
may
be
worrying
more
about
who
will
win
instead
of
enjoying
themselves
and
the
sport.Following
a
game
many
parents
and
coaches
focus
on
the
outcome
and
find
faults
with
youngsters'
performances.
Positive
support
should
be
provided
regardless
of
the
outcome.
Research
indicates
that
positive
support
motivates
and
has
a
greater
effect
on
learning
than
criticism.
Again,
criticism
can
create
high
levels
of
stress,
which
can
lead
to
burnout.
【语篇解读】 本文为一篇议论文。体育运动既是对人的体力的挑战,也是对人的心理的挑战。在体育运动中,父母和教练应对孩子多鼓励,少批评,让孩子用积极的心态去迎接挑战。
5.An
effective
way
to
prevent
the
burnout
of
young
athletes
is________.
A.to
make
sport
less
competitive
B.to
increase
their
sense
of
success
C.to
reduce
their
mental
stress
D.to
make
sport
more
challenging
【解析】 细节理解题。由第一段中的Stress
can
be
physical,
emotional,
or
psychological
and
research
has
indicated
that
it
can
lead
to
burnout.可知C项正确。
【答案】 C
6.According
to
the
passage,
sport
is
positive
for
young
people
in
that________.
A.it
can
help
them
learn
more
about
society
B.it
enables
them
to
find
faults
in
themselves
C.it
can
provide
them
with
valuable
experiences
D.it
teaches
them
how
to
set
realistic
goals
for
themselves
【解析】 细节理解题。由第二段中的The
sport
setting
is
one
where
valuable
experiences
can
take
place.可知答案选C。
【答案】 C
7.Many
coaches
and
parents
are
in
the
habit
of
criticizing
young
athletes________.
A.
believing
that
criticism
does
good
to
their
early
development
B.without
realizing
criticism
may
destroy
their
self confidence
C.in
order
to
make
them
remember
life's
lessons
D.
so
as
to
put
more
pressure
on
them
【解析】 细节理解题。由最后一段中的Following
a
game
many
parents
and
coaches
focus
on
the
outcome
and
find
faults
with
youngsters'
performances.
以及Again,criticism
can
create
high
levels
of
stress,
which
can
lead
to
burnout.可得出结论,父母和教练只顾结果而对青少年吹毛求疵。这无疑增加了他们的压力,破坏了他们的自信心,故B项正确。
【答案】 B
8.According
to
the
passage
parents
and
coaches
should________.
A.
pay
more
attention
to
letting
children
enjoy
sport
B.help
children
to
win
every
game
C.train
children
to
cope
with
stress
D.enable
children
to
understand
the
positive
aspect
of
sport
【解析】 推理判断题。由最后一段可总结出父母和教练应该变批评为鼓励,以减轻孩子们的心理压力,使他们拥有积极的动机,从而更喜欢体育运动。所以A项正确。
【答案】 A
Ⅲ.语法填空
Book
2
contains
5
units,1.________(include)
a
number
of
meaningful
and
interesting
articles.
The
Amber
Room
is
a
2.________(culture)
relic,which
belongs
to
Russia.
In
my
view,
it
is
wrong
3.________(take)
things
that
don't
belong
to
you.
As
we
all
know,
the
31st
Olympic
Games
4.________(hold)
in
Brazil
in
2016,5.________
football
is
popular
among
people.
It
is
a
great
6.________(responsible)
and
also
a
great
honor
for
a
country
to
be
chosen
7.________(host)
the
Olympic
Games.
Apart
from
gymnasiums,
many
stadiums
have
been
built
in
8.________used
to
be
a
wasteland.
Music
is
part
of
our
life
in
addition
9.________
sports.
Some
prefer
pop
music,
while
others
enjoy
classical
music.
Besides
all
those,we
learn
that
some
animals
are
10.________(die)out,
we
should
find
some
ways
of
protecting
wildlife
as
possible
as
we
can.
With
the
development
of
science
and
technology,
we
can
use
computers,
laptops
and
PADs
to
call
on
people
to
protect
our
environment
so
that
we
can
live
a
better
life.
【答案】
1.including 此处是介词,意为:其中包括……。
2.cultural 此处需用形容词作定语。
3.to
take 此处是动词不定式作真正主语。
4.will
be
held 由句中的in
2016可知,是将来动作且是被动意义。
5.where 此处是where引导定语从句,修饰in
Brazil。
6.responsibility a
great后接名词。
7.to
host be
chosen
to
do
sth.被选中做某事。
8.what 此处用what引导宾语从句。
9.to in
addition
to...除了……。
10.dying 一些动物正在灭绝。
Ⅳ.短文改错
As
Christmas
is
coming,
I
plan
to
buy
something
for
my
parent.
What
I
want
to
give
back
is
a
VIP
card
of
a
health
club
but
neither
of
them
is
doing
enough
exercise.
My
father
works
very
hardly
as
a
teacher,
spending
most
of
his
time
at
school.
My
mother
loves
reading
and
often
bury
herself
in
her
books.
Therefore,
all
of
them
should
exercise
more
from
now
on.
I
want
to
give
them
this
card
to
express
my
love
and
thanks
for
them.
I
hope
that
they
will
be
able
to
get
relaxing
in
the
health
club
and
make
more
friends
here.
At
the
same
time,I
hope
that
they
can
take
care
their
health.
【答案】 As
Christmas
is
coming,
I
plan
to
buy
something
for
my
.
What
I
want
to
give
is
a
VIP
card
of
a
health
club
neither
of
them
is
doing
enough
exercise.
My
father
works
very
as
a
teacher,
spending
most
of
his
time
at
school.
My
mother
loves
reading
and
often
herself
in
her
books.
Therefore,
of
them
should
exercise
more
from
now
on.
I
want
to
give
them
this
card
to
express
my
love
and
thanks
them.
I
hope
that
they
will
be
able
to
get
in
the
health
club
and
make
more
friends
.
At
the
same
time,I
hope
that
they
can
take
care
their
health.Section
Ⅲ Learning
about
Language
&
UsingLanguage
根据提示写出下列单词
1.________adj.
自信的;确信的
2.________adj.
简短的;简要的
n.
摘要;大纲
3.________n.
投入;热爱
4.________adv.
然后;后来
5.________n.
邀请;招待
6.________n.
胡须
7.________adj.
敏感的;易受伤害的;灵敏的
8.________adj.
痛苦的;疼痛的
【答案】 1.confident 2.brief 3.devotion
4.afterwards 5.invitation 6.beard 7.sensitive 8.painful
根据提示补全下列短语
1.______addition
另外;也
2.sort______
分类;整理
3.______all
最重要的是;首先
4.knock______
撞上;与……相撞
5.feel______
感到沮丧;情绪消沉
6.______a
brief
tour
一次简短的旅行
7.go______
出去;熄灭
8.stick______
坚持
9.come
up______
提出
10.agree______
就……达成一致意见
【答案】 1.in 2.out 3.above 4.into 5.down 6.on 7.out 8.to 9.with 10.on
根据提示补全下列教材原句
1.Freddy
and
his
band
could
________
go
out
anywhere
________
being
followed.
弗雷迪和他的乐队无论走到哪儿都有人跟随。
2.Their
personal
life
was
regularly
discussed
by
people
who
did
not
know
them
but
talked
________
they
were
close
friends.
一些不认识他们的人也在不断地讨论他们的私生活,而且就像他们是亲密的朋友一样。
【答案】 1.not;without 2.as
if
阅读P38教材原文,选择最佳选项
1.How
did
fans
show
their
devotion
A.By
waiting
for
them.
B.By
waiting
for
hours
to
get
tickets
for
their
concerts.
C.By
meeting
them.
D.By
shouting
at
them.
2.What
was
his
most
exciting
invitation
A.To
perform
on
the
radio.
B.TV
programme
called
“Hip
music”.
C.To
perform
on
a
TV
programme
called“Top
of
the
Pops”.
D.To
perform
on
a
TV
show.
3.How
did
Freddy
and
his
band
feel
when
their
personal
life
was
regularly
discussed
by
people
A.Happy
and
sensitive.
B.Upset
and
sensitive.
C.Upset
and
worried.
D.Upset
and
happy.
4.What
didn't
Freddy
have
to
do
to
perform
the
programme
A.Wear
an
expensive
suit.
B.Go
to
London.
C.Give
a
performance
to
a
TV
camera.D.Be
on
a
brief
tour.
【答案】 1-4 BCBD
in
addition
另外;也
(1)in
addition
to
除……之外(还有)……
(2)besides
prep.
除……之外(还有)
adv.
况且,除此之外
(3)except
prep.
除……之外(不包括除去的部分)
(4)apart
from
除……之外(还有);除……之外(不包括除去的部分)
①She
can
speak
French
and
Japanese
in
addition
to
English.
除英语外,她还会说法语和日语。②There
will
be
five
of
us
for
dinner,besides
John.
除了约翰,我们还有五个人要一起吃饭。
③The
restaurant
is
open
every
day
except
Monday.
这家饭店除星期一外,每天都营业。
sort
out
分类;整理;挑出
(教材P37)Sort
out
the
following
messages
that
are
mixed
up
to
make
complete
sentences
containing
attributive
clauses.
把下列打乱的信息分类并组成带有定语从句的句子。
(1)sort
out...from...
从……中把……区别出来,辨别出来
(2)sort...into
把……分类
(3)sort
of=kind
of
有点儿,稍微(作副词用,修饰其后的形容词和动词)
all
sorts
of...
各种各样的……
①It
took
quite
a
while
to
sort
________
our
luggage
from
others.
把我们的行李从中挑选出来花了不少时间。
②Rubbish
can
be
easily
separated
and
sorted
into
plastics,glass
and
paper.
垃圾很容易分开并归入塑料、玻璃和纸三类。
confident
adj.自信的;确信的
(教材P38)
Freddy
was
very
confident
about
his
singing.
弗雷迪对他的歌唱很有信心。
(1)be
confident
in
sth.
对某事有信心
be
confident
about/of(doing)sth.
对(做)某事有把握
be
confident
that...
确信;肯定;自信
(2)confidence
n.
信心
have
confidence
in
对……有信心
(3)confidently
adv.
自信地
①We
were
confident
that
we
would
be
able
to
ride
out
the
storm.
我们确信我们会安然度过暴风雨的。
②He
is
confident
that
he
will
pass
the
driving
test.
=He
is
confident
of
passing(pass)
the
driving
test.
=He
is
confident
/has
confidence
in
passing
the
driving
test.
他确信自己能通过驾照测试。
brief
adj.简短的;简要的n.摘要;大纲
(教材P38)Not
long
after
Freddy
and
the
band
became
famous,they
visited
Britain
on
a
brief
tour.弗雷迪和他的乐队成名后不久,就到英国做短暂的巡回演出去了。
(1)in
brief
简言之;粗略地(着重突出重点)
to
be
brief
简而言之
(2)briefly
adv.
短暂地;暂时地
briefly
speaking
简洁地说
①To
be
brief,the
meeting
was
a
disaster.
简言之,那个会议糟透了。
②In
brief,I
am
not
satisfied
with
what
you
did.
简言之,我对你做的事不满意。
devotion
n.投入;热爱
(教材P38)Fans
showed
their
devotion
by
waiting
for
hours
to
get
tickets
for
their
concerts.歌迷们表现出了极大的热爱,他们排队等上几个小时来购买音乐会的门票。
(1)devote
v.
献身;为……付出
devote
oneself
to
致力于;献身于;专心于
(2)devoted
adj.
挚爱的;忠诚的;全心全意的
be
devoted
to
致力于;献身于;专心于
①His
devotion
to
his
students
is
touching.
他对学生们的关心感人至深。
②He
was
devoted
to
protecting(protect)
the
wild
animals.
他献身于保护野生动物。
③Mother
Teresa
has
devoted
herself
(her)
to
caring
for
the
poor.特里萨修女把自己的全部身心都倾注在照顾穷苦人上。
sensitive
adj.敏感的;易受伤的;灵敏的
(教材P38)At
last
feeling
very
upset
and
sensitive,Freddy
and
his
band
realized
that
they
must
leave
the
country
before
it
became
too
painful
for
them.
终于由于深感苦恼,神经高度紧张,弗雷迪和他的乐队意识到他们必须在自己感到太痛苦之前离开这个国家。
be
sensitive
to
对……敏感
be
sensitive
about
介意……;在乎……
①My
teeth
are
very
sensitive
to
sour
food.
我的牙对酸食很敏感。
②Lara's
very
sensitive
about
her
figure.
拉腊对她自己的体形非常敏感。
above
all
首先;最重要的是;尤其;特别
(教材P40)Above
all,just
have
fun!
最重要的是,一定要开心!
after
all
毕竟;别忘了
at
all
丝毫;根本
first
of
all
首先
in
all
总共
①First
of
all,let
me
introduce
my
friend
to
you.
首先,让我给你介绍一下我的朋友。
②You
shouldn't
depend
on
your
parents
at
all,and
after
all
you
have
been
over
eighteen;above
all,you
should
earn
money
by
yourself.
你一点都不应该依靠父母了,毕竟你已过十八岁了。最重要的是,你应该自己挣钱。
Ⅰ.语境填词
1.
She
is
________(sense)
to
what
people
think
of
her.
2.
Their
________(devote)
to
their
children
was
beyond
words.
3.
________(brief),
I
think
we
should
accept
their
offer.
4.He
is
good
at
his
job
but
he
seems
to
lack
________(confident).
5.
It
was
difficult
to
sort
________
the
lies
from
the
truth.
【答案】 1.sensitive 2.devotion 3.Briefly
4.confidence 5.out
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.她似乎对自己没有充分的信心。
She
doesn't
seem
to
________________
herself.
2.简言之,我的演讲将分为三部分。
________,
I
will
divide
my
speech
into
three
parts.
3.雷锋把一生献给了共产主义事业。
Lei
Feng
________________
the
cause
of
communism.
4.你不要太注重衣着了。
You
shouldn't
________________
your
clothing.
5.小孩子该做的最重要的事是学好功课。
What
a
child
should
do,
________,
is
to
do
well
in
his
studies.
【答案】 1.have
enough
confidence
in 2.In
brief 3.devoted
himself
to 4.be
sensitive
about
5.above
all
(教材P38)Freddy
and
his
band
could
not
go
out
anywhere
without
being
followed.
弗雷迪和他的乐队无论走到哪儿都有人跟随。
【要点提炼】 本句中含有一个双重否定结构,即“not...without...”,该结构表示肯定含义,意思是“没有……就不……”。否定词也可以用never,no等。
常见的双重否定结构还有:
no/hardly...without...
没有……不……;除……不……
cannot...too...
越……越……;无论怎样……也不为过
①No
way
is
impossible
to
courage.
(谚语)勇士面前无险路。
②It
is
not
impossible
for
you
to
do
it
without
other's
help.
没有别人的帮助,你自己做那事也未尝不可。
(教材P38)Their
personal
life
was
regularly
discussed
by
people
who
did
not
know
them
but
talked
as_if
they
were
close
friends.
一些不认识他们的人也在不断地讨论他们的私生活,而且就像他们是亲密的朋友一样。
【要点提炼】 as
if(though)好像,引导状语从句。
当as
if,as
though引导的从句描述的情况与事实相反或与事实差距很大时,其从句谓语动词用虚拟语气形式。
1 表示对现在的情况的虚拟时,用一般过去时形式。
2 表示对过去的情况的虚拟时,用过去完成时形式。
3 表示对将来的情况的虚拟时,用过去将来时形式。
①He
walked
slowly
as
if/though
he
had_hurt(hurt)his
leg.
他走得很慢,好像腿受伤了。
②He
talks
as
if/though
he
knew(know)
all
about
it.
他谈起来好像什么都知道似的。
完成句子
1.不出示学生证,就进不了图书馆。
________
a
student
has
access
to
the
library
________
showing
his
student
card.
2.看起来海水好像不干净,不能游泳。
It
looks
as
if
________________________.
3.他说起罗马来好像他以前去过罗马似的。
He
talks
about
Rome
as
if
________________________.
【答案】 1.Not;without 2.it
isn't
clean
enough
to
bathe
here 3.he
had
been
there
before
At
last
feeling
very
upset
and
sensitive,
Freddy
and
his
band
realized
that
they
must
leave
the
country
before
it
became
too
painful
for
them.
【分析】 句中feeling
very
upset
and
sensitive是现在分词短语在句中作原因状语;they
must
leave
the
country...是that引导的名词性从句,作realized的宾语。
【翻译】 最后,由于深感苦恼,神经高度紧张,弗雷迪和他的乐队意识到他们必须在自己感到太痛苦之前离开这个国家。
学业分层测评
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1.
I
am
only
too
glad
to
accept
your
kind
________(invite).
2.
My
back
is
so
________(pain)
that
I
cannot
stand
upright
anymore.
3.
In
addition
________
native
plants,
this
garden
contains
numerous
trees
and
flowers
from
overseas.
4.
My
neighbor
treats
the
child
as
if
he
________(be)
their
own
son.
5.
The
students
are
sorted
________
three
ability
groups.
6.
I'm
confident
________
my
ability
to
achieve
success.
7.
He
gave
us
a
________(briefly)
introduction
about
his
company.
8.
She
was
________(devotion)
to
her
mother
and
looked
after
her
for
many
years.
9.I
sort
________thought
you
might
say
that.
10.We
can
live
without
a
brother,but
______without
a
friend.
【答案】 1.invitation 2.painful 3.to 4.were 5.into 6.in 7.brief 8.devoted 9.of 10.not
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.对生活不绝望,就会爱生活。
There
is
________
without
despair
about
life.
2.他们交谈着,就好像他们是我多年的老朋友一样。
They
talked
as
if
__________________.
3.首先,我们来看看我们的共同点和不同点在什么地方。
__________,
let's
see
where
we
agree
and
disagree.
4.下腭上的这颗牙齿对冷热很敏感。
This
tooth
on
the
lower
jaw
________
cold
and
hot.
5.把这么多书分类整理要花很多的时间。
It
takes
a
long
time
to
______________.
【答案】 1.no
love
of
life 2.they
had
been
my
friends
for
years 3.First
of
all 4.is
sensitive
to 5.sort
out
so
many
books
Ⅲ.阅读理解
A
For
some
people,music
is
no
fun
at
all.About
four
percent
of
the
population
is
what
scientists
call
“amusic”.People
who
are
amusic
are
born
without
the
ability
to
recognize
or
reproduce
musical
notes
(音调).Amusic
people
often
cannot
tell
the
difference
between
two
songs.Amusics
can
only
hear
the
difference
between
two
notes
if
they
are
very
far
apart
on
the
musical
scale.
As
a
result,
songs
sound
like
noise
to
an
amusic.Many
amusics
compare
the
sound
of
music
to
pieces
of
metal
hitting
each
other.Life
can
be
hard
for
amusics.Their
inability
to
enjoy
music
sets
them
apart
from
others.It
can
be
difficult
for
other
people
to
identify(识别)
with
their
condition.In
fact,
most
people
cannot
begin
to
grasp
what
it
feels
like
to
be
amusic.Just
going
to
a
restaurant
or
a
shopping
mall
can
be
uncomfortable
or
even
painful.That
is
why
many
amusics
have
to
stay
away
from
places
where
there
is
music.However,
this
can
result
in
withdrawal
and
social
loneliness.“I
used
to
hate
parties,”
says
Margaret,a
seventy year old
woman
who
only
recently
discovered
that
she
was
amusic.By
studying
people
like
Margaret,
scientists
are
finally
learning
how
to
identify
this
unusual
condition.
Scientists
say
that
the
brains
of
amusics
are
different
from
the
brains
of
people
who
can
appreciate
music.The
difference
is
complex,
and
it
is
not
connected
with
defective
hearing.Amusics
can
understand
other
nonmusical
sounds
well.They
also
have
no
problems
understanding
ordinary
speech.Scientists
compare
amusics
to
people
who
just
can't
see
certain
colors.
Many
amusics
are
happy
when
their
condition
is
finally
diagnosed(诊断).For
years,Margaret
felt
embarrassed
about
her
problem
with
music.
Now
she
knows
that
she
is
not
alone.
There
is
a
name
for
her
condition.
That
makes
it
easier
for
her
to
explain.
“When
people
invite
me
to
a
concert,
I
just
say,
‘No
thanks,
I'm
amusic,'”
says
Margaret.“I
just
wish
I
had
learned
to
say
that
when
I
was
seventeen
and
not
seventy.”
【语篇解读】 本文是说明文,介绍了人群中4%的人不喜欢音乐,听音乐对于他们来说是很痛苦的事情这个现象。
1.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
of
amusics
A.Listening
to
music
is
far
from
enjoyable
for
them.
B.They
love
places
where
they
are
likely
to
hear
music.
C.They
can
easily
tell
two
different
songs
apart.
D.Their
situation
is
well
understood
by
musicians.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第一段中的For
some
people,music
is
no
fun
at
all.About
four
percent
of
the
population
is
what
scientists
call“amusic”.可知答案。
【答案】 A
2.How
did
scientists
learn
to
identify
amusics
A.By
studying
different
kinds
of
music.
B.By
going
to
parties
regularly.
C.By
studying
amusic
people.
D.By
comparing
music
to
color.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句By
studying
people
like
Margaret,
scientists
are
finally
learning
how
to
identify
this
unusual
condition.可知答案。
【答案】 C
3.According
to
Paragraph
3,
a
person
with
“defective
hearing”
is
probably
one
who________.
A.dislikes
listening
to
speeches
B.can
hear
anything
nonmusical
C.has
a
hearing
problem
D.lacks
a
complex
hearing
system
【解析】 词义猜测题。根据本段中的The
difference
is
complex,
and
it
is
not
connected
with
defective
hearing.
Amusics
can
understand
other
nonmusical
sounds
well.可知,不喜欢听音乐的人不是有听力障碍,他们能听懂非音乐的声音,故可推知选B项。
【答案】 B
4.What
is
the
passage
mainly
concerned
with
A.Amusics'
strange
behaviours.
B.Some
people's
inability
to
enjoy
music.
C.Musical
talent
and
brain
structure.
D.Identification
and
treatment
of
amusic.
【解析】 主旨大意题。本文在第一段点出主题:For
some
people
,music
is
no
fun
at
all.About
four
percent
of
the
population
is
what
scientists
call“amusic”,然后对这一类人进行了简单介绍。故选B项。
【答案】 B
B
I
work
at
a
Care
Center
where
most
of
the
people
are
elderly.About
a
year
and
a
half
ago
a
59 year old
lady
came
to
us
who
had
cancer.
She
had
to
have
her
right
leg
amputated
(切除)
and
she
didn't
have
a
family
to
take
care
of
her
after
the
operation.
This
lady
was
a
quiet
lady
who
mostly
stayed
alone.
But
in
the
afternoons,
when
she
was
feeling
well,
she
would
go
to
visit
the
other
people
in
the
home.
She
would
visit
a
lady
who
was
blind
and
read
to
her.
She
would
go
into
the
room
of
a
young
girl
with
severe
cerebral
palsy
(脑瘫)
and
sing
to
her.
In
her
quiet
and
gentle
way,
she
would
go
about
the
Care
Center
doing
goods.
She
passed
away
last
Wednesday
and
after
her
passing,
stories
are
coming
forward
of
her
quiet
acts
of
kindness
in
her
own
hour
of
sorrow.
We
never
know
what
impact
we
have
upon
others.
She
had
every
reason
to
be
bitter,
to
be
angry,
or
to
be
swallowed
up
in
her
own
grief.
But
she
wasn't.
She
didn't
have
a
family
and
probably
felt
forgotten,
but
her
small
and
quiet
acts
of
service
made
an
impact
upon
the
entire
Care
Center.
Each
of
us
feels
better
than
before
for
having
known
her.
We
have
pledged
(发誓)
to
be
more
aware
of
the
service
that
we
can
offer
to
others.
【语篇解读】 一位身患绝症的老人在看护中心无私地安慰其他病人,其高尚的行为感天动地……
5.
Why
did
the
old
lady
live
in
the
Care
Center
A.Because
she
was
suffering
a
very
serious
illness.
B.Because
she
felt
very
lonely
at
home.
C.Because
she
wanted
to
prove
her
importance.
D.Because
she
was
invited
by
many
patients
there.
【解析】 细节理解题。从第一段第二句可知这位老人患了癌症。
【答案】 A
6.What
did
the
old
lady
do
in
the
Care
Center
A.
She
practiced
her
singing
here
and
there.
B.She
tried
her
best
to
comfort
other
patients.
C.She
was
there
waiting
to
be
cured
of
her
cancer.
D.She
would
do
nothing
but
keep
silent.
【解析】 细节理解题。由第二段最后三句可知,不管是给盲人读书,还是给小女孩唱歌,都是一种安抚。
【答案】 B
7.
The
writer
wrote
the
story
to________.
A.
describe
the
bad
situation
of
the
Care
Center
B.let
everyone
know
about
the
kind
old
lady
C.praise
(赞扬)
the
noble
character
of
the
old
lady
D.show
off
his
writing
skills
【解析】 写作意图题。作者的主要目的是褒扬老人的高贵品质。故C项正确。
【答案】 C
8.
Which
of
the
following
might
be
the
best
title
of
the
passage
A.
Old
though
she
was,
she
proved
better
loved
B.Deep
in
trouble,
but
great
in
help
C.Better
known
for
one's
kindness
D.Lost
in
grief
(悲痛),
passing
away
in
love
【解析】 主旨大意题。虽然自己身患绝症,但却用自己的行为安抚他人,品格高尚。故B项最能揭示文章主题。
【答案】 B
Ⅳ.阅读填句
Facing
the
Enemies
Within
We
are
not
born
with
courage,
but
neither
are
we
born
with
fear.Fears,
even
the
most
basic
ones,
can
totally
destroy
our
ambitions.Fear
can
destroy
fortunes.
Fear
can
destroy
relationships.
Fear,
if
left
unchecked,
can
destroy
our
lives.
Fear
is
one
of
the
many
enemies
living
inside
us.
__1__
The
first
enemy
we
face
is
indecision(优柔寡断).
Indecision
is
the
thief
of
opportunity.__2__Take
a
sword
to
this
enemy.
The
second
enemy
inside
is
doubt.__3__But
you
also
can't
let
doubt
take
over.
Many
people
doubt
the
past,doubt
the
future,
doubt
each
other,
doubt
the
government,
doubt
the
possibilities
and
doubt
the
opportunities.
Worst
of
all,
they
doubt
themselves.
I'm
telling
you,
doubt
will
destroy
your
life
and
your
chances
of
success.
It
will
empty
both
your
bank
account
and
your
heart.__4__
Do
battle
with
the
enemy.
Do
battle
with
your
fears.__5__Be
courageous
in
your
life
and
in
your
pursuit
of
the
things
you
want
and
the
person
you
want
to
become.
A.
Sure,
there's
room
for
healthy
doubt.You
can't
believe
everything.
B.Build
your
courage
to
fight
what's
holding
you
back,
what's
keeping
you
from
your
goals
and
dreams.
C.Let
me
tell
you
about
two
of
the
other
enemies
we
face
from
within.
D.Below
are
the
ways
which
might
be
useful
for
us
to
overcome
our
fears.
E.Doubt
is
an
enemy.Go
after
it.Get
rid
of
it.
F.It
will
steal
your
chances
for
a
better
future.
G.Some
people
doubt
everything.
【答案】 1-5 CFAEBSection
Ⅲ Learning
about
Language&
Using
Language
根据提示写出下列单词
1.__________adj.
本地的;当地的
2.__________adv.
分离地;分别地
3.__________n.
根据;证据
4.__________vi.
爆炸
5.__________vi.
下沉;沉下
6.__________adj.
非正式的
【答案】 1.local 2.apart 3.evidence 4.explode
5.sink 6.informal
根据提示补全下列短语
1.take
__________
拆开;分开
2.think
highly
__________
看重;器重
3.debate
with
sb.__________sth.
与某人辩论某事
4.__________a
trial
在审判中
5.care
__________
关心;在乎
6.rather
__________
而不是
7.the
entrance
__________...
……的入口
【答案】 1.apart 2.of 3.over/about 4.in
5.about 6.than 7.to
根据提示补全下列教材原句
1.One
day
he
________
in
a
second hand
furniture
shop
________
he
saw
an
amazing
object
among
the
many
different
vases
and
jewels.
一天,他正在一家二手家具店里逛,这时他突然在众多不同的花瓶和首饰中看见了一个很奇特的东西。
2.For
example,________
China
has
more
people
than
any
other
country
in
the
world.
比如,中国的人口比世界上任何其他国家的人口都多,这是可以得到证实的。
3.In
a
trial,a
judge
must
decide
________________________.
在审判中,法官必须断定哪些证人可以相信哪些证人不能相信。
4.________________
they
should
give
it
to
any
government.
我认为他们不应该把它交给任何政府部门。
【答案】 1.was
looking;when 2.it
can
be
proved
that 3.which
eyewitnesses
to
believe
and
which
not
to
believe 4.Nor
do
I
think
阅读P5教材原文,判断正(T)误(F)
1.A
fact
is
something
that
people
believe.( )
2.It
is
a
fact
that
China
has
more
people
than
any
other
country
in
the
world.( )
3.An
opinion
is
something
that
can
be
proved.( )
4.The
judge
cares
about
whether
the
eyewitness
has
given
true
information.( )
5.The
mine
was
closed
because
the
German
soldiers
didn't
want
others
to
find
what
they
hid
in
it.( )
【答案】 1-5 FTFTT
evidence
n.证据;证明;证词;根据
(教材P5)So
an
opinion
is
not
good
evidence
in
a
trial.
因此,在审判中,看法并不是强有力的证据。
(1)provide/give
evidence
for
提供……的证据
There
is
some/no
evidence
that...
(没)有证据证明……
in
evidence
显眼;显而易见
(2)evident
adj.
明显的;明白的
It's
evident
that...
很明显……
①There
is
some
evidence
that
a
small
amount
of
alcohol
is
good
for
health.
有证据显示,少量饮酒有益健康。
②The
first
signs
of
spring
are
in
evidence(evident).
春天的最初迹象已显而易见。
③It
is
evident
that
the
party
was
a
failure.
很明显这个晚会是失败的。
explode
vi.爆炸;爆发
vt.使爆炸;使爆发
(教材P5)In
April
1945
I
heard
something
explode
at
midnight.在1945年四月份,我在半夜听到有东西爆炸的声音。
写出下列句子中explode的词义
①The
firework
exploded
in
his
hand.爆炸
②Do
you
fear
that
you'll
burst
into
tears
or
explode
with
anger
in
front
of
her?迸发
③The
population
explodes
to
40,000
during
the
tourist
season.激增
(1)explode
with...
爆发……,突发……
explode
with
anger
勃然大怒,大发脾气
explode
with
laughter
哄堂大笑
(2)explosion
n.
爆炸,爆炸声
④The
speaker's
mistake
was
so
funny
that
the
audience
exploded
with
laughter(laugh).
那位演说者的错误如此可笑,以至于听众哄堂大笑。
debate
n.
&
vi.争论;辩论
(教材P7)Tips
for
an
informal
class
debate
组织一场非正式的班级辩论赛的几条建议
(1)under
debate
在辩论中;在讨论中
beyond/without
debate
无可争辩的;毋庸置疑的
have
a...debate
on...
关于……进行了……的辩论
(2)debate
with
sb.on/about/over
sth.
与某人争论/讨论某事
①The
bill
is
under
debate
and
hasn't
been
passed
yet.
法案还在讨论中,还没有被通过。
②The
truth
of
this
news
is
beyond
debate.
这则新闻报道的真实性无可争议。
③We
are
having
a
heated
debate
on
the
impact
of
television
on
children.
我们正在就电视对孩子的影响进行热烈的辩论。
④We
debated
with
them
on/about/over
the
question
till
late
into
the
night.
我们就这个问题与他们辩论到深夜。
take
apart
拆开
(教材P4)The
old
man
saw
some
Germans
taking
apart
the
Amber
Room
and
removing
it.
老人看到一些德国人拆除并移走了琥珀屋。
take
back
收回;使回忆起
take
down
拆散;写下,记下
take
off
脱下;起飞
take
on
呈现;开始雇用
take
over
接管;接任
take
up
产生兴趣;开始从事;占用;拿起
①He
dropped
medicine
and
took
up
physics.
他放弃学医,开始学物理。
②Take
back
what
you
said,or
you
will
regret.
收回你说的话,否则,你会后悔的。
rather
than与其……倒不如;是……而不是
(教材P5)He/She
only
cares
about
whether
the
eyewitness
has
given
true
information,which
must
be
facts
rather
than
opinions.
他/她关心的只是目击者是否提供了真实的信息,这些信息必须是事实而不是个人观点。
(1)rather
than连接两个并列成分,意为“而不是”。
(2)rather
than连接两个主语时,谓语动词应与rather
than前面的主语在人称和数上保持一致。
(3)
①You
rather
than
I
are(be)
going
to
go
camping.
是你而不是我要去野营。
②I
would
rather
watch
TV
at
home
than
go
to
the
cinema.
我宁可在家看电视也不愿去看电影。
③I
prefer
to_work(work)
rather
than
sit
there
doing
nothing.
我宁愿干活也不愿坐在那里无所事事。
think
highly
of器重;看重
(教材P7)
think
highly
of
those
who
are
searching
for
the
Amber
Room.
我很欣赏那些为寻找琥珀屋而努力的人们。
think
well/much
of
对……评价很高;看重;欣赏
think
poorly/little/lightly
of
对……评价不高/差/轻视
think
nothing
of
觉得……没什么/不难
speak
highly
of...
高度评价……
speak
well/ill
of...
说……的好/坏话
①I
am
sorry
that
you
should
think
so
badly/ill
of
me.
真遗憾,你竟然把我想得这样坏。
当think
highly/well/much
of...用于被动语态结构时,副词应放于其修饰的动词前,即be
highly/well/much
thought
of。
②Pop
music
is
highly(high)thought
of
by
most
young
people.
大多数年轻人对流行音乐很是赞赏。
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1.I'll
meet
you
at
the
__________(enter)
to
the
theatre.
2.I
debated
________
Mary
on
the
meaning
of
her
strange
behavior.
3.Many
scientists
think
__________(high)
of
the
new
invention.
4.Most
people
hope
for
buying
their
own
homes
rather
than
__________(rent)them.
5.He
signed
his
name
with__________(evidence)satisfaction.
【答案】 1.entrance 2.with 3.highly 4.renting
5.evident
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.没有证据表明孩子过早地使用电脑有什么好处。
________________young
children
benefit
generally
from
using
computers
too
early.
2.这则新闻报道的事实,毋庸置辩。
The
truth
of
this
news
story
is
____________.
3.男孩把玩具汽车拆开了,可怎么也安不上了。
The
boy
________________,but
couldn't
put
it
together
again.
4.与其乘汽车旅行,我宁可走路。
__________________,I'd
prefer
to
walk.
5.我妻子把花100英镑买一件新衣服看成是小事一桩。
My
wife____________spending
a
hundred
pounds
on
a
new
dress.
【答案】 1.There
is
no
evidence
that 2.beyond
debate 3.took
apart
the
toy
car 4.Rather
than
travel
by
car 5.thinks
nothing
of
(教材P3)One
day
he
was_looking
in
a
second hand
furniture
shop
when
he
saw
an
amazing
object
among
the
many
different
vases
and
jewels.
一天,他正在一家二手家具店里逛,这时他突然在众多不同的花瓶和首饰中看见了一个很奇特的东西。
【句式分析】 be
doing...when...意为“正在做……这时(突然)……”,when在句中作并列连词。相当于and
then或and
at
that
time。
be
about
to
do...when...
正要做……这时……
be
on
the
point
of
doing...when...
正要做……这时……
had
just
done...when...
刚做完……这时……
①I
was
about
to
leave
when
it
began
to
rain.
我正要离开,就在这时开始下雨了。
②I
was
on
the
point
of
speaking(speak)when
my
wife
stood
up
and
stopped
me.
我正要开口说话,这时妻子起身阻止了我。
③He
had
just
rushed
into
the
classroom
when
the
teacher
came
in.
他刚跑进教室,这时老师进来了。
(教材P5)For
example,it_can_be_proved_that
China
has
more
people
than
any
other
country
in
the
world.
比如,中国的人口比世界上任何其他国家的人口都多,这是可以得到证实的。
【句式分析】 句中“it
can
be
proved
that从句”为“it+be+过去分词+that从句”结构。在该结构中,it为形式主语,that从句为真正的主语。
It
is
said
that...
据说……
It
is
reported
that...
据报道……
It
is
believed
that...
人们认为/相信……
It
is
suggested
that...
人们建议……
It
is
hoped
that...
人们希望……
有的“It
is+过去分词+that从句”结构可与“sb./sth.is+过去分词+to
do...”结构相互转换。
①It
was
proved
that
steam
is
hotter
than
boiling
water.
事实证明蒸汽比沸水要烫。
②It
is
said
that
he
studied
abroad,but
we
don't
know
which
country
he
studied
in.=He
is_said_to_have_studied
abroad,but
we
don't
know
which
country
he
studied
in.
据说他在国外学习过,但是我们不知道他是在哪个国家学的。
③It
is_suggested(suggest)
that
the
work
should
be
done
with
great
care.根据建议工作应该被仔细完成。
(教材P7)Nor_do_I
think
they
should
give
it
to
any
government.
我认为他们不应该把它交给任何政府部门。
【句法分析】 否定词nor位于句首,应该用部分倒装。形式为:“nor+be动词/助动词/情态动词+主语+动词+其他”。表示前面的否定情况也适用于另一人或物,可用neither替换nor。
(1)若表示前句中的肯定情况也适用于另一人或物,要用“so+be动词/情态动词/助动词+主语”,表示“……也是这样,也是如此”。
(2)当前句中既有肯定的情况也有否定的情况,两种不同的情况也适用于另一人或物时,则用以下句式:
It
is
the
same
with
sb./sth.或So
it
is
with
sb./sth.
①If
you
don't
go
there,neither_will_I.
如果你不去那里,我也不去。
如果后一句只是单纯地重复前一句的意思,此时主谓不倒装,句型为“so+主语+be动词/助动词/情态动词”。
②—She
speaks
French
very
well.
——她法语说得很好。
—So_she_does.
——她说得确实很好。
完成句子
1.我刚从厨房出来,突然有人敲门。
I
________
out
of
the
kitchen
__________
someone
knocked
at
the
door.
2.她正在想她朋友的时候,Tom突然叫了她一声。
She
________
her
friend
________
Tom
called
her.
3.汤姆说你工作努力,你确实是这样,而他也是一样努力。
Tom
says
you
work
hard,__________,and
__________.
4.据说一条新的公共汽车路线将于下月开辟。
__________a
new
bus
line
will
be
open
next
month.5.他昨天没有完成工作,我也是。
He
didn't
finish
the
work
yesterday,__________.
【答案】 1.had
just
walked;when 2.was
thinking
of;when 3.so
you
do;so
does
he 4.It
is
said
that
5.neither/nor
did
I
He/She
only
cares
about
whether
the
eyewitness
has
given
true
information,
which
must
be
facts
rather
than
opinions.
【分析】 本句是一个复合句,whether在句中引导宾语从句,作cares
about的宾语;which引导非限定性定语从句,修饰先行词true
information。
【翻译】 他/她关心的只是目击者是否提供了真实的信息,这些信息必须是事实而不是个人观点。
学业分层测评
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1.I
was
walking
along
the
river
__________
I
heard
a
drowning
boy
crying
for
help.
2.
She
is
said
______________(be)
an
actress
about
twenty
years
ago.
3.
They
showed
some
__________(evident)
to
support
their
argument.
4.
After
the
second
__________(explode),
all
of
London's
main
train
and
subway
stations
were
shut
down.
5.The
headmaster
thought
highly
__________
our
work.
6.Some
of
the
__________(locally)
news
come
on
very
quick.
7.His
__________(paint)
are
on
display
at
the
exhibition.
8.
The
two
sides
__________(debate)
whether
to
raise
taxes
when
I
came
in.
9.They
are
searching
something
in
the
place
where
the
__________(sink)ship
lay.
10.
He
took
a
lot
of
photos
last
Sunday,
and
so
__________
I.
【答案】 1.when 2.to
have
been 3.evidence
4.explosion 5.of 6.local 7.paintings 8.were
debating 9.sunk 10.did
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.我正在散步时突然遇见了莉莉。
I
__________
a
walk
__________
I
came
across
Lily.
2.据报道最近发现的绘画可能是梵高的作品。
__________
the
recently
discovered
painting
may
be
a
Van
Goph.
3.你会高度评价那些总帮助别人的人吗?
Do
you
__________________
who
always
help
others
4.这是政治问题,而不是社会问题。
These
are
political
matters
__________________.
5.那个厂子是否建在这个地区仍然在讨论。
Whether
the
company
will
be
built
in
this
area
is
still
__________________.
【答案】 1.was
taking;when 2.It
is
reported
that
3.think
highly
of
those 4.rather
than
social
matters 5.under
debate
Ⅲ.阅读理解
A
Brad
closed
the
door
slowly
as
Sue
left
home
to
visit
her
mother.
Expecting
a
whole
day
to
relax,he
was
thinking
whether
to
read
the
newspaper
or
watch
his
favourite
TV
talk
show
on
his
first
day
off
in
months.
“This
will
be
like
a
walk
in
the
park,”he'd
told
his
wife.
“I'll
look
after
the
kids,and
you
can
go
visit
your
mom.”
Things
started
well,but
just
after
eight
o'clock,his
three
little
“good
kids”—Mike,Randy,and
Alex—came
down
the
stairs
in
their
night
clothes
and
shouted
“Breakfast,daddy.”
When
food
had
not
appeared
within
thirty
seconds,Randy
began
using
his
spoon
on
Alex's
head
as
if
it
were
a
drum.
Alex
started
to
shout
loudly
in
time
to
the
beat(节拍).Mike
chanted
“Where's
my
toast,where's
my
toast”
in
the
background.Brad
realized
his
newspaper
would
have
to
wait
for
a
few
seconds.
Life
became
worse
after
breakfast.
Mike
wore
Randy's
underwear
on
his
head.Randy
locked
himself
in
the
bathroom,while
Alex
shouted
again
because
he
was
going
to
wet
his
pants.
Nobody
could
find
clean
socks,although
they
were
before
their
very
eyes.
Someone
named
“Not
Me”
had
spilled
a
whole
glass
of
orange
juice
into
the
basket
of
clean
clothes.
Brad
knew
the
talk
show
had
already
started.
By
ten
o'clock,things
were
out
of
control.
Alex
was
wondering
why
the
fish
in
the
jar
refused
his
bread
and
butter.
Mike
was
trying
to
show
off
his
talent
by
decorating
the
kitchen
wall
with
his
color
pencils.
Randy,thankfully,appeared
to
be
reading
quietly
in
the
family
room,but
closer
examination
showed
that
he
was
eating
apple
jam
straight
from
the
bottle
with
his
hands.
Brad
realized
that
the
talk
show
was
over
and
reading
would
be
impossible.
At
exactly
11:17,Brad
called
the
day
care
centre(日托所).“I
suddenly
have
to
go
into
work
and
my
wife's
away.
Can
I
bring
the
boys
over
in
a
few
minutes?”The
answer
was
obviously
“yes”
because
Brad
was
smiling.
【语篇解读】 本文讲述了三个孩子和一个爸爸过周末的情景。本以为周末会很轻松惬意,结果三个孩子却把他的计划彻底打乱了。他只好求助日托所。
1.
When
his
wife
left
home,Brad
expected
to________.
A.enjoy
his
first
day
off
work
B.watch
TV
talk
show
with
his
children
C.go
out
for
a
walk
in
the
park
D.read
the
newspaper
to
his
children
【解析】 细节理解题。
根据第一段对Brad的心理描写,尤其是信息句“Expecting
a
whole
day
to
relax,he
was
thinking
whether
to
read
the
newspaper
or
watch
his
favourite
TV
talk
show
on
his
first
day
off
in
months.”可以看出,妻子离家后,Brad期待着在第一个休假日里放松一下自己,故选A。
【答案】 A
2.Which
of
the
following
did
Randy
do
A.Drawing
on
the
wall.
B.Eating
apple
jam.
C.Feeding
the
fish.
D.Reading
in
a
room.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第四段的
“Randy,thankfully,appeared
to
be
reading
quietly
in
the
family
room,but
closer
examination
showed
that
he
was
eating
apple
jam
straight
from
the
bottle
with
his
hands.”可知,Randy在吃苹果酱。故选B。
【答案】 B
3.Why
did
Brad
ask
the
day
care
centre
for
help
A.Because
he
wanted
to
clean
up
his
house.
B.Because
he
suddenly
had
to
go
to
his
office.
C.Because
he
had
to
take
his
wife
back
home.
D.Because
he
found
it
hard
to
manage
his
boys.
【解析】 推理判断题。文中诸多关键词语如“Life
became
worse”与“things
were
out
of
control”都表明是因为管理不了孩子们,Brad才把他们送去日托所的,故选D。
【答案】 D
4.
This
text
is
developed
________.
A.by
space
B.by
time
C.by
process
D.by
comparison
【解析】
推理判断题。第一段:Brad
closed
the
door
slowly
as
Sue
left
home→第二段:breakfast→第三段:after
breakfast→第四段:by
ten
o'clock→第五段:at
exactly
11:17,由此可以看出本文是按照事件发展的时间先后顺序来叙述的。故选B。
【答案】 B
B
How
does
a
place
become
a
World
Heritage
Site(世界遗产保护区)
It
takes
a
lot
of
people
to
decide.
(1)If
a
country
wants
one
of
its
places
to
be
on
the
World
Heritage
List,
it
has
to
ask
UNESCO.
The
place
must
be
important
and
special.
UNESCO
put
the
Great
Wall
on
the
list
in
1987
because,it
said,it
was
a
great
part
of
Chinese
culture
and
beautifully
made
to
go
with
the
land.
When
a
country
asks,
it
must
also
make
a
plan
for
taking
care
of
the
place.
(2)The
World
Heritage
Committee
of
UNESCO
talks
about
different
places
and
decides
whether
to
put
them
on
the
list.
The
committee
meets
every
June.
Many
experts
help
the
committee
to
decide.
(3)After
a
new
place
goes
on
the
list,
UNESCO
gives
money
to
help
keep
it
looking
good.
If
a
place
is
in
serious
danger,
it
may
be
put
on
the
List
of
World
Heritage
Sites
in
Danger.UNESCO
gives
special
care
and
help
to
those
places.
(4)Countries
have
to
give
UNESCO
regular
reports
about
places
on
the
list.If
UNESCO
thinks
a
country
isn't
taking
good
enough
care
of
a
place,
the
site
will
be
taken
off
the
list.
【语篇解读】 本文为一篇说明文。介绍的是要成为“世界遗产保护区”需要做的工作。
当然,即使是申遗成功,人们仍需好好保护文化遗产。下面,我们一起来看一下申遗的流程吧。
5.The
passage
implies
that________.
A.becoming
a
World
Heritage
Site
takes
hard
work
B.a
place
with
beautiful
scenery
is
often
on
the
World
Heritage
List
C.a
place
which
was
taken
good
care
of
is
often
on
the
World
Heritage
List
D.the
Great
Wall
became
a
World
Heritage
Site
for
its
long
history
【解析】 推理判断题。由文章的前两点可以看出,一个国家从向联合国教科文组织申请到最后申遗成功要进行一系列的工作,因此可推测出想要在世界遗产中榜上有名可不容易。
【答案】 A
6.If
a
place
successfully
becomes
a
World
Heritage
Site,the
country________.
A.
can
ask
UNESCO
for
more
money
and
help
B.should
continue
to
take
special
care
of
it
C.won't
take
trouble
caring
for
it
D.will
try
to
put
it
on
the
List
of
World
Heritage
Sites
in
Danger
【解析】 细节理解题。根据短文最后一段的第二句“If
UNESCO
thinks
a
country
isn't
taking
good
enough
care
of
a
place,the
site
will
be
taken
off
the
list.”分析可以看出,即使申遗成功,人们仍需好好保护文化遗产。
【答案】 B
7.The
passage
mainly
discusses________.
A.how
the
World
Heritage
Committee
of
UNESCO
decides
a
World
Heritage
Site
B.how
the
World
Heritage
Committee
of
UNESCO
protects
a
World
Heritage
Site
C.how
the
Great
Wall
becomes
a
World
Heritage
Site
D.how
a
place
becomes
a
World
Heritage
Site
【解析】 主旨大意题。短文的开头已经将本文的主题给出,下文是围绕这个主题展开的。
【答案】 D
8.The
purpose
of
putting
a
place
on
the
World
Heritage
List
is________.
A.to
attract
more
tourists
from
other
countries
B.to
get
more
money
and
help
from
other
countries
C.to
have
it
taken
better
care
of
D.to
make
it
known
to
other
countries
【解析】 推理判断题。使一个地方成为世界遗产的目的在短文中没有明确表示,但通过联合国对一个国家的要求可推测出“其目的是使其得到更好的保护”。
【答案】 C
Ⅳ.阅读填句
James
Cameron
was
born
in
a
small
town
in
Canada
on
August
16,1954.At
15
he
discovered
what
he
wanted
to
do
with
his
life.__1__
The
movie
was
Stanley
Kubrick's
2001∶A
Space
Odvssey.
Cameron
set
his
hope
high.__2__But
he
didn't
know
anything
about
cinema.What's
more,
he
lived
far
away
from
Hollywood,
the
place
for
him
to
realize
his
dreams.
__3__His
father
told
him
they
would
be
moving
to
California
and
living
only
a
few
miles
from
Hollywood.
At
that
time,
he
had
a
great
interest
in
attending
a
film
school,
but
his
family
couldn't
afford
it.
So
he
went
to
study
physics
at
Fullerton
College.
Before
long
Cameron
dropped
out
of
college
and
began
earning
his
living
as
a
truck
driver.
But
he
still
hadn't
given
up
his
dream
of
becoming
a
movie
maker.
His
first
professional
film
job
was
an
art
director
in
1980,
and
in
1984
he
wrote
and
directed
the
Terminator.__4__After
it
came
a
series
of
successful
science
fiction
action
films.
Cameron
now
could
do
whatever
he
wanted.He
had
several
projects
in
mind,
including
Titanic.__5__But
it
ended
up
earning
almost
$2
billion.
After
Titanic,Cameron
started
making
Avatar
in
2005.
It
took
his
team
two
years
just
to
do
the
technical
research,
but
the
movie
has
become
another
huge
success.
A.It
was
a
huge
success.
B.He
wanted
to
make
movies.
C.Cameron
had
to
face
the
facts.
D.This
movie
cost
$200
million
to
make.
E.However,
Cameron
got
a
lucky
break
in
1971.
F.It
happened
one
night
after
he
saw
a
movie.
G.They
used
high
technology
to
get
the
effects
they
wanted.
【答案】 1-5 FBEADSection
Ⅱ Warming
Up
&
Reading-Language
Points
pretend
vt.&vi.假装;假扮
(教材P34)Do
you
sing
karaoke
and
pretend
you
are
a
famous
singer
like
Song
Zuying
or
Liu
Huan
你唱卡拉OK时是否假装自己就像是宋祖英或刘欢一样著名的歌星呢?
pretend
to
do
sth.
假装做某事
pretend
to
be
doing
sth.
假装在做某事
pretend
to
have
done
假装做过某事
pretend
to
be
sb./sth.
假装是某人/某物pretend
that...
假装……
①She
pretended
to_be_doing(do)
her
homework
when
her
mother
came
in.
她妈妈进来时,她假装正在做作业。
②He
pretended
to_have_been(be)
there
three
days
ago.
他假装三天前去过那里。
③He
pretended
that
he
was
ill.
他假装有病。
(教材P34)To_be_honest,a
lot
of
people
attach
great
importance
to
becoming
rich
and
famous.
说实在的,很多人把名和利看得重要。
(1)to
be
honest
说实在地;实话说
be
honest
with
sb.
对某人说实话;同某人规规矩矩地来往
be
honest
in(doing)
sth.
在(做)某事方面诚实
be
honest
about
sth.
对某事持诚实态度
to
be
frank
(with
you)
坦白地(对你)说
to
tell
you
the
truth
跟你说实话吧
honestly
speaking
老实说
①To
tell
you
the
truth,your
plan
is
very
attractive,but
it
doesn't
seem
to
be
practical.
说实话,你的计划很吸引人,不过似乎不太实际。
②Honestly
s21世纪教育网21世纪教育网peaking(speak),I
don't
think
his
work
is
good.
坦率地说,我认为他的工作做得不好。
(2)attach
vt.&
vi.系上;缚上;附加;连接
(1)attach...to...
认为有……;附上;连接
attach
importance/value/meaning
to...
认为……有重要性/有价值/有意义
(2)attached
adj.
依恋;爱慕
be
attached
to
附属于;连在……上;喜欢
(3)attachment
n.
依恋;附件
③Attach
a
stamp
to
the
envelope
before
you
post
your
letter.
寄信前在信封上贴上邮票。
④Do
you
attach
much
importance(important)
to
what
he
says
你认为他说的很重要吗?
⑤He
is
greatly
attached(attach)
to
his
children.
他非常喜爱他的孩子。
earn
vt.赚;挣得;获得;赢得
(教材P34)Sometimes
they
may
play
to
passers by
in
the
street
or
subway
so
that
they
can
earn
some
extra
money
for
themselves
or
to
pay
for
their
instruments.
有时他们可能在街上或地铁里为过路者演奏,这样他们可以为自己或自己要买的乐器多挣一些钱。
(1)earn
one's
/a
living(=make
one's/a
living)谋生
earn
money(=make
money)
挣钱earn
sb.sth.
使某人赢得/获得……
(2)earnings
n.
所得;收入;工资
①His
braveness
earned
him
the
reputation.
他的英勇使他获得了荣誉。
②The
old
man
earned
his
living(live)
by
selling
newspapers.
那位老人通过卖报谋生。
performance
n.表演,演奏
(教材P34)Later
they
may
give
performances
in
pubs
or
clubs,for
which
they
are
paid
in
cash.
后来,他们可以在酒吧或俱乐部演出,并为此得到现金报酬。
(1)give/put
on
a
performance
演出;表演
(2)perform
vt.&vi.
表演;履行;执行;表现
perform
one's
duty/promise
尽职责/履行诺言
perform
an
operation/experiment
做手术/实验
(3)performer
n.
执行者,实行者;
履行者;表演者
①You
are
expected
to
perform
your
duties.
你应该履行你的职责。
②The
children
perform
two
plays
each
school
year.
孩子们一学年表演两部话剧。
③They
21世纪教育网gave
performances(perform)
to
collect
money
for
the
project.
他们进行演出,为这项工程集资。
play
jokes
on
戏弄;开玩笑
(教材P34)The
musicians
were
to
play
jokes
on
each
other
as
well
as
play
music,most
of
which
was
based
loosely
on
the
Beatles.
组成乐队的音乐人一边演奏音乐,还彼此打趣逗笑。这些玩笑和音乐大多都在模仿“甲壳虫”乐队。
play
a
trick
/tricks
on
sb.
捉弄某人
make
fun
of
捉弄;取笑
make
fool
of
愚弄;戏弄
laugh
at
嘲笑……
①It's
not
right
to
play
tricks
on
your
teacher.
捉弄你的老师是不对的。
②He
always
thinks
highly
of
himself
and
likes
to
make
fun
of
others.
他总是炫耀自己,喜欢取笑别人。
rely
on/upon依赖;依靠;指望
(教材P34)As
some
of
these
actors
could
not
sing
well
enough,they
had
to
rely
on
other
musicians
to
help
them.
因为这些演员中有些人唱得不是很好,他们不得不依靠队里的其他音乐家帮忙。
rely
on
sb./sth.to
do/doing
sth.
指望某人/物做某事
rely
on
sb./sth.for
sth.
靠某物/人去得到某物rely
on
it
that...
相信……;指望……
rely
on
one's
own
effort
自力更生
①I
think
we
can
rely
on
Derek
not
to
tell
anyone.
我认为我们可以信赖德里克,他不会告诉任何人。
②You
can
rely
on
it
that
it
will
rain
this
weekend.
你可以相信,本周末会下雨。
③We
can
rely
on
the
government
for
help.
我们可以依靠政府的帮助。
break
up打碎;分裂;解体;解散;(关系)破裂;结束;分手
(教材P34)The
band
broke
up
about
1970,but
happily
they
reunited
in
the
mid 1980s.
“门基乐队”大约在1970年解散,但是令人高兴的是,到了20世纪80年代中期他们再次聚首。
写出下列句中break
up的含义
①The
crowd
started
to
break
up
when
the
night
fell.解散
②The
ice
will
break
up
when
the
warm
weather
comes.破裂
③She
broke
up
the
vase
in
her
search
for
money.打碎
④If
the
Euro(欧元)
zone
breaks
up,
it's
not
going
to
be
just
Europe
that
suffers.解体
⑤She's
just
broken
up
with
her
boyfriend.分手
break
away
from
脱离;摆脱;挣脱;打破陈规
break
down
出故障;分解;瓦解;崩溃
break
in
闯入;强行进入
break
out
突然发生;爆发(不用于被动语态)
⑥A
war
broke
out
between
the
two
countries
in
1890.
1890年,两国间爆发了一场战争。
⑦His
car
broke
down
on
the
way,and
that
was
why
he
was
late
for
the
meeting.
他的车在路上出故障了,那就是他开会迟到的原因。
Ⅰ.语境填词
1.When
I
saw
her,
she
pretended
________________(sleep).
2.There
is
a
long
porch
________(attach)
to
the
building.
3.There
is
a
decline
in
our
export
________(earn).
4.Let's
have
a
good
round
of
applause
for
the
next
________(perform).
5.________(honest)
speaking,
he
is
not
a
person
you
can
trust.
【答案】 1.to
be
sleeping 2.attached 3.earnings
4.performer 5.Honestly
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.你可以放心,这项工作将提前完成。
You
may
________________
the
work
will
be
finished
ahead
of
time.
2.艾米戏弄她爸爸时,他生气了。
When
Amy
________________,
he
got
mad.
3.他们叫警察来驱散这次集会。
They
called
out
police
to
________________.
4.为了谋生,他得从早到晚地工作。
________________,
he
had
to
work
all
day
long.
5.她认为在经济上独立很重要。
She
________________
being
financially
independent.
【答案】 1.rely
on
it
that 2.played
jokes
on
her
dad 3.break
up
the
meeting 4.To
earn
his
living
5.attaches
great
importance
to
(教材P33)How
does
music
make_you_feel
音乐使你感觉如何?
【要点提炼】 本句中make
you
feel
属于“make
+宾语+宾补”结构,宾补是不带to
的动词不定式。
“make+宾语+宾补”结构的常见形式:
①He
was
the
youngest,but
they
decided
to
make
him
captain.
尽管他最年轻,但他们仍决定选他当队长。
②We
should
not
make
our
plan
known(know)to
everybody.
我们不应该将我们的计划搞得人尽皆知。
(1)make后的宾补若为独一无二的官衔时,其前应省掉冠词。
(2)作宾补的不定式在变成被动语态时,应加上省掉的不定式符号“to”。
③Tom
was
made
to_work(work)long
hours.
汤姆被迫长时间工作。
(教材P34)They
put
an
advertisement
in
a
newspaper
looking_for_rock_musicians,but
they
could
only
find
one
who
was
good
enough.
他们在报上登了一则广告,寻求摇滚乐歌手,但是他们只能找到一位足够好的。
【要点提炼】 looking
for
rock
musicians是现在分词短语作定语,修饰advertisement,被修饰词与动作之间是主动关系。
①We
arrived
too
late
to
catch
the
train
leaving
at
eight.我们到的太晚了,没能赶上八点的火车。
②Do
you
know
the
man
talking
to
your
father
你认识那个正与你父亲交谈的人吗?
③There
is
a
note
on
the
door
saying(say)“On
Holiday”.
门上有张纸条,上面写着“休假中”。
完成句子
1.这个男孩被迫每天干十二个小时的活。
The
boy
________________
twelve
hours
a
day.
2.车辆噪声太大,他无法使自己的声音让别人听到。
He
couldn't
________________
above
the
noise
of
the
traffic.
3.我认识一个在那家工厂干活的人。
I
know
a
man
________________.
4.想加入本俱乐部的人在这里签名。
Those
________________
should
sign
here.
【答案】 1.was
made
to
work 2.make
himself
heard 3.working
in
that
factory 4.wishing
to
join
this
club
They
may
start
as
a
group
of
high school
students,
for
whom
practicing
their
music
in
someone's
house
is
the
first
step
to
fame.
【分析】 句中for
whom引导非限定性定语从句,修饰先行词students;在定语从句中practicing
their
music
in
someone's
house
是动名词短语,在句中作主语。
【翻译】 他们开始可能是一群中学生,对他们来说,在某个人家里排练音乐是成名的第一步。
学业分层测评
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1.
We
would
hope
the
packing
could
be
more
______(attract).
2.The
strange
noise
made
us
________(frighten).
3.She
pretended
________(study)
the
text,
but
she
had
not.
4.These
Indian
guests
are
familiar
________
this
book.
5.Please
attach
a
label
______
each
piece
of
luggage.
6.It
is
only
too
true
that
she
cannot
________(rely)
upon.
7.The
young
man
________(sit)
between
John
and
Mary
is
the
editor
of
the
campus
newspaper.
8.His
father
sent
him
to
Hainan
to
see
if
he
could
earn
________(he)
living
there.
9.If
a
war
broke
______,
many
other
countries
will
be
affected.
10.People
often
play
________(joke)
on
him
about
his
baldhead.
【答案】 1.attractive 2.frightened 3.to
have
studied 4.with 5.to 6.be
relied 7.sitting
8.his 9.out 10.jokes
Ⅱ.单句改错
1.Every
day
I
am
made
have
an
egg
and
some
milk.
_________________________________________________________________
2.Most
of
the
workers
live
in
these
new
houses
are
ship
builders.
_________________________________________________________________
3.Honest
speaking,
that's
all
the
money
I
have.
_________________________________________________________________
4.But
I
hope
that
I
can
perform
good
the
next
event.
_________________________________________________________________
5.You
may
rely
on
that
she
will
fulfill
the
plan.
_________________________________________________________________
【答案】 1.made后面加to 2.live改为living
3.Honest改为Honestly 4.good改为well 5.on后面加it
Ⅲ.完形填空
“I
couldn't
survive
without
music,”says
fifteen year old
Steve.
In
the
morning,
Steve
wakes
up__1__
his
favorite
radio
station.
He
listens
to
rock
on
the
radio
while
he
eats__2__
.
He
puts
on
his
personal
stereo
before
he
leaves
the
house
and
listens
to
cassettes
on
the
bus
to__3__.
“Last
week
I
put
my
headphones
on
in
the
math__4__,”admits
Steve.
“The
teacher
was
really__5__.She
took
my
headphones
away
and
I
couldn't
use
them
for
a
week.
It
was__6__.”At
home
Steve
does
his
homework
to
loud
music.
“My
mother__7__
shouts:
Turn
it
down!”says
Steve.
“She
can't__8__
how
I
can
work__9__music
on,but
music__10__me
to
concentrate.”
Steve
would
like
to
make
music
himself.
“I'm
learning
to
play
the
guitar.__11__,
it
doesn't
sound
too
good
at
the__12__.
But
I'm
going
to
keep
practicing!”
For__13__like
Steve,music
is
a
very
important
part
of__14__.
Music
is
social.
It
brings
people
together
at
discos,
parties
and
concerts.
Fast,__15__music
is
full
of
energy;it
helps
people
to__16__their
problems
and
have
__17__.
Music
talks
about
love,
freedom
and
imagination.
There
are
always
new
songs
and
new
styles.
__18__
Steve's
mother
agrees
that
music
brings
some
problems.
“Steve
is
a
sensible
boy,”
she
says.
“I
don't
think
he
would
ever
take
drugs
hearing
rock.
But
I__19__
worry
about
his
hearing
with
all
that
loud
music.
And
it__20__me
crazy
!”
【语篇解读】 Steve痴迷于听音乐,随时随地都在听音乐,对此他母亲颇为担心。
1.A.from
B.for
C.with
D.to
【解析】 wakes
up
to
his
favorite
radio
station在这里意思是“醒来就去听他喜欢的电台”,to表示一种方向或者结果。
【答案】 D
2.
A.breakfast
B.lunch
C.supper
D.dinner
【解析】 由上文的wakes
up可知,是“在吃早餐时”。
【答案】 A
3.
A.work
B.office
C.school
D.party
【解析】 Steve是学生,因此选C项。
【答案】 C
4.
A.workshop
B.class
C.dormitory
D.schoolroom
【解析】 在数学课上听音乐,而不是在教室里。在教室里听一般不违反纪律。
【答案】 B
5.
A.excited
B.worried
C.angry
D.tired
【解析】 在数学课上听音乐,老师当然是生气了。
【答案】 C
6.
A.terrible
B.hopeless
C.poor
D.surprising
【解析】 一周不能听音乐,对Steve来说,是可怕的。这里表示Steve对音乐的痴迷,一刻也不能离开。
【答案】 A
7.
A.usually
B.seldom
C.frequently
D.always
【解析】 always和frequently相比,前者更能表示母亲对此行为的反对。
【答案】 D
8.
A.expect
B.bear
C.understand
D.believe
【解析】 她无法理解我怎么能够听着音乐来做家庭作业。
【答案】 C
9.
A.while
B.at
C.for
D.with
【解析】 with短语表伴随。
【答案】 D
10.
A.helps
B.leads
C.causes
D.forces
【解析】 但是音乐能帮助我集中注意力。
【答案】 A
11.
A.Unluckily
B.Actually
C.Disappointingly
D.Necessarily
【解析】 事实上,目前还弹奏得不好。
【答案】 B
12.
A.first
B.last
C.moment
D.time
【解析】 at
the
moment目前,现在。
【答案】 C
13.
A.grown ups
B.parents
C.friends
D.teenagers
【解析】 像Steve这样的青少年。
【答案】 D
14.
A.study
B.life
C.family
D.school
【解析】 音乐是生活的重要组成部分。
【答案】 B
15.
A.sound
B.noisy
C.light
D.loud
【解析】 空格处和fast并列,故选D项。
【答案】 D
16.
A.forget
B.settle
C.remove
D.
leave
【解析】 音乐让人们忘记他们的问题,而无法去除这些问题,所以不能用remove。
【答案】 A
17.
A.smiles
B.future
C.fun
D.sense
【解析】 音乐给人带来快乐。
【答案】 C
18.
A.And
B.However
C.Meanwhile
D.But
【解析】 这里表示转折。他的母亲却对此表示担心。用however,则一般用逗号隔开。
【答案】 D
19.
A.can
B.do
C.will
D.should
【解析】 这里用do表示强调。
【答案】 B
20.
A.causes
B.results
C.drives
D.leaves
【解析】 drive
sb.crazy是习惯搭配,意思是“使某人发疯,使某人狂热”。
【答案】 C
Ⅳ.阅读理解
His
talent
and
charm
(魅力)
have
made
him
the
No.
1
Chinese
classical
artist
in
the
world.He
played
in
the
grand
Beijing
Olympic
opening
ceremony
in
2008,
watched
by
a
TV
audience
of
5
billion.
Lang
Lang
is
the
first
Chinese
pianist
to
play
with
the
world's
top
orchestras,
making
his
debut
at
the
Carnegie
Hall
in
New
York
at
18,
while
still
a
student.
Lang
Lang's
charm
and
fondness
for
sharp
clothes
make
him
a
natural
fit
to
represent
(代表)
China's
new
international
image.According
to
the
British
newspaper
the
Times,
“The
Lang
Lang's
effect”
is
responsible
for
driving
36
million
Chinese
children
to
learn
the
piano.
Now
in
China
children
are
learning
Chopin
and
Western
orchestras
are
playing
sold out
tours
across
Chinese
cities.
But
can
China
introduce
its
own
music
to
the
west
Lang
is
trying.
His
cooperation
with
the
London
Symphony
Orchestras
this
month
includes
a
performance
of
Dragon
Songs,
an
album
of
traditional
Chinese
classics.
Behind
the
international
recognition,
however,
is
a
fascinating
story
of
a
gifted
child.
Lang
grew
up
with
his
father's
own
musical
ambition
and
high
expectations.
It
is
not
hard
to
imagine
how
boring
it
must
be
to
practice
the
piano
every
day.
Lang
said
that
he
once
hated
his
hands
and
the
piano.
He
injured
his
right
hand
six
years
ago
and
had
to
rest.
“That
was
the
best
month,”
he
says,
without
hesitation.
“I
had
a
date.
I
saw
a
Broadway
show
and
saw
Britney
Spears
in
concert.”
【语篇解读】 本文介绍了中国首席古典艺术家——郞朗。郞朗在父亲的期望下经过勤奋努力终于取得了世人瞩目的成就,成了首位和世界顶级乐团同台演出的中国人。英国时报报道“郞朗效应”是造成三千六百万中国儿童学习钢琴的原因。而如今郞朗正在尝试着把中国的音乐推出国门,走向世界。
1.Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
the
reason
why
Lang
Lang
is
the
No.
1
Chinese
classical
artist
in
the
world
A.He
has
as
many
as
5
billions
fans
in
China.
B.He
played
in
the
Beijing
Olympic
opening
ceremony
last
summer.
C.He
is
the
first
Chinese
pianist
to
play
with
the
world's
top
orchestras.
D.He
plays
the
piano
so
well
and
has
a
good
international
image.
【解析】 细节理解题。第一段第一句说郎朗是世界上一流的古典艺术家。他在北京奥运会开幕式上的表演吸引了5亿多的电视观众。这说明郎朗的出众表演是他有众多粉丝的原因,而不是因为他有众多的粉丝他才成为一流的艺术家。A项与题干中的描述明显颠倒了因果关系。
【答案】 A
2.The
underlined
word
“debut”
in
the
second
paragraph
probably
means______.
A.first
class
B.first
performance
C.first
plan
D.first
choice
【解析】 词义猜测题。根据第二段最后一句可知郎朗在Carnegie
Hall(卡内基音乐大厅)演奏时还是个学生,所以,可以判断他是第一次在这里登台演出。故选B。
【答案】 B
3.From
the
last
paragraph
we
can
infer________.
A.
Lang
didn't
like
his
father
when
he
was
little
B.he
was
happy
to
practice
the
piano
every
day
C.he
injured
his
right
hand
on
purpose
six
years
ago
D.his
father's
desire
and
expectations
played
an
important
role
in
his
childhood
【解析】 推理判断题。从最后一段我们可得知郎朗的父亲有很大的音乐抱负,也对他有很高的期望,所以这些对他的童年起着很重要的作用。
【答案】 D
4.What's
the
main
idea
of
the
last
paragraph
A.The
sad
story
of
Lang's
father.
B.Lang's
gift
from
his
father.
C.Lang's
special
childhood
life.
D.Lang's
date
with
his
girlfriend.
【解析】 主旨大意题。文章最后一段主要描述了郎朗童年时练习弹钢琴的艰苦经历。
【答案】 C单元尾核心要点回扣
Ⅰ.重点单词
1.________vi.比赛;竞争→________n.竞争;角逐→________n.竞争者
2.________vt.&vi.承认;容许;接纳→________n.承认;入场费;准入
3.________vt.&
vi.登广告;做广告→________n.广告
4.________adj.有责任心的→________n.责任;职责
5.________n.志愿者adj.志愿的;义务的vt.&vi.自愿→________adj.自愿的
6.________n.奴隶→________n.奴隶制度
7.________adj.规则的;定期的;常规的→________vt.管制→________n.规则;规章制度
8.________n.&vt.希望→________adj.没有希望的;绝望的
【答案】 1.compete;competition;competitor
2.admit;admission 3.advertise;advertisement
4.responsible;responsibility 5.volunteer;voluntary
6.slave;slavery 7.regular;regulate;regulation
8.hope;hopeless
Ⅱ.重点短语
1.stand
__________
代表;象征;支持;容忍stand
__________
袖手旁观
stand
__________
显眼;引人注目stand
__________
起立;站得住脚
2.pick__________
拾起;偶然学会;搭载
pick__________
挑出;辨认出
pick__________
挑剔
pick__________
摘下;取走
3.charge
sb.__________sth.
为某物向某人收取费用
charge
sb.__________sth.
控告某人某事
4.admit__________sth.
承认做过某事
admit
sb.__________...
接纳某人为……
admit
sb.__________...
准许进入
【答案】 1.for;by;out;up 2.up;out;on;off
3.for;with 4.doing/having
done;as;to/into
Ⅲ.重点句式
1.I
lived
in________________(你们叫作古希腊的地方)and
I
used
to
write
about
the
Olympic
Games
a
long
time
ago.
2.________________(是在夏季奥运会)you
have
the
running
races,together
with
swimming,sailing
and
all
the
team
sports.3.She
was
very
beautiful
and
could
______________(比任何男人跑得都快)in
Greece.
4.This
is
important
because
____________(越多)you
speak
English,____________(越好)your
English
will
become.
【答案】 1.what
you
call
“Ancient
Greece” 2.It's
in
the
Summer
Olympics
that 3.run
faster
than
any
man 4.the
more;the
better
Ⅳ.回顾话题
尽可能多地用本单元所学到的词汇和句式翻译下面的短文。
运动员要通过定期的比赛,得到认可才能被允许参加奥运会。他们为奖牌也为荣誉而战。现在,在赛场上经常见到许多志愿者。他们的责任是提供服务,这是值得表扬的。
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________【参考范文】
Only
when
athletes
have
taken
part
in
the
regular
competitions
and
got
recognition
can
they
be
admitted
into
the
Olympics.They
compete
for
glory
as
well
as
for
medals.Nowadays
a
great
number
of
volunteers
can
be
seen
in
the
stadiums
and
gymnasiums,whose
responsibility
is
to
serve
and
it
deserves
to
be
praised.
单元综合测评
Ⅰ.阅读理解(共15小题;每小题2分,满分30分)
A
Every
person
has
their
own
way
of
saying
things,
their
own
special
expressions.Many
everyday
American
expressions
are
based
on
colours.
Red
is
a
hot
colour.
Americans
often
use
it
to
express
heat.They
may
say
they
are
red
hot
about
something
unfair.
When
they
are
red
hot
they
are
very
angry
about
something.
The
small
hot
tasting
peppers
found
in
many
Mexican
foods
are
called
red
hots
for
their
colour
and
their
fiery
taste.
Fast
loud
music
is
popular
with
many
people.
They
may
say
the
music
is
popular
with
many
people.
They
may
say
the
music
is
red
hot,especially
the
kind
called
Dixieland
jazz.
Pink
is
a
lighter
kind
of
red.
People
sometimes
say
they're
in
the
pink
when
they're
in
good
health.
The
expression
was
first
used
in
America
at
the
beginning
of
the
20th
century.It
probably
came
from
many
babies
who
were
born
with
a
nice
pink
colour
showing
good
health.
Blue
is
a
cool
colour.
The
traditional
blues
music
in
the
United
States
is
the
opposite
of
red
hot
music.
Blues
is
slow,
sad
and
soulful.
Duke
Ellington
and
his
orchestra
recorded
a
famous
song—Mood
Indigo—about
the
deep
blue
colour,
indigo.
In
the
words
of
the
song:“You
aren't
blue
till
you've
had
that
Mood
Indigo.”
Someone
who
is
blue
is
very
sad.
The
colour
green
is
natural
for
trees
and
grass.
But
it
is
an
unnatural
colour
for
humans.
A
person
who
has
a
sick
feeling
in
his
stomach
may
say
he
feels
a
little
green.
A
passenger
on
a
boat
who
is
feeling
very
sick
from
high
waves
may
look
very
green.
Sometimes
a
person
may
be
upset
because
he
does
not
have
something
as
nice
as
his
friend's,
like
a
fast
new
car.
That
person
may
say
he
is
green
with
envy.
Some
people
are
green
with
envy
because
a
friend
has
more
dollars
of
greenbacks.Dollars
are
called
greenbacks
because
that
is
the
colour
of
the
back
side
of
the
paper
money.
The
colour
black
is
often
used
in
expressions.
People
describe
a
day
in
which
everything
goes
wrong
as
a
black
day.The
date
of
a
major
tragedy
is
remembered
as
a
black
day.
A
blacklist
is
illegal
now.
But
at
one
time,
some
businesses
refused
to
employ
people
who
were
on
a
blacklist
for
belonging
to
unpopular
organizations.
【语篇解读】 文章主要介绍了和颜色有关的习语。
1.If
you
had
your
wallet
stolen
while
doing
some
shopping,you
may
call
it________.
A.a
white
day
B.a
black
day
C.a
red
day
D.a
green
day
【解析】 细节理解题。最后一段说,人们把什么都不对劲的那一天称为“黑色的一天”,买东西的时候钱包被人偷了,够倒霉的,可谓“黑色的一天”。
【答案】 B
2.Suppose
Mr.Brown
says
he
is
very
happy
because
his
three
children
are
all
in
the
pink.This
means
all
his
children
are________.
A.lucky
and
wealthy
B.gentle
and
modest
C.fit
and
healthy
D.creative
and
energetic
【解析】 推理判断题。从文章第三段对“粉色”的描述可推知Mr.Brown说他的三个孩子都呈粉色,意味着他的孩子都很健康。
【答案】 C
3.When
she
got
home
and
found
nothing
had
been
done
by
her
husband,
Jane
was
really________.
A.red
hot
B.green
C.blue
D.black
【解析】 细节理解题。回到家里,发现丈夫什么事情都没有做,妻子当然十分生气了。
【答案】 A
4.In
the
following
paragraph,
the
writer
might
tell
the
reader
something
about________.
A.unpopular
organizations
in
the
world
B.people's
response
towards
a
black
day
C.the
influence
of
the
traditional
blues
D.more
words
about
a
colour,
such
as
brown
【解析】 推理判断题。文章开头说,美国的很多日常表达都与颜色有关,然后介绍了与red,pink,blue,green,black这些颜色相关的习语,那么下文应该是继续介绍与其他颜色相关的习语。
【答案】 D
B
When
I
was
about
twelve,
I
headed
to
a
restaurant
for
dinner
with
my
family.
It
was
a
windy
winter
night.
As
my
mom
and
I
headed
towards
the
restaurant
from
our
car,
a
girl
about
my
age
and
her
mother
came
up
to
us.
They
asked
if
we
had
any
spare
dollars.
My
mom
immediately
asked
where
they
kept
their
things.
They
pointed
to
an
old
car
in
the
parking
across
the
street.
The
girl
said
there
were
six
of
them
living
in
that
car,
the
same
size
as
my
own
family.
My
mom
said
she
had
something
to
do
after
handing
the
people
a
few
dollars.
She
sent
me
inside
the
restaurant
with
my
dad
and
my
three
siblings
(兄弟姐妹).But
she
didn't
come.
Later,
I
found
out
she
had
gone
home
and
emptied
our
cupboards
into
a
few
bags.
Then,
she
brought
that
food
over
to
the
car
and
handed
the
bags
to
the
family.
I
wasn't
there
when
that
part
happened,
but
I
can
imagine
the
joy
it
brought
to
their
faces.
A
few
days
later,
when
I
actually
found
out
about
what
she
had
done,
I
asked
her
why
she
helped
those
people.
She
told
me
that
they
were
not
lucky.
I
remember
the
face
of
that
girl
who
had
asked
us
for
dollars;
she
was
the
same
age
as
me,
yet
our
lives
were
so
different.
Here
I
stood,
dressed
in
almost
new
clothes,
headed
to
a
restaurant
and
then
back
home
to
the
bedroom
I
shared
with
my
younger
sister.
I
remember
thinking
that
the
girl
didn't
have
any
food
to
eat
and
that
she
was
heading
back
to
a
cold
car
shared
with
five
other
people.
After
painting
this
picture
in
my
mind,
I
understood
my
mom.
I
will
never
forget
what
she
did
that
night.
And
that
night
I
also
learned
one
of
the
best
lessons
she
taught.
【语篇解读】 本文讲述了作者的妈妈热心帮助别人的故事。通过讲述妈妈的行为,作者告诉我们要善待生活不如自己的人,要做一个有爱心的乐于助人的人。
5.We
learn
from
the
passage
that
the
girl
about
the
writer's
age
________.
A.lived
a
hard
life
B.had
her
own
bedroom
C.received
a
good
education
D.made
friends
with
the
writer
【解析】 推理判断题。根据第一段第三、四句“As
my
mom
and
I
headed
towards
the
restaurant
from
our
car,
a
girl
about
my
age
and
her
mother
came
up
to
us.
They
asked
if
we
had
any
spare
dollars.”以及倒数两句“They
pointed
to
an
old
car
in
the
parking
across
the
street.
The
girl
said
there
were
six
of
them
living
in
that
car,
the
same
size
as
my
own
family.”可以推断,与作者年龄差不多的这个女孩的生活很困难,缺钱并住在旧汽车里。故选A。
【答案】 A
6.Which
of
the
following
is
the
right
order
of
the
story
a.My
mom
gave
the
girl
a
few
dollars.
b.My
family
was
on
the
way
to
a
restaurant.
c.My
mom
went
home
and
brought
some
food.
d.We
met
with
a
girl
and
her
mother
asking
for
dollars.
A.b
d
a
c
B.b
a
c
d
C.d
a
c
b
D.d
c
b
a
【解析】 细节理解题。通读文章前三段可知,故事是从作者一家人去饭店吃饭开始的,因此b是故事的开始,故事结束是妈妈回家拿了许多食物去了女孩住的汽车,因此c是故事的结束。故选A。
【答案】 A
7.Which
of
the
following
words
can
best
describe
the
writer's
mother
A.Patient.
B.Strict.
C.Proud.
D.Kind.
【解析】 推理判断题。根据第二、三段可知,妈妈在给了她们一些钱后,又回家拿了几大袋食物送给她们。因此推断妈妈是富有同情心的。
【答案】 D
8.It
can
be
inferred
from
the
passage
that
the
writer
will
________.
A.visit
the
girl
in
the
near
futureB.learn
from
her
mother
C.save
as
much
money
as
possible
D.deal
with
the
world's
food
problem
【解析】 推理判断题。根据最后一段最后两句“I
will
never
forget
what
she
did
that
night.
And
that
night
I
also
learned
one
of
the
best
lessons
she
taught.”可知,作者从这件事中学到了很多,永远不会忘记妈妈助人为乐的事情,因此推断作者将会向妈妈学习,要善待他人,做一个有爱心的人。故选B。
【答案】 B
C
The
Winter
Olympics
is
also
called
the
White
Olympics.
At
this
time,
many
colorful
stamps
are
published
to
mark
the
great
Games.
The
first
stamps
marking
the
opening
came
out
on
January
25,1932
in
the
United
States
for
the
3rd
White
Olympics.
From
then
on,
publishing
stamps
during
the
White
Olympics
became
a
rule.
During
the
4th
Winter
Olympic
Games
a
group
of
stamps
were
published
in
Germany
in
November
1936.The
five
rings
of
Olympics
were
drawn
on
the
front
of
the
sportswear.
It
was
the
first
time
that
the
rings
appeared
on
the
stamps
of
the
White
Olympics.
In
the
1950s,
the
stamps
of
this
kind
became
more
colorful.
When
the
White
Olympics
came,
the
host
countries
as
well
as
the
non host
countries
published
stamps
to
mark
those
Games.
China
also
published
four
stamps
in
February
1980,
when
the
Chinese
sportsmen
began
to
take
part
in
the
White
Olympics.
Japan
is
an
Asian
country
that
has
ever
held
the
White
Olympics.
Altogether
14,500
million
stamps
were
sold
to
raise
money
for
this
sports
meet.
Different
kinds
of
sports
were
drawn
on
these
small
stamps.
People
can
enjoy
the
beauty
of
the
wonderful
movements
of
some
sportsmen.
【语篇解读】 本文主要介绍了冬季奥运会时发行的一些邮票的情况。
9.The
world
made
it
a
rule
to
publish
stamps
to
mark
the
great
world
Games________.
A.after
the
year
1936
B.after
the
3rd
White
Olympics
C.before
the
3rd
White
Olympics
D.before
the
year
1932
【解析】 细节理解题。由第一段的最后两句话可知选B。
【答案】 B
10.The
Winter
Olympics
is
held
once________.
A.every
two
years
B.every
three
yearsC.every
four
years
D.every
five
years
【解析】 细节理解题。因为1932年为3rd,1936年为4th,故应为每四年一次。所以选C。
【答案】 C
11.Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
A.
Only
the
host
countries
can
publish
stamps
to
mark
those
Games.
B.Only
the
non host
countries
can
publish
stamps
to
mark
those
Games.
C.All
the
countries
can
publish
stamps
to
mark
those
Games.
D.Japan
can't
publish
stamps
to
mark
those
Games.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第三段的“the
host
countries
as
well
as
the
non host
countries
published
stamps
to
mark
those
Games”可知为正确答案。
【答案】 C
12.What
may
appear
on
the
stamps
of
the
Winter
Olympics
A.Basketball.
B.Table
tennis.
C.Football.
D.Skating.
【解析】 推理判断题。只有D选项才是在冬季奥运会中举行的。
【答案】 D
D
At
the
age
of
16,
Clara
Barton
was
advised
to
become
a
teacher
since
she
was
quite
shy.
She
taught
in
Massachusetts
for
ten
years,and
was
invited
to
Bordentown,
New
Jersey
to
teach
in
a
school.
She
saw
that
these
communities
needed
complimentary
education
for
their
citizens,
and
she
took
action
by
creating
a
free
school,
one
of
the
first
in
her
state.But
later,
officials
named
a
male
as
the
head
teacher
instead
of
her.
Disappointed,
she
left
her
job
and
moved
to
Washington
D.
C.,
becoming
the
first
woman
employed
by
the
US
Patent
Office.
Clara
Barton
was
forever
changed
by
her
experience
with
the
army
in
the
Civil
War.
She
saw
doctors
use
leaves
when
dealing
with
injuries
since
they
had
nothing
else.
The
medical
supplies
were
well
behind
the
army,who
were
moving
faster
than
their
medical
supply
lines.She
brought
in
a
truck
of
medical
supplies
that
she
collected
personally
some
years
ago.
Miss
Barton
continued
to
work
on
the
battlefields
throughout
the
war.
She
helped
in
the
recognition
of
13,000
dead
Union
soldiers.This
non stop
work
made
her
fully
exhausted.Following
the
advice
of
her
doctor,
she
traveled
to
Europe
where
she
recovered
energy
and
enriched
herself.
While
in
Europe,
and
still
in
poor
health,
Miss
Barton
was
moved
by
the
hardship
on
people
caused
by
the
France Prussia
war.
She
helped
in
their
relief
effort,which
encouraged
her
to
create
the
Red
Cross,
which
served
the
whole
army
and
common
people
under
a
neutral
flag.
Clara
Barton
returned
to
America
and
then
began
the
establishment
(建立)of
the
American
Red
Cross.The
US
government
did
not
think
there
would
ever
be
another
war
after
the
Civil
War.
But
she
made
them
believe
that
the
Red
Cross
would
be
valuable
to
serve
in
times
of
natural
disasters
as
well.
This
was
her
lasting
legacy(遗产),
an
agency
that
still
provides
aid
to
all
people
today.
【语篇解读】 本文介绍了红十字会的创始人Clara
Barton的生平以及创办红十字会的过程。
13.What
does
the
underlined
word
“complimentary”mean
in
the
first
paragraph
A.Public.
B.Personal.
C.Free.
D.Modern.
【解析】 词义猜测题。根据第一段中的“and
she
took
action
by
creating
a
free
school,one
of
the
first
in
her
state”可知是需要免费的教育,故选C项。
【答案】 C
14.The
US
government
agreed
to
establish
the
Red
Cross
because
Clara
Barton________.
A.gave
a
lot
of
her
legacy
B.said
there
might
be
wars
in
the
future
C.explained
it
would
help
people
in
peacetime
as
well
D.believed
it
could
save
people
from
the
France Prussia
war
【解析】 细节理解题。根据最后一段中的“But
she
made
them
believe
that
the
Red
Cross
would
be
valuable
to
serve
in
times
of
natural
disasters
as
well.”可知答案。
【答案】 C
15.What
does
this
passage
mainly
talk
about
A.The
history
of
American
Civil
War.
B.A
general
introduction
to
Clara
Barton.
C.Clara
Barton's
contributions
to
the
US.
D.The
Establishment
of
the
American
Red
Cross.
【解析】 主旨大意题。纵观全文可知,本文主要介绍了红十字会的创始人Clara
Barton的简历。故选B项。
【答案】 B
Ⅱ.阅读填句(共5小题;每小题2分,满分10分)
Playing
sports
is
a
lot
of
fun.
Getting
hurt
is
not.__16__
Wear
protective
equipment.
The
equipment
you
wear
depends
on
the
sport
you
play.Helmets(头盔)
are
the
most
common
protective
equipment.They
protect
your
head
while
you're
playing
football,
baseball,softball,biking,skateboarding,and
so
on.
Warm
up.
__17__
Doing
some
stretching(伸展)
can
get
you
prepared
to
hit
the
field.
By
warming
up,
you
get
yourself
ready
to
play.
Warming
up
your
muscles
and
practicing
a
sport
help
keep
you
safe,
too.
Know
the
rules
of
the
games.
Traffic
lights
help
prevent
crashes
between
the
many
cars
that
drive
on
the
roads
together.
This
works
because
drivers
know
the
rules
and
follow
them—at
least
most
of
the
time.__18__When
players
know
the
rules
of
the
game,
fewer
injuries
happen.
For
example,
you
know
that
in
soccer
you
can't
come
from
behind,
crash
into
a
player's
legs,
and
steal
the
ball.
It's
legal—and
safer—to
go
after
the
ball
rather
than
the
player.
__19__
Some
rules
don't
have
anything
to
do
with
scoring
points.Some
rules
are
just
about
protecting
other
people.
For
example,a
diver
would
make
sure
that
the
pool
was
clear
before
diving
in.
Otherwise,
he
or
she
might
land
on
someone
else.
__20__
This
is
a
really
important
one.If
you
love
sports,
you
may
get
right
back
in
the
game,
even
after
an
injury.
But
playing
when
you're
hurt
is
a
bad
idea.
It
can
lead
to
an
even
worse
injury.A.Watch
out
for
others.
B.Don't
do
too
much
exercise.
C.It's
the
same
way
with
sports.
D.Don't
play
when
you're
injured.
E.It's
not
a
good
idea
to
just
go
to
the
field
and
start
playing.
F.You
and
the
other
players
know
what
to
expect
from
each
other.
G.Take
these
steps
to
prevent
injuries
so
you
can
stay
in
the
game.
【答案】 16-20 GECAD
Ⅲ.完形填空(共20小题;每小题1.5分,满分30分)
In
a
national
spelling
contest
in
America,
an
11 year old
girl
was
asked
to
spell
a
certain
word.
But
with
her
__21__
voice
the
judges
were
not
sure
whether
she
spelled
the
word
with
the
letter
A
or
E.
They
talked
it
over
and
__22__
decided
to
simply
ask
her
what
she
had
said.
By
now,
the
girl
knew
she
had
__23__
the
word.
Instead
of
lying,
she
told
the
truth
that
she
had
said
the
__24__
letter—so
she
lost
the
contest.
As
the
girl
walked
off
the
__25__,
the
entire
audience
stood,
clapping
to
applaud
her
__26__.
Later,
dozens
of
newspaper
reporters
wrote
about
this
11 year old
girl's
honesty,
even
when
it
__27__
her
the
contest.
But
the
fact
is
that
she
__28__
the
biggest
contest
that
day:the
contest
of
her
__29__.
Probably
the
biggest
test
of
our
character
and
honesty
is
what
we
would
do
if
we
knew
we
would
never
get
__30__.This
young
girl
could
easily
have
__31__
and
nobody
would
have
known
it
but
herself.
But
that's
just
it:She
would
know
she
was
wrong.
It's
been
said,
“If
you
__32__,
you
make
yourself
cheap.”
This
young
girl
was
strong
and
smart
enough
to
prize
her
own
__33__
and
character
more
than
the
prize
from
a
spelling
__34__.Her
respect
for
herself
was
more
important
than
any
__35__others
might
give
her
for
winning
a
contest.
She
knew
she
would
have
to
live
with
herself
and
the
__36__
she
made
in
that
moment
will
have
a
long lasting
influence.
It's
so
true
that
the
choices
you
make
today
__37__what
you
are
tomorrow.Our
children
will
__38__
our
behavior
much
more
than
our
advice.
So
if
we
want
them
to
__39__
to
be
honest,
we
must
show
them
the
way
by
being
honest
ourselves.
Remember,
our
kids
are
__40__what
we
do
and
how
we
live
even
when
we
don't
think
they
see
or
know.
【语篇解读】 在一次拼读大赛中,一个小女孩因为诚实输掉了比赛,但她的品质却赢得了大家的赞扬。
21.A.high
B.sweet
C.tough
D.soft
【解析】 根据下文评委听不清女孩的发音可判断,女孩说话的声音很轻柔,故选择soft。
【答案】 D
22.A.finally
B.kindly
C.secretly
D.totally
【解析】 根据“They
talked
it
over”可知,评委们评论了一番,最后决定问问女孩她刚才说的是什么字母。
【答案】 A
23.A.forgotten
B.mispronounced
C.misspelled
D.lost
【解析】 根据上文两次出现的动词spell可知,此处的意思是“拼错”。
【答案】 C
24.A.correct
B.wrong
C.different
D.same
【解析】 根据上文中的“Instead
of
lying”以及下文中的“so
she
lost
the
contest”可知,诚实的女孩向评委说明自己刚才拼的是错误的字母。
【答案】 B
25.A.stage
B.studio
C.test
D.classroom
【解析】 根据语境并结合常识可知,既然输掉了比赛,女孩只好走下台去。
【答案】 A
26.A.bravery
B.honesty
C.courage
D.cleverness
【解析】 被女孩的诚实所感动,全场观众站起来热烈鼓掌,女孩虽败犹荣。下文也出现了honesty一词。
【答案】 B
27.A.cancelled
B.cost
C.offered
D.wasted
【解析】 cost在此处意为“使丧失,使失去”,虽然女孩因为诚实输掉了比赛,但是很多记者纷纷报道这一事件,宣传女孩的事迹。
【答案】 B
28.A.achieved
B.broke
C.won
D.defeated
【解析】 根据句首的“But”一词以及下文内容可知,但事实上,女孩在那天赢得了最大的一次比赛。
【答案】 C
29.A.reputation
B.knowledge
C.life
D.character
【解析】 character在此处意为“品质”,女孩的诚实属于一种美好的品质。第三段第一句中character有提示。
【答案】 D
30.A.paid
B.awarded
C.caught
D.reported
【解析】 或许,对我们的品质和诚实的最大考验在于:如果我们知道自己的行为不会被发现我们会做些什么。get
caught“被捉到,被发现”。
【答案】 C
31.A.escaped
B.lied
C.changed
D.answered
【解析】 根据上文内容可知,小女孩本来可以说谎的,因为除了她自己没有人知道事情的真相。lie“撒谎”。
【答案】 B
32.A.accept
B.fight
C.cheat
D.insist
【解析】 根据下文“you
make
yourself
cheap”可知,如果你有欺诈行为,那么你自己就贬值了。
【答案】 C
33.A.conscience
B.feeling
C.diligence
D.modesty
【解析】 conscience意为“良心,良知”,小女孩更看重的是自己的良知和品质。
【答案】 A
34.A.contest
B.champion
C.judge
D.expert
【解析】 根据第一段第一句中的“a
national
spelling
contest”可知,答案为A“比赛,竞赛”。
【答案】 A
35.A.reason
B.process
C.respect
D.awareness
【解析】 该句是一个比较句型,根据主语Her
respect
for
herself可确定答案,小女孩对自己的尊重比别人因她比赛获胜而给她的尊重更为重要。
【答案】 C
36.A.plan
B.conclusion
C.discovery
D.choice
【解析】 根据上文内容可知,在诚实与撒谎之间,女孩需要进行选择。下文的choices是提示。
【答案】 D
37.A.make
B.change
C.keep
D.create
【解析】 你今天所作出的选择造就了明天的你,这是一个真理。make在此处意为“使成为”。
【答案】 A
38.A.give
B.take
C.follow
D.set
【解析】 俗话说得好,“身教胜于言传”,我们的孩子可能更容易效仿我们的行为,而不愿意听从我们的建议。follow效仿,接受……为榜样。
【答案】 C
39.A.grow
up
B.bring
up
C.take
up
D.come
up
【解析】 根据句首的“So”可知,此处承接上文,如果我们希望自己的孩子长大成为一个诚实的人,我们自己必须是一个诚实的人。
【答案】 A
40.A.recording
B.inspecting
C.correcting
D.watching
【解析】 根据下文出现的see一词可确定答案,即使在我们没有意识到的情况下,我们的孩子也在看着我们的一言一行。
【答案】 D
Ⅳ.语法填空(共10小题;每小题1.5分,满分15分)
The
way
we
cook
is
important.
In
many
countries,
the
two
choices
are
41.________(nature)
gas
or
electric powered
stoves.
The
World
Health
Organization
warns
that
millions
of
people
42.________(suffer)
from
indoor
air
pollution
at
present
time,which
results
from
the
use
of
43.________(danger)
fuels
and
cook stoves
in
the
home.
WHO
officials
say
nearly
three
billion
people
are
44.________(able)
to
use
clean
fuels
and
technologies
for
cooking,heating
and
lighting.
As
a
result,
more
than
seven
million
people
die
from
exposure
to
indoor
or
outdoor
air
pollution
each
year.
Most
of
the
deaths
are
in
45.________(develop)countries,
such
as
India,
China
and
Latin
American
countries.
WHO
officials
say
opening
a
window
or
door
46.________(let)
out
the
harmful
air
will
not
correct
the
situation.47.________will
only
pollute
the
outdoors.
Nigel
Bruce,48.________
is
a
professor
of
Public
Health
at
the
University
of
Liverpool,
says
researchers
are
developing
good
cook stoves
and
other
equipment
to
burn
fuels
49.________
a
more
efficient
way.
But,
this
is
just
a
start.
It
is
urging
developing
countries
to
use
50.________(clean)
fuels
and
increase
access
to
cleaner
and
more
modern
cooking
and
heating
appliances
(用具).
【语篇解读】 本文主要介绍了由于做饭造成的室内污染以及WHO给出的一些建议。
41.natural 考查形容词。通过下文的gas可知此处需要形容词以修饰名词gas,故填natural,构成短语natural
gas,意为天然气。
42.are
suffering 考查时态。通过下文的at
present
time可知,这件事情是正在发生的。故选用现在进行时,填are
suffering,意为正在遭受。
43.dangerous 考查形容词。通过下文的fuels可知此处需要形容词以修饰名词fuel,故填dangerous,意为危险的能源。
44.unable 考查形容词。根据上文的are可知此处需要填形容词,但是再根据句意:三十亿人无法使用干净的能源,故加上其否定前缀,填unable。
45.developing 考查形容词。根据下文所举例子可知,这些国家都是发展中国家,故填developing,构成短语developing
countries,意为发展中国家。
46.to
let 考查非谓语动词。本题考查非谓语动词担当目的状语的用法,上文的opening
a
window
or
door的目的是为了让有毒的空气流通出去,故选用不定式表示目的,填to
let。
47.It/That 考查代词。本句句意:……只会污染户外。通过上下文的理解可知,这里所指内容为上文提到的开窗或门。故填it或that指代这一行为,注意首字母大写。
48.who 考查定语从句的关系词。本句为非限制性定语从句,先行词为Nigel
Bruce,在从句中担当主语,故填who。
49.in 考查介词用法。本句考查固定短语in
a...way,意为以……方法。故填in,意为以一种更加有效率的方法。
50.cleaner 考查形容词比较级。increase
access
to
cleaner
and
more
modern
cooking
and
heating
appliances(用具)可知,这里是指更加干净的能源,增加使用更干净、更现代化厨具的机会。故填cleaner。
Ⅴ.短文改错(共10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
Tom
and
Dick
are
next
door
neighbor
who
both
work
in
same
office.
They
often
walk
together
to
and
from
work.
Once
they
were
walking
to
home
together
while
it
suddenly
started
to
rain.
Tom
quickly
opened
his
umbrella
and
said
proud,“My
wife
really
has
great
foresight.
She
said
this
morning
it
would
rain
and
tell
me
to
carry
my
umbrella.”Dick
smiled
and
walked
up
to
her
under
the
protection
of
the
umbrella.
He
says,“Mine
has
even
great
foresight.”He
added,“She
didn't
let
me
carry
one
as
she
knew
you'd
share
yours
to
me.”
【答案】
Tom
and
Dick
are
next
door
who
both
work
in
same
office.
They
often
walk
together
to
and
from
work.
Once
they
were
walking
to
home
together
it
suddenly
started
to
rain.
Tom
quickly
opened
his
umbrella
and
said
,“My
wife
really
has
great
foresight.
She
said
this
morning
it
would
rain
and
me
to
carry
my
umbrella.”
Dick
smiled
and
walked
up
to
under
the
protection
of
the
umbrella.
He
,“Mine
has
even
foresight.”
He
added,“She
didn't
let
me
carry
one
as
she
knew
you'd
share
yours
me.”
Ⅵ.书面表达(满分25分)
假定你是李华,你的美国网友Harry发邮件询问你最喜欢的运动。请你根据以下所给提示,向他介绍你最喜欢的运动——游泳。
1.何时开始喜欢上游泳;
2.现在练习游泳的情况;
3.你的理想。
注意:1.词数100左右;
2.信的开头和结尾已经给出,不计入总词数;
3.可以适当发挥,以使行文连贯。
Dear
Harry,
Nice
to
receive
your
e mail.I'd
like
to
tell
you
about
my
favourite
sport,swimming.____________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
Yours,
Li
Hua
【参考范文】
Dear_Harry,
Nice_to_receive_your_e mail._I'd_like_to_tell_you_about_my_favourite_sport,_swimming.
At
the
age
of
six,
I
began
to
learn
swimming
from
my
parents,
who
are
good
at
it.
Now
I
often
go
swimming
with
my
friends
in
my
spare
time.
Besides,
I
go
to
sports
school
every
weekend,
where
I
have
learned
many
swimming
skills.Swimming
does
good
to
my
health,
and
I
have
made
many
friends
as
well.
My
favourite
swimmer
is
Ye
Shiwen,
who
won
two
gold
medals
at
2012
London
Olympic
Games
at
the
age
of
16.
I
hope
I
can
swim
as
well
as
her
and
have
the
opportunity
to
take
part
in
the
Olympic
Games
in
the
future.
Yours,
Li_HuaUnit
1 Cultural
relics
中国的文化历史有多悠久?没有人能够准确回答这个问题,但是浙江的一些史前文化遗产能够证明中国的悠久历史。
How
long
is
the
Chinese
culture
Maybe
no
one
can
answer
the
question.
We
only
know
that
only
in
Zhejiang
Province
where
quite
a
lot
of
prehistoric
cultural
relics
have
been
discovered,
which
can
prove
long
history
of
China.
There
are
over
100
cultural
remains
of
the
Neolithic
Age
excavated
in
Zhejiang
Province.
Hemudu
culture
is
named
because
it
was
discovered
in
Hemudu,Yuyao
of
Zhejiang
for
the
first
time
in
1973.
According
to
C14
testing,
its
4th
cultural
layer
is
7,000
years
old
and
numerous
cultural
relics
unearthed
shocked
the
whole
world
then.Liangzhu
Culture
is
named
after
its
discovery
place,
Liangzhu,
Yuhang
of
Zhejiang
in
1936.This
culture
is
mostly
distributed
in
Taihu
Lake
area
about
5300—4000
years
ago
with
Liangzhu
as
its
political
and
cultural
center.
Liangzhu
Cultural
Remains
is
located
in
the
southeast
of
Hangzhou
Jiaxing Huzhou
Plain,with
large
quantities
of
exquisite
jade
objects
and
pottery
wares
unearthed.Liangzhu
Culture
is
especially
renowned
as
“a
culture
of
jade”
because
of
the
large
numbers
of
superbly made
jade
objects
in
various
styles
unearthed.
1.prehistoric
adj.
史前的
2.numerous
adj.
数不清的
3.distribute
vt.
分布
4.exquisite
adj.
精致的
5.superbly made
adj.
制作精美的
1.How
many
cultural
remains
of
the
Neolithic
Age
excavated
are
there
in
Zhejiang
Province
________________________________________________________________
2.Why
is
Liangzhu
Culture
renowned
as
“a
culture
of
jade”?
________________________________________________________________
【答案】 1.Over
100.
2.Because
large
numbers
of
superbly made
jade
objects
were
unearthed.
Section
Ⅰ Warming
Up
&
Reading-Preparing
根据提示写出下列单词
1.__________adj.
稀罕的;稀有的;珍贵的2.__________vi.
幸免;幸存;生还
3.__________vt.
使吃惊;惊讶
4.__________adj.
令人吃惊的
5.__________n.&
vt.
设计;构思
6.__________n.
群;组;军队
7.__________n.
接待;招待会;接收
8.__________adj.
木制的
9.__________adj.
以前的;从前的
10.__________v.
装饰;装修
【答案】 1.rare 2.survive 3.amaze 4.amazing
5.design 6.troop 7.reception 8.wooden
9.former 10.decorate
看单词 学构词
en是常见的后缀,接在某些名词后构成形容词,有“由……制成的”、“含有……质的”“似……的”等含义。常见的有:wooden木质的;leaden铅制的;woolen羊毛制的;golden金质的,似金的。
根据提示补全下列短语
1.in
search
__________
寻找2.belong__________
属于
3.__________
return
作为报答;回报
4.__________
war
处于交战状态
5.less
__________
少于
6.be
designed__________
为……而设计的
7.serve
__________
充当;担任
8.add...__________...
把……加到……上
【答案】 1.of 2.to 3.in 4.at 5.than 6.for 7.as 8.to
根据提示补全下列教材原句
1.Frederick
William
Ⅰ,the
King
of
Prussia,________________
that
his
greatest
gift
to
the
Russian
people
would
have
such
an
amazing
history.普鲁士国王威廉一世绝不可能想到他送给俄罗斯人民的厚礼会有这样一段令人惊讶的历史。
2.Later,Catherine
Ⅱ
________
the
Amber
Room
________
to
a
palace
outside
St
Petersburg
where
she
spent
her
summers.后来,叶卡捷琳娜二世派人把琥珀屋搬到圣彼得堡郊外她避暑的宫殿中。
3.In
1770
the
room
was
completed
________________.
1770年,这间琥珀屋按照她的要求完成了。
4.________________
the
boxes
were
then
put
on
a
train
for
K nigsberg,which
was
at
that
time
a
German
city
on
the
Baltic
Sea.
毫无疑问,这些箱子后来被装上火车运往哥尼斯堡,当时德国在波罗的海边的一个城市。
【答案】 1.could
never
have
imagined 2.had;moved 3.the
way
she
wanted 4.There
is
no
doubt
that
阅读P1-P2教材课文,选择最佳选项
1.From
the
passage
we
know
that
the
Amber
Room
was
________.
A.made
by
the
Russian
people
B.stolen
from
the
King
of
Prussia
C.bought
by
the
Russian
people
D.a
gift
from
Frederick
William
Ⅰ
2.The
Amber
Room
was
one
of
the
greatest
wonders
of
the
world,but
it
is
now
missing
because______.
A.most
precious
pieces
of
the
Amber
Room
could
be
taken
apart,packed
and
moved
away
B.the
Amber
Room
was
very
small
so
that
Ger man
soldiers
could
move
it
away
easily
C.it
was
destroyed
by
Peter
the
Great
D.there
was
a
mystery
in
it
3.The
new
Amber
Room
looks
much
like
the
old
one
because______.
A.the
Russians
and
Germans
are
good
at
building
the
Amber
Room
B.600
candles
light
the
room,and
its
mirrors
and
pictures
shine
like
gold
C.they
found
the
site
of
the
Amber
Room
D.it
was
rebuilt
with
the
help
of
the
old
photos
of
the
former
Amber
Room
4.In
1941,the
city
of
K nigsberg
belonged
to__________.
A.Germany
B.Russia
C.Sweden
D.France
5.Where
was
the
Amber
Room
when
it
was
stolen
A.In
St
Petersburg.
B.On
the
Baltic
Sea.
C.Outside
St
Petersburg.
D.In
K nigsberg.
【答案】 1-5 DADAC
阅读P1-P2课文,在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式
The
Amber
Room
was
designed
in
the
fancy
style
and
1.________(decorate)with
gold
and
jewels.It
took
the
best
artists
about
ten
years
2.________(make).It
was
first
made
by
Frederick
William
Ⅰ,who
used
it
3.________his
palace.In
1716,Frederick
William
Ⅰ
gave
it
to
Peter
the
Great,so
it
became
4.________
gift.
The
Amber
Room
became
part
of
the
Czar's
winter
palace,then
used
as
a
small
5.________(receive)hall.Later,Catherine
Ⅱ
added
6.________(many)
details
to
it,7.________(make)it
more
beautiful.However,in
1941,8.________
Russia
and
Germany
were
at
war,it
9.________(steal)by
Nazis
before
it
was
removed
to
other
places
and
ever
since
then,it
remained
a
mystery.
10.________(recent),the
Russians
and
the
Germans
have
built
a
new
one
by
studying
old
photos
of
the
former
Amber
Room.
【答案】 1.was
decorated 2.to
make 3.as 4.a
5.reception 6.more 7.making 8.when 9.was
stolen 10.RecentlySection
Ⅳ Grammar
&
Writing
现在完成时的被动语态
阅读下列句子并体会黑体部分的用法
1.Over
time
I
have
been
changed
quite
a
lot.
2.I
have
been
used
in
offices
and
homes
since
the
1970s.3.Over
time
my
memory
has
developed
so
much
that,like
an
elephant,I
never
forget
anything
I
have
been
told!
4.Since
the
1970s
many
new
applications
have
been
found
for
me.
一、现在完成时的被动语态的各种句式
肯定式
主语+have/has
been
done...
否定式
主语+have/has
not
been
done...
一般疑问式
Have/Has+主语+been
done...?
特殊疑问式
疑问词+have/has+主语+been
done...?
The
city
has
been
swept
through
by
heat
wave
recently.
最近炎热横扫了这座城市。
His
work
has
not
been
finished.
他的工作尚未完成。
Have
the
new
booking
systems
for
tickets
been
used
新的订票制度已在使用中了吗?
二、现在完成时的被动语态的用法
1.表示被动的动作在说话之前已经完成,强调过去的动作对现在造成的影响或产生的结果,通常与already,yet,never,recently等副词及时间状语so
far,by
now,up
till
now,since...,before...等连用。
The
doctor
hasn't
been
sent
for
yet.
还没有派人去请医生。(现在应派人去请医生)
2.表示一个被动的动作或状态开始于过去,持续到现在,并有可能持续下去,常与for或since引导的时间状语连用,或用于How
long...?句型中。
The
machine
has
been
repaired
for
two
hours.
这台机器已经修了两个小时了。(可能还会继续被修)
三、使用现在完成时的被动语态要注意以下几点
1.与一般过去时的被动语态的区别。一般过去时的被动语态所表示的动作或状态与现在的情况没有联系,而现在完成时的被动语态则强调与现在的情况有联系。
The
park
was
opened
to
the
public
last
year.
去年这家公园向公众开放。(说明动作发生于过去)
The
park
has
been
opened
to
the
public.
这家公园已向公众开放。(说明动作发生于过去,但对现在有影响,即现在公园已经开放了)
2.非延续性动词,如borrow,finish,begin,start,buy,marry,open,join等构成的现在完成时的被动语态不能与表示一段时间的状语连用。若要表达相应的意思,则要更换动词或时态。
The
work
was
finished
two
weeks
ago.
这项工作在两周前已经完成。
The
work
has
been
finished.
这项工作已经完成。
3.短语动词是一个不可分割的整体,在被动语态中要保持完整性,其中的介词或副词不可省略。
It
is
said
that
the
problem
has
been
looked
into.
据说已经调查了这个问题。
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1.The
experiment
________(do)
successfully.
2.Has
his
bike
________(repair)
3.Many
new
buildings
________(build)
since
1980.
4.This
book
________(translate)
into
many
languages.
5.Our
classroom
________(clean),you
needn't
clean
it
now.
6.These
flowers
________(water),you
can
go
home.
7.Not
a
book
in
the
library
________(take)
away.8.The
house
________(wash)
away
by
the
storm.
9.The
computer
________(repair)
for
two
days.
10.How
many
new
words
________(learn)
by
the
students
【答案】 1.has
been
done 2.been
repaired 3.have
been
built 4.has
been
translated 5.has
been
cleaned 6.have
been
watered 7.has
been
taken 8.has
been
washed 9.has
been
repaired 10.have
been
learned
Ⅱ.单句改错
1.A
personal
computer
has
bought
by
us.
________________________________________________________________2.The
computer
was
used
every
day
since
we
bought
it.
________________________________________________________________3.Tom's
novel
has
been
not
published.
________________________________________________________________
4.These
patients
have
been
taken
good
care
since
they
moved
to
the
hospital.
________________________________________________________________
5.Tom
and
Mary
married
for
two
years.
________________________________________________________________
【答案】 1.has后加been 2.was→has
been
3.把not移到has与been中间 4.care后加of
5.married→have
been
married
如何写想象类作文
1.概念:想象类作文就是作者根据已有的生活经验和知识,超越现实生活来勾画出从未见过或者不曾出现过的生活图景的文章。
2.内容安排:文章可以分为三段:首段,进行概述;中间部分,具体描写;结尾对文章进行总结。
3.语言特征:(1)措辞准确,正确运用时态和语态。
(2)尽量使用多种表达方式。
4.注意事项:
(1)想象要丰富合理。要让读者感到真实可信。
(2)精心组织,清楚表达。
1.It
can
help
us
in
many
ways.
2.It
would
be
of
great
help
for
you
if
you
own...
3.Sometimes
I
dream
about
life
in
the
future.
4.Maybe
in
the
future
we
can...
5.We
will
be
living
a...life
in
the
future.
6.I
believe
the
dream
will
come
true
someday.
7.In
my
opinion,the
dream
will
become
a
reality
one
day.
8.I
would
like
to
play...9.There
will
be
many...
10.It
will
be
very
comfortable
to
live...
2050年时,人们的运动场所会是什么样的?
请你根据下面的提示,以“Future
Stadiums
for
Common
People
in
2050”为题,写一篇100词左右的短文。
1.未来的运动场将建在地下,不占用地上空间,而且冬暖夏凉,非常适合运动;
2.运动设施非常齐全,每个人都可以找到自己感兴趣的运动项目;
3.专门安排机器人陪你运动,比如打乒乓球、羽毛球等,使运动不再枯燥乏味。
参考词汇:陪伴partner 羽毛球
badminton
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
体裁
说明文
话题
2050年运动场所
时态
一般将来时
人称
第三人称
Ⅰ.词汇
1.so_as_to
为了
2.keep_us_warm
使我们暖和
3.sports_equipment
运动器械
4.on_one's_own
独自5.save_space
节省空间
Ⅱ.句式
1.It
would
be
very
comfortable
to
exercise
in
an
underground
stadium.The
natural
condition
would
keep
us
warm
in
winter
and
cool
in
summer.(用as连接句子)
_It_would_be_very_comfortable_to_exercise_in_an_underground_stadium_as_the_natural_condition_would_keep_us_warm_in_winter_and_cool_in_summer.
2.There
will
be
so
many
different
kinds
of
sports
equipment
in
the
stadiums.Everyone
will
be
able
to
find
something
to
interest
them.(用so...that...改写句子)
There_will_be_so_many_different_kinds_of_sports_equipment_in_the_stadiums_that_everyone_will_be_able_to_find_something_to_interest_them.
3.The
sports
stadiums
of
the
future
will
have
robots.Robots
can
partner
us
in
games
such
as
table
tennis
and
badminton.(用定语从句改写句子)
The_sports_stadiums_of_the_future_will_have_robots_who_can_partner_us_in_games_such_as_table_tennis_and_badminton.
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
【参考范文】
Future
Stadiums
for
Common
People
in
2050
Can
you
imagine
what
sports
stadiums
in
2050
will
be
like?Maybe
they'll
be
built
underground
so
as
to
save
space
above
ground.It
would
be
very
comfortable
to
exercise
in
an
underground
stadium,as
the
natural
condition
would
keep
us
warm
in
winter
and
cool
in
summer.
Hopefully,there
will
be
so
many
different
kinds
of
sports
equipment
in
the
stadiums
that
everyone
will
be
able
to
find
something
to
interest
them.
I'd
like
to
think
that
the
sports
stadiums
of
the
future
will
have
robots
who
can
partner
us
in
games
such
as
table
tennis
and
badminton.That
way
we
can
play
team
games
even
when
we're
on
our
own.I
can
safely
say
that
sports
done
in
such
stadiums
will
be
much
more
entertaining.
学业分层测评
Ⅰ.完成句子
1.这是一张在我们家乡已经建起来的发电站的照片。
This
is
a
photo
of
the
power
station
that
________________
in
my
hometown.
2.多少工人已经被派去建铁路?
How
many
workers
________________
to
build
the
railway
3.这两本书没有被他拿走。
The
two
books
_________________by
him.
4.彩电的价格已经再次降下来了。
The
price
of
a
color
TV
set
________________
again.
5.自上周以来,没有人来买过书。
No
books
________________
since
last
week.
【答案】 1.has
been
set
up 2.have
been
sent 3.have
not
been
taken
away 4.has
been
brought
down 5.have
been
bought
Ⅱ.阅读理解
A
The
Gold
Coast
family
holidays
are
always
great
fun
whether
you
are
from
Australia
or
from
abroad.There
are
beautiful
beaches,adventure
parks,
nature
parks
and
so
much
more.
There
are
so
many
sights
to
see
here.
It
is
a
pity
to
drive
in
a
car
and
you'll
miss
a
great
part
of
it.
Australia
is
home
to
many
animals
and
birds
that
can
only
be
seen
when
moving
slowly
and
going
into
the
areas
that
they
live.
When
you
are
on
a
bicycle,you
have
the
advantage
of
being
able
to
stop
whenever
you
want
to
see
an
interesting
animal
or
bird
that
you
have
never
seen
before.It
is
a
quieter
mode
(方式)
of
transportation
as
well,
so
you
might
even
be
able
to
take
a
picture.
When
you
are
on
the
beach,
you
can
breathe
that
clean
air
and
view
the
beauty
of
the
water
and
sand.
It
is
a
totally
different
experience
from
either
simply
sunbathing
or
passing
it
in
a
car.
There
are
many
choices
of
hiring
a
bicycle
to
experience
the
Gold
Coast
attractions.There
are
stores
that
will
fit
a
bike
perfectly
to
your
size.
These
bikes
for
both
adults
and
children
are
in
many
styles
and
colors
to
please
any
taste.
If
you
have
ever
wanted
to
try
a
tandem
bike
(双人单车),now
is
your
chance,
because
they
have
those
too.A
bicycle
hire
on
Gold
Coast
is
something
that
everyone
should
try
at
least
once.
This
is
a
wonderful
chance
for
anyone
who
likes
to
cycle
and
it
is
also
a
cheap
way
to
travel
with
your
family.
【语篇解读】 文章主要介绍了澳大利亚黄金海岸的旅游景点,在那里,骑自行车游览是一大特色,得到了作者的大力推荐。
1.
You'd
better
not
drive
in
a
car
on
Gold
Coast
because________.
A.you
will
break
the
traffic
rules
B.you
will
cause
much
noise
C.you
can't
enjoy
the
beautiful
sights
well
D.you
can't
drive
into
some
parks
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段“There
are
so
many
sights
to
see
here.
It
is
a
pity
to
drive
in
a
car
and
you'll
miss
a
great
part
of
it.”可知,澳大利亚黄金海岸有许多景点,开车去的话,会错过许多的美景。故选C。
【答案】 C
2.The
following
advantages
of
hiring
bikes
are
mentioned
EXCEPT
that________.
A.you
can
take
photos
of
animals
B.it
is
a
cheap
way
of
traveling
C.you
can
get
a
clearer
sight
of
animals
D.it
is
a
good
way
to
do
sunbathing
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第三段“...being
able
to
stop
whenever
you
want
to
see
an
interesting
animal
or
bird...be
able
to
take
a
picture”可知,A、C正确;根据最后一段的“a
cheap
way
to
travel”可知,B正确;“It
is
a
totally
different
experience
from
either
simply
sunbathing
or
passing
it
in
a
car.”骑自行车游览和单纯的日光浴及开车是完全不一样的经历。D项把骑自行车等同于日光浴,是错误的,故选D。
【答案】 D
3.What
is
paragraph
4
mainly
about
A.How
to
hire
bikes
on
Gold
Coast.
B.What
kinds
of
bikes
there
are
in
stores
C.What
bikes
are
the
most
popular
D.Who
can
hire
bikes
on
Gold
Coast
【解析】 主旨大意题。根据第四段“There
are
many
choices
of
hiring
a
bicycle...These
bikes
for
both
adults
and
children
are
in
many
styles
and
colors...try
a
tandem
bike”可知,本段主要介绍的是自行车的类型,故选B。
【答案】 B
4.
What's
the
author's
attitude
towards
a
bike
hire
on
Gold
Coast
A.He
supports
it
very
much.
B.He
thinks
it's
a
personal
choice.
C.He
doesn't
like
this
way
of
traveling.
D.He
thinks
it's
only
good
for
adults.
【解析】 推理判断题。根据最后一段“everyone
should
try
at
least
once...a
wonderful
chance...”可知,作者极力推荐骑自行车游览,故选A。
【答案】 A
B
We
had
one
class
for
computers
when
I
was
in
school,
which
was
also
introduced
new
in
school
and
all
the
students
did
not
attend
it.
I
took
it
because
I
had
free
period
and
was
interested
in
taking
it.
In
those
days
we
could
not
imagine
that
computers
will
become
so
important
in
our
lives
otherwise
most
of
the
students
would
have
joined
the
computer
class.
Computers
are
beneficial
for
almost
anyone
and
the
present
generation
is
growing
in
an
atmosphere
(氛围)
where
you
need
the
computers
for
doing
almost
everything.
If
they
are
not
made
computer
literate
(精通)
they
will
lag
behind
in
all
the
activities.
Nowadays
almost
all
schools
have
some
kinds
of
computer
courses
for
the
students
so
that
they
learn
the
fundamentals
of
the
computer.
It
will
not
be
possible
to
do
it
if
they
don't
have
computer
classes.
Most
of
the
homes
have
personal
computers
now
and
most
children
are
already
aware
of
the
basics
before
they
join
school.
Computing
courses
are
also
good
for
adults
who
are
not
familiar
with
the
computer
as
most
of
the
jobs
which
are
available
today
have
the
use
of
computer
in
some
way
or
the
other.
Adults
who
have
not
used
the
computer
before
are
generally
quite
anxious,
but
an
easy
computing
course
will
be
able
to
change
the
way
they
think
in
a
few
weeks.
If
you
are
interested
you
can
join
a
computing
course
which
is
longer
and
teaches
you
more
than
the
basics,
but
you
may
have
to
spend
more
time
in
completing
the
course.
They
are
very
useful
courses
as
it
teaches
you
ways
to
use
the
fundamental
programs
which
are
typically
used
in
various
jobs.
It
is
also
possible
you
may
like
to
do
the
computing
course
for
enjoyment
as
some
of
the
classes
are
also
free.
There
are
courses
which
charge
a
fee
for
skills
like
graphic
design
and
photo
editing.
They
are
a
lot
of
fun
too
and
may
also
be
useful
when
you
do
a
job,
depending
on
the
kind
of
career,
someone
you
choose
or
have.
You
will
find
these
courses
in
the
colleges,
as
well
as
online,
if
you
already
are
familiar
with
the
use
of
computer.
【语篇解读】 这篇文章讲述了电脑在现在的生活中有着非常重要的作用,大多数的工作都需要电脑。你可以参加电脑课程学习来获得一些电脑技能。
5.Most
of
the
students
didn't
attend
the
computer
course
probably
because
________.
A.they
were
not
interested
in
computer
B.they
were
busy
with
their
homework
C.they
thought
computers
were
useless
D.they
didn't
have
computers
at
all
【解析】 细节理解题。根据文章第一段最后一句可知,很多学生不学习计算机,是因为他们认为计算机没有什么用处。
【答案】 C
6.
Which
of
the
following
is
the
main
idea
of
the
second
paragraph
A.
The
number
of
the
computers
is
larger
than
before.
B.The
computers
are
very
important
in
our
daily
life.
C.The
students
are
forced
to
learn
computer
at
school.
D.Everyone
has
a
personal
computer
at
home.
【解析】 段落大意题。本段从各个方面介绍了计算机的重要性,包括工作、学习和家庭生活等。B项的意思和段意相符。
【答案】 B
7.According
to
this
passage
most
of
the
jobs
can
be
done
by________.
A.attending
computing
courses
B.changing
the
way
people
think
C.learning
all
aspects
of
the
computer
D.using
the
computer
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第三段第一句可知,现在很多工作要通过计算机完成。
【答案】 D
8.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
according
to
the
last
paragraph
A.
It
costs
some
money
to
learn
skills
of
computer.
B.All
the
classes
for
enjoyment
are
free
online.
C.Photo
editing
is
always
useful
to
your
job.
D.It
is
difficult
to
look
for
the
computer
courses.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据最后一段第二句可知,学习相关的技术及技能需要花费一些钱,故A项正确。由最后一段第一句可知B项错误;由该段第三句可知C项错误;由该段最后一句可知D项错误。
【答案】 A
Ⅲ.语法填空
This
tradition
was
started
by
mom
several
years
ago.My
mom,
my
brother,
my
sister
and
I
all
went
to
the
cancer
treatment
center
with
some
flowers.Each
patient,
doctor,and
nurse
received
1.________flower
from
us.
“Why
do
you
send
us
flowers?”
they
would
ask
and
our
answer
was
that
“It's
just
because
you're
special.”2.________this
went
on,
we
often
sent
even
more
of
flowers.
One
day,
I
accidently
found
a
boy
was
making
3.________
(beauty)
cards
in
the
street,
with
the
words
“Just
Because
You're
Special”
on
them.Out
of
curiosity,
I
4.________
(chat)
with
the
boy
and
this
reminded
me
to
make
some
cards
to
send
together
5.________some
flowers.
Today,
after
our
mom
passed
away
from
cancer,
6.________
still
take
flowers
to
the
patients,doctors
and
nurses
with
our
own
“Just
Because
You're
Special”
card
7.________(tie)
to
them.
Even
though
the
cancer
treatment
has
moved
to
different
location,
we
still
pass
this
on.
One
patient
told
us
8.________(excited)
that
it
was
the
first
rose
that
he
9.________(receive)
over
ten
years
and
the
rose
made
his
life
10.________(energy)during
his
stay
in
hospital.We
plan
to
continue
to
do
this
and
I
will
encourage
more
people
to
do
this.Giving
a
flower
to
others
might
make
their
day
special.
【语篇解读】 本文主要叙述了作者一家在母亲的带领下坚持到癌症治疗中心送花的传统。
1.a 根据语境可知每个人一朵花。
2.As as表示“随着”。
3.beautiful 修饰名词cards,因此用形容词形式。
4.chatted 根据全文的时态可知用一般过去时。
5.with with表示“带有……”。
6.we 根据前面的our可知用we。
7.tied 此处作定语,和card之间是动宾关系,因此用过去分词形式。
8.excitedly 修饰动词told,因此用副词形式。
9.had
received 根据后面的over
ten
years
可知用完成时态,结合前面的was可知用过去完成时。
10.energetic 此处作life的补足语,energetic表示“精力充沛的”。
Ⅳ.短文改错
One
rainy
day
while
I
was
walking
home
with
one
of
my
friend,
a
truck
came
to
a
stop
besides
us.
The
driver
put
the
window
down
and
offered
us
a
umbrella
because
he
found
we
were
wet
through.
I
stood
there
and
couldn't
believe
in
that
a
complete
stranger
is
so
thoughtful.
The
man
insisted,
so
I
grateful
accepted
the
offer,
thanked
him
and
watched
the
truck
disappear
down
the
road.
This
man
might
need
the
umbrella
himself,and
he
preferred
to
give
it
to
everyone
else.
It
was
a
lesson
to
us
that
it
was
possible
give
without
expect
anything
in
return.
【答案】
One
rainy
day
while
I
was
walking
home
with
one
of
my
,
a
truck
came
to
a
stop
us.
The
driver
put
the
window
down
and
offered
us
umbrella
because
he
found
we
were
wet
through.
I
stood
there
and
couldn't
believe
in
that
a
complete
stranger
so
thoughtful.
The
man
insisted,
so
I
accepted
the
offer,
thanked
him
and
watched
the
truck
disappear
down
the
road.
This
man
might
need
the
umbrella
himself,
he
preferred
to
give
it
to
else.
It
was
a
lesson
to
us
that
it
was
possible
give
without
anything
in
return.单元尾
核心要点回扣
Ⅰ.重点单词
1.________vt.保护→________adj.保护的;防护的→________n.保护
2.________vi.回答;响应;做出反应→________n.回答;反应;回应
3.________n.仁慈;宽恕;怜悯→________adj.仁慈的;慈悲的;宽容的→________adj.残忍的
4.________vt.影响;感动,侵袭→________n.喜爱;感情→________n.影响
5.________vi.成功
vt.接替;继任→________n.成功→________adj.成功的
6.________vt.雇用;利用(时间、精力等)→________n.雇主→________n.雇员;雇工7.________n.&
vt.损害;危害→________adj.有害的→________adj.无害的
8.________n.(痛苦或忧虑的)减轻或解除;减轻痛苦的事物→________v.使减轻;缓解
9.________n.灰尘;尘土;尘埃→________adj.布满灰尘的
10.________adj.凶猛的;猛烈的→________adv.凶猛地
【答案】 1.protect;protective;protection
2.respond;response 3.mercy;merciful;merciless
4.affect;affection;effect 5.succeed;success;successful 6.employ;employer;employee
7.harm;harmful;harmless 8.relief;relieve
9.dust;dusty 10.fierce;fiercely
Ⅱ.重点短语
1.die
2.come
into
3.respond
________回应……;对……做出反应
in
response________响应;反应
4.show
mercy________怜悯某人
have
mercy________对……表示怜悯
________the
mercy
of任凭……摆布;在……支配中
________mercy残忍地
【答案】 1.of/from;away;out 2.being;effect;power 3.to;to 4.to;on;at;without
Ⅲ.重点句式
1.“Please
take
me
to
a
distant
land
________
(在那里)I
can
find
the
animal
that
gave
fur
to
make
this
sweater.”
2.
It
shows
the
importance
of
wildlife
protection,
but
I'd
like
to
help
__________________(按照野生生物基金会的建议).
3.
After
a
while
she
saw
some
zebra
__________________________________
(它们身上有一直延伸到腹部的黑白相间的条纹).
4.
They
lived
on
the
earth
tens
of
millions
of
years
ago,
________(早得多)
humans
came
into
being
and
their
future
seemed
secure
at
that
time.
【答案】 1.where 2.as
the
WWF
suggests
3.with
black
and
white
lines
going
beneath
their
stomachs 4.long
before
Ⅳ.回顾话题
尽可能多地用本单元所学到的词汇和句式翻译下面的短文。
尊敬的市长,如果您能帮我们保护我们的土地不因城市的扩张而减少,我将非常感激。我们的生活受到了很大影响。我希望您能尽早做出回应,这样,我们就能成功保住我们富饶的土地了。
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
【参考范文】
Dear
Mayor,
I
would
appreciate
it
if
you
could
pay
attention
to
the
protection
of
our
land
from
being
lost
because
of
the
expanding
of
the
city.Our
life
is
really
affected.I
hope
you
can
respond
quickly,so
that
we'll
succeed
in
getting
back
our
fertile
land.
单元综合测评
Ⅰ.阅读理解(共15小题;每小题2分,满分30分)
A
An
incredible
dog
has
mastered
more
than
just
the
doggy
paddle
(狗刨式游泳)—the
golden
brown
pet
helps
disabled
children
learn
how
to
surf.
Ricochet's
owner
Judy
Fridono
said,
“I
was
working
with
her
at
balance
and
coordination.
Her
balance
is
so
good
that
she
can
help
to
stabilize
the
board
for
the
kids.
And
it
makes
them
feel
good
to
know
that
Ricochet
is
there
with
them,
keeping
them
company.
”
Since
becoming
an
expert,
two year old
Ricochet
helps
the
disabled
children
build
up
the
confidence
to
get
on
the
board
themselves.
Dressed
in
a
yellow
jacket,
Ricochet
helps
to
counter balance
the
board
and
acts
as
a
reassuring
presence.
Ms.
Fridono
knows
what
an
impact
her
beloved
dog
can
have.
She
herself
was
severely
disabled
since
her
teens.
Having
Ricochet
around
lifts
her
spirits,
and
inspires
her
to
conquer
her
pain
to
get
on
the
board.
“Ricochet
has
taught
me
to
focus
on
what
I
can
do,
rather
than
what
I
can't,”
she
said.
One
of
those
who
have
benefited
from
Ricochet's
skills
is
six year old
Ian
McFarland.
In
2008
a
car
crash
left
him
with
brain
damage.
Although
he
had
loved
surfing
before
the
accident,
he
was
too
nervous
to
go
back
into
the
water.
His
fear
turned
to
excitement,
when
he
was
told
he
could
try
a
tandem
(双人)
surf
session
with
Ricochet.
Their
session
was
a
success
and
by
the
end
of
it,
Ian
was
smiling
from
ear
to
ear.
As
well
as
providing
treatments,
Ricochet
also
raised
£5,000
to
help
continue
Ian's
recovery.
Over
the
last
10
months,
Ricochet's
excellent
performances
on
the
sea
have
raised
more
than
£30,000
for
a
number
of
charity
causes
(慈善事业).
【语篇解读】 本文介绍了一只会帮助残障孩子冲浪的小狗。
1.
According
to
the
passage,
Ricochet
is
________.
A.a
doctor
B.a
dog
C.a
dog
owner
D.a
disabled
boy
【解析】 细节理解题。综合分析全文可知Ricochet是一只会冲浪的狗。
【答案】 B
2.
What
role
does
Ricochet
play
according
to
the
passage
A.She
acts
as
a
pet
to
please
its
owner.
B.She
encourages
children
to
love
animals.
C.She
helps
the
disabled
children
learn
to
surf.
D.She
works
as
a
guide
dog
for
the
blind.
【解析】 细节理解题。从第一段可知,Ricochet会帮助残障的孩子们学习冲浪。
【答案】 C
3.
Ian
McFarland
considers
Ricochet's
work
to
be
________.
A.challenging
B.doubtful
C.attractive
D.satisfying【解析】 推理判断题。从第四段可知,Ricochet成功地使Ian
McFarland敢于再次下海冲浪,对此他很满意。
【答案】 D
4.What's
the
message
conveyed
in
the
passage
A.Dogs
are
good
friends
of
human
beings.
B.People
should
try
to
protect
animals.
C.There
are
many
ways
to
improve
our
health.
D.The
disabled
shouldn't
be
looked
down
upon.
【解析】 推理判断题。综合分析文章可知答案。
【答案】 A
B
Researchers
recently
made
a
survey
about
how
people
know
trees
in
the
UK.They
showed
them
pictures
of
ten
of
Britain's
most
popular
types
of
trees.They
asked
them
to
name
each.
Many
British
people
cannot
give
the
right
answers.
One
in
twenty
people
questioned
could
not
name
any
of
the
Britain's
common_trees.
Horse
chestnut
and
oak
are
very
common
in
Britain.
Britons
can
see
them
everywhere
from
parks
and
gardens
to
the
countryside
and
forests.
But
5%
of
Britons
could
not
name
the
two
types
of
trees.
While
older
people
are
more
likely
than
younger
adults
to
name
Britain's
local
trees,
the
knowledge
is
not
being
passed
down.
Over
70%
parents
say
they
have
never
taught
their
children
the
names
of
trees
or
asked
them
about
what
they
may
have
learnt
at
school
or
elsewhere.
“It
is
very
disappointing
to
learn
that
people
know
very
little
about
British
trees,”
said
one
of
the
researchers.
【语篇解读】 这是一份调查报告。研究者们经过调查发现很多英国人不认识自己国家常见的树木,尽管年长的人认识的树木比年轻人多,但是这些知识却很少传承下去。
5.What
does
this
passage
mainly
talk
about
A.Many
Britons
cannot
name
trees.
B.A
scientific
survey.
C.Parents
should
teach
their
children.
D.People
know
very
little
about
Britain.
【解析】 主旨大意题。根据文章的第一段和最后一段可知,全文主要讲述了很多英国人不认识自己国家的常见树木的事情。
【答案】 A
6.
How
many
people
could
not
name
any
of
the
common
trees
if
200
people
were
surveyed
A.140.
B.20.
C.100.
D.10.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段第一句话One
in
twenty
people
questioned
could
not
name
any
of
the
Britain's
common
trees.可知,1/20的被调查的人说不出任意一种英国常见树木的名字,由此可知,如果被调查的人数是200,那么200×1/20=10。
【答案】 D
7.
We
can
know
from
the
passage
that
________.
A.the
ten
types
of
Britain's
most
popular
trees
can
only
be
seen
in
the
countryside
B.horse
chestnut
and
oak
are
two
kinds
of
animals
seen
everywhere
in
Britain
C.older
people
in
Britain
may
know
more
about
the
local
trees
than
the
younger
ones
D.70%
of
the
people
questioned
cannot
name
the
ten
types
of
Britain's
most
popular
trees
【解析】 推理判断题。根据第三段可知,尽管年长的人比年轻一些的更有可能认识英国本地的树木,但是这方面的知识并没有传承下去,故C项表述正确。根据第二段可知A、B两项表述错误,而D项中的数字并不是不认识十种最常见树木的人所占的比例。
【答案】 C
8.
This
passage
may
be
taken
from________.
A.a
newspaper
B.a
dictionary
C.a
scientific
report
D.a
textbook
【解析】 推理判断题。这篇文章是有关社会调查
的,可能会出现在报纸上。
【答案】 A
C
Many
people
like
traveling,
but
they
cannot
take
their
dogs
wherever
they
go.
Some
people
let
their
dogs
stay
alone
at
home
while
others
ask
someone
else
to
take
care
of
their
pets.
If
you're
leaving
your
beloved
pet
at
home
for
a
holiday,
it
can
turn
into
a
bad
experience.
Luckily,
you
don't
have
to
worry
about
your
dogs
any
more
because
Rover
can
cover
for
you
while
you
are
on
leave.
Rover
is
the
latest
service
to
offer
at home
dog
boarding.
It's
a
good
alternative
(替代物)to
boarding
your
dog
at
a
dog
boarding
kennel(狗舍)or
your
neighbor's
house.
The
way
Rover
works
is
sort
of
like
Airbnb.Dog
owners
browse
the
“search”
section
of
the
site
or
app
for
pet
sitters,
which
can
be
organized
by
zip
code
and
available
dates.
Information
of
pet
sitters
is
provided,
complete
with
many
reviews,
specific
services
and
rates.
Now
Rover
has
over
25,000
pet
sitters
in
more
than
5,000
US
cities.
And
they're
all
experienced
pet
sitters.
After
finding
someone
that
meets
your
needs,
just
send
messages
to
the
pet
sitter
to
arrange
a
meeting.
Then,
like
Rover
says,
all
that
is
left
to
do
is
relax!
Rover's
pet
sitters
are
encouraged
to
send
text
and
picture
information
throughout
the
day,
and
if
there's
a
medical
emergency,
the
site
will
send
a
vet.
Besides,
don't
worry
about
a
pet
sitter
who
falls
through,
because
someone
else
will
soon
take
his
or
her
place.
Happy
doggie,
happy
travels—that
sounds
good
to
us.
To
learn
more
about
Rover,
click
here.
【语篇解读】 Rover给人们提供宠物狗照管服务,让人们可以放心地去旅游。
9.What
kind
of
service
does
Rover
mainly
provide
A.Telling
people
where
to
travel
to.
B.Providing
information
about
dogs.
C.Helping
parents
look
after
their
kids.
D.Helping
people
take
care
of
their
dogs.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第一段的Rover
is
the
latest
service
to
offer
at home
dog
boarding.可知,Rover主要给人们提供宠物狗照管服务。
【答案】 D
10.According
to
Paragraph
2,
we
can
know
about
a
pet
sitter
through________
.
A.sending
emails
B.making
phone
calls
C.asking
other
dog
owners
D.looking
at
information
on
Rover
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段的Information
of
pet
sitters
is
provided,
complete
with
many
reviews,
specific
services
and
rates.可知,可以在这个网站上看到负责照看狗的这个人的信息。
【答案】 D
11.What
is
a
Rover
pet
sitter
encouraged
to
do
A.Walk
the
dog
every
day.
B.Learn
some
first
aid
skills.
C.Call
the
pet
owner
anytime.
D.Provide
the
latest
information
about
the
dog.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第三段的Rover's
pet
sitters
are
encouraged
to
send
text
and
picture
information
throughout
the
day可知,负责照看狗的这个人被鼓励及时提供有关狗的信息。
【答案】 D
12.The
passage
is
written
to
________
.
A.advertise
a
website
B.advertise
a
service
C.encourage
people
to
travel
D.introduce
some
pet
sitters
【解析】 写作意图题。根据文章内容可知,作者主要在为一项宠物狗照管服务做广告。
【答案】 B
D
Shopping
online
in
search
of
a
bargain(便宜货)can
often
leave
you
feeling
disappointed
or
out
of
pocket
rather
than
satisfied.
You
can
avoid
this
by
following
our
simple
advice:
PRODUCT—Before
you
look
for
the
cheapest
price
you
need
to
decide
what
product
you
actually
want.
You
can
do
this
by
researching
online,
the
easiest
way
is
to
Google
for
different
products
so
that
you
can
decide
on
what
would
be
best
for
you.
SEARCH
&
COMPARE—You
are
now
ready
to
use
a
comparison
website
to
try
and
find
out
the
best
prices.You
should
never
just
use
one
comparison
website,
using
two
or
more
will
give
you
a
balanced
view
of
the
parison
websites
are
necessary.
You
need
to
first
check
out
what
kind
of
technology
a
site
uses.
Although
the
idea
behind
Froogle(now
called
Google
Products)
is
attractive,
the
technology
it
uses
is
not
as
advanced
as
sites
such
as
Kelkoo
and
Pricerunner.Froogle
uses
a
regular
search
engine.
And
don't
expect
price
comparison
sites
to
be
a
sure fire
way
of
getting
a
bargain.
The
sites
will
only
show
products
from
companies
who
pay
them.
This
is
not
necessarily
a
bad
thing—suppliers
value
their
reputation
(名声)
and
their
business
relationships.AND
SEARCH
AGAIN
—Before
you
buy
you
should
search
the
product
using
a
price
comparison
service,
then
try
again
just
using
a
standard
search
engine—it
might
find
the
product
with
a
cheaper
price.
If
you
use
Firefox
to
surf
the
web
then
there's
an
add on
(附加的)
tool
that
you
can
download
which
finds
the
cheapest
price
for
a
product
for
you.
It
is
called
the
Invisible
Hand
and
it
is
free
to
download.
For
example,
if
you're
shopping
online
at
Amazon,
the
Invisible
Hand
will
pop
up
and
tell
you
that
it
is
£56
cheaper
at
Dixons.
The
tool
will
only
work
when
you
are
looking
at
products,
so
it
shouldn't
disturb
your
day
to
day
Internet
surfing.
The
add on
is
supported
by
well known
brands
(品牌)
such
as
BT,
Comet
and
HMV
but
obviously
it
won't
search
every
single
site
out
there,
so
it
is
still
best
to
use
a
comparison
site
in
addition
to
the
tool.
【语篇解读】 本文作者就怎样能更好地在网上淘到廉价货向我们提出了几条建议。
13.According
to
the
passage,how
to
decide
what
product
to
buy
A.By
shopping
online.
B.By
searching
online.
C.By
looking
for
the
cheapest
price.
D.By
deciding
which
is
best.
【解析】 细节理解题。由第二段可知“想要决定自己真正想买的东西最容易的方式就是通过Google等搜索引擎在线搜索不同的物品,以便做出最佳的选择”。
【答案】 B
14.
We
can
learn
from
the
passage
that
________.
A.we
don't
need
to
use
two
or
more
comparison
websites
B.comparison
websites
often
give
us
wrong
views
and
choices
C.all
the
search
engines
are
the
same
advanced
D.different
comparison
websites
use
different
technologies
【解析】 推理判断题。由第三、四段可知A项错在don't
need,B项错在wrong,C项错在the
same,尤其第四段通过例证说明不同的“比较网站”使用的是不同的搜索引擎技术。
【答案】 D
15.
What's
the
BEST
title
of
the
passage
A.How
to
Find
Perfect
Bargains
Online
B.How
to
Use
Search
Engines
C.Different
Websites
in
the
World
D.Online
Shopping's
Advantage
【解析】 主旨大意题。由第一段开篇点题和总览全文内容及其结构后可知,本文主要提供了几种建议,以便让读者学会更好地在网上淘到廉价货。故A项最全面最准确。
【答案】 A
Ⅱ.阅读填句(共5小题;每小题2分,满分10分)
Have
you
ever
seen
an
animal
being
mistreated
(虐待)
Seeing
a
pet
or
wild
animal
get
hurt
might
make
you
sad,
angry,
or
afraid.__16__In
fact,
the
good
news
is
that
everyone
—
including
you
—
can
be
a
helping
hand
for
animals.
Keep
your
eyes
and
ears
open.
__17__
Watch
for
changes
in
the
way
they
look
or
act.
Look
out
for
animals
who:
﹡
have
cuts
or
other
bruises(伤痕)
﹡
avoid
or
attack
people
when
people
come
close
﹡
are
too
thin
﹡
are
missing
fur
﹡
are
almost
always
left
outsideThese
signs
don't
necessarily
mean
a
pet
has
been
hurt
on
purpose,
but
they
shouldn't
be
ignored.If
you
see
any
of
these
signs,
set
them
down.___18__What
did
you
see
or
hear
Where
When
Were
other
people
around
__19___
Never
move
an
injured
animal!
Ask
a
parent,
teacher,
or
other
adult
you
trust
for
help.
Find
out
whether
the
injured
animal
in
your
town
can
be
saved
by
animal
shelters
or
police.
Keep
their
phone
numbers
at
hand.If
the
person
mistreating
animals
is
a
friend
or
family
member,
tell
an
adult
you
trust.
Speak
up.
Let
other
kids
know
what
to
do
if
they
see
an
animal
being
hurt.
Using
the
information
above,
make
posters
to
hang
or
flyers
(传单)
to
hand
out
at
school.
Include
the
phone
numbers
of
the
police
department
or
animal
shelters
who
can
save
the
injured
animals.__20__They
need
us
to
speak
up
for
them!
A.Report
it.
B.Send
it
to
animal
shelters.
C.Animals
are
friends
of
human
beings.
D.Get
to
know
pets
in
your
neighborhood.
E.You
might
think
there's
nothing
you
can
do.
F.Remember,
animals
can't
speak
for
themselves.
G.Or
if
you
see
someone
hurting
an
animal,
write
down
the
details.
【答案】 16—20 EDGAF
Ⅲ.完形填空(共20小题;每小题1.5分,满分30分)
Every
morning,
Catherine
takes
exercise
around
some
gardens
in
our
neighborhood.One
morning,
she
was
walking
__21__than
usual,
and
it
was
still
dark.
As
she
was
walking,a
cyclist(骑自行车的人)came
up
to
her,
__22__her
handbag
and
sped
off.
She__23__him
shouting
“thief,
thief”.
A
man
further
ahead
must
have
__24__
her
or
seen
what
had
happened.He
was
washing
a
car
with
a
bucket(桶)of
__25__
near
him.
He
took
the
bucket
and
poured(倒)it
onto
the
cyclist.
The
cyclist
drove
off
the
street
and
___26__
his
bike.
Some
other
people
rushed
over.
My
friend
Catherine
was
__27__that
the
people
would
beat
him.
She
begged
them
not
to
___28__
him.
She
asked
the
boy__29__
he
did
this
to
her.
He
__30__
that
he
was
the
son
of
a
__31__
and
that
this
year
their
crops
had__32__.He
said
that
the
money
lenders
would
beat
up
his
father
and
hurt
his
__33__
if
he
didn't
pay
on
time.
He
said
that
he
was
hopeless
and
didn't
know
what
else
to
do.
He
was
very
__34__.
Catherine
was
__35__
moved
by
his
story.
She
looked
into
the
boy's
eyes
and
then
took
out
some
__36__
from
her
handbag
and
gave
it
to
him.
She
told
him
that
stealing
was
__37__
and
that
he
shouldn't
do
it
again.
He
said
he
would
follow
her
__38__.
He
told
her
that
he
was
in
fact
well
brought
up
and
that
he
had
made
a
terrible
__39__.
The
boy
left
thankfully.
Catherine
sincerely__40__
that
this
would
be
the
last
time
that
the
boy
tried
to
steal
something.
【语篇解读】 本文是一篇记叙文,清晨锻炼而遭遇抢劫的Catherine在得知事情的真相后耐心地教育因一时糊涂而做蠢事的小男孩。
21.A.better
B.faster
C.longer
D.earlier
【解析】 根据本空后的“and
it
was
still
dark.”可知,早晨天还没亮,由此可见,那天早晨Catherine比平时早(early)一些出门,故D项正确。
【答案】 D
22.A.took
B.threw
C.cut
D.wanted
【解析】 根据本空后的“sped
off”可知,那个人抢(take)了Catherine的手提包跑掉了,故A项正确。
【答案】 A
23.A.went
through
B.ran
after
C.turned
to
D.looked
at
【解析】 上文说那个人抢过Catherine的手提包拔腿就跑,此处是说Catherine大喊着追赶(run
after)那个人,故B项正确。
【答案】 B
24.A.heard
B.known
C.helped
D.caught
【解析】 上文说Catherine大喊抓贼,再结合本空后的“or
seen
what
had
happened”可知,前面的这个人一定是听到(hear)了Catherine的呼喊或是看到了事情发生的那一幕,故A项正确。
【答案】 A
25.A.paint
B.oil
C.sand
D.water
【解析】 根据本空前的“washing
a
car”可知,这个人在用水(water)刷车,故D项正确。
【答案】 D
26.A.fell
off
B.looked
for
C.threw
away
D.got
on
【解析】 根据本空前的“He
took
the
bucket
and
poured
it
onto
the
cyclist.The
cyclist
drove
off
the
street”可知,那个抢手提包的人受水泼后跌跌撞撞,最后从车子上跌落下来(fall
off),故A项正确。
【答案】 A
27.A.satisfied
B.worried
C.surprised
D.pleased
【解析】 根据本空后的“the
people
would
beat
him”可知,Catherine担心(worried)人们会打那个贼,故B项正确。
【答案】 B
28.A.respect
B.kill
C.praise
D.hurt
【解析】 上文说Catherine担心人们会打那个贼,所以她请求人们不要伤害(hurt)他,故D项正确。
【答案】 D
29.A.why
B.how
C.when
D.whether
【解析】 根据本空后的“he
did
this
to
her”及下文男孩的解释可知,Catherine问他为什么(why)这样做,故A项正确。
【答案】 A
30.A.promised
B.agreed
C.explained
D.suggested
【解析】 上文说Catherine问小男孩为什么这样做,此处是他的解释(explain),故C项正确。
【答案】 C
31.A.teacher
B.boss
C.farmer
D.worker
【解析】 根据本空后的“their
crops”可知,小男孩说自己的爸爸是农民(farmer),故C项正确。
【答案】 C
32.A.disappeared
B.failed
C.developed
D.changed
【解析】 根据文章语境,特别是下文中的“if
he
didn't
pay
on
time.”
可知,小男孩说今年粮食收成不好(fail),故B项正确。
【答案】 B
33.A.friends
B.feelings
C.neighbors
D.family
【解析】 根据本空前的“beat
up
his
father”可知,小男孩说如果不能按时还钱,债主会殴打他的爸爸并伤害他的家人(family),故D项正确。
【答案】 D
34.A.sorry
B.clever
C.thirsty
D.excited
【解析】 根据本空前的“He
said
that
he
was
hopeless
and
didn't
know
what
else
to
do.
”可知,小男孩无奈之下才做出这样的事情,他感到很对不起(sorry),故A项正确。
【答案】 A
35.A.mostly
B.deeply
C.hardly
D.exactly
【解析】 根据本空后的“moved
by
his
story”可知,Catherine被这个故事深深地(deeply)感动了,故B项正确。
【答案】 B
36.A.food
B.fruit
C.drink
D.money
【解析】 根据本空后的“from
her
handbag
and
gave
it
to
him.”可知,Catherine从手提包里拿出一些钱(money)给小男孩,故D项正确。
【答案】 D
37.A.easy
B.dangerous
C.wrong
D.common
【解析】 根据本空后的“he
shouldn't
do
it
again”可知,Catherine告诉小男孩偷东西是不对的(wrong),故C项正确。
【答案】 C
38.A.advice
B.encouragement
C.step
D.order
【解析】 上文Catherine告诉小男孩不应该再偷东西,小男孩说自己会听从她的劝告(advice),故A项正确。
【答案】 A
39.A.living
B.story
C.joke
D.mistake
【解析】 根据语境可知,此处是说小男孩承认自己犯了一个错误(mistake),故D项正确。
【答案】 D
40.A.realized
B.hoped
C.imagined
D.decided
【解析】 根据本空后的“that
this
would
be
the
last
time
that
the
boy
tried
to
steal
something.”可知,Catherine希望(hope)这是小男孩最后一次偷东西,故B项正确。
【答案】 B
Ⅳ.语法填空(共10小题,每小题1.5分,满分15分)
Based
on
recent
researches,distance
learning
is
slowly
proving
as
41.________(value)
as
the
traditional
campus
based
form.It
is
a
fixed
truth
that
this
form
of
learning
is
42.________
the
increase.Moreover,both
students
and
teachers
have
expressed
their
43.________(happy)with
these
courses.The
best
part
of
distance
learning
courses
is
their
flexible
format.
Students
can
continue
44.________(work)and
study
at
the
same
time
without
any
kind
of
difficulty.You
will
45.________
(provide)with
the
facilities
of
a
virtual(虚拟的)classroom
and
a
virtual
campus.
Anyone
46.________upgrades
their
professional
knowledge
to
a
new
level
can
apply
for
these
courses.
With
an
online
study
format,the
tests
and
notes
can
be
47.________
(access)with
just
a
mouse
click
from
your
home
computer.
However,
a
student
48.________(attend)an
online
course
must
take
the
time
management
49.________(serious).
Every
online
student
must
keep
50.________
in
mind
that
proper
management
of
time
and
study
schedule
is
the
key
towards
success
in
this
format.
【语篇解读】 本文主要介绍了远程学习的一些优势和益处。
41.valuable as...as...结构中用形容词原级。
42.on on
the
increase“在增长”。
43.happiness 根据前面的their可知用名词形式。
44.to
work continue
to
do
sth.“继续做某事”。
45.be
provided 根据语境可知是被提供。
46.who/that 定语从句修饰anyone。
47.accessible be之后用形容词形式。
48.attending student和attend之间是主谓关系,因此用现在分词形式。
49.seriously take...seriously“认真对待……”。
50.it it作形式宾语,真正的宾语是that引导的从句。
Ⅴ.短文改错(共10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
I
went
to
Tibet
with
my
parents
last
summer
vacation.We
started
out
from
Beijing
in
the
early
morning
of
August
15th.In
the
afternoon,we
arrive
in
Lhasa.The
next
day
we
visited
many
famous
spot,and
of
which
the
Potala
Palace
attracted
me
strongly.On
the
third
day,we
went
to
the
world famous
hot
springs,Yangbajing,which
we
took
a
bath
and
we
both
felt
relaxed
after
a
tiring
day.We
had
very
good
time
there.Be
away
from
the
noisy
city
life
made
us
feel
great.I
was
so
much
impressed
by
the
nature
beauty
of
Tibet
and
hoped
that
I
could
visit
them
again.
【答案】
I
went
to
Tibet
with
my
parents
last
summer
vacation.We
started
out
from
Beijing
the
early
morning
of
August
15th.In
the
afternoon,we
in
Lhasa.The
next
day
we
visited
many
famous
,and
of
which
the
Potala
Palace
attracted
me
strongly.On
the
third
day,we
went
to
the
world famous
hot
springs,Yangbajing,或
we
took
a
bath
and
we
felt
relaxed
after
a
tiring
day.We
had
very
good
time
there.
away
from
the
noisy
city
life
made
us
feel
great.I
was
so
much
impressed
by
the
beauty
of
Tibet
and
hoped
that
I
could
visit
again.
Ⅵ.书面表达(满分25分)
假如你是李华,你上周日去动物园,看到游客对动物乱扔石头,甚至往一头熊的头上泼水,对此你感到非常气愤。现在请你用英语就此事给某报社编辑写封信,提出你的建议,并请求该报帮着呼吁人们保护和爱护动物。
要求:词数100左右。
参考词汇:泼pour 对待treat
Dear
Editor,
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
Yours
sincerely,
Li
Hua
【参考范文】
Dear_Editor,
Here
I
write
to
tell
you
about
my
experience
in
the
zoo
last
Sunday.
I
feel
terribly
sorry
and
ashamed
of
what
people
did
to
the
animals.
There
were
many
animals
kept
in
the
zoo
and
it
seemed
that
they
were
not
being
treated
well.
I
saw
many
visitors
throw
some
stones
at
them
and
some
visitors
even
poured
water
onto
a
big
bear's
head.
Some
people
just
looked
and
laughed,
but
no
one
thought
those
actions
were
wrong.
I
think
it's
time
that
we
should
do
something.
First,
we
should
make
people
know
animals
are
our
friends
and
important
to
us.
Second,
anyone
who
treats
animals
badly
should
be
fined.
Third,
if
people
can't
stop
doing
so,my
suggestion
is
that
these
animals
be
set
free
in
nature.
I
hope
you
can
help
educate
people
to
love
and
respect
animals.
Thank
you.
Yours_sincerely,
Li_Hua Unit
5 Music
音乐的确有着神奇的力量来帮助人们和社会发展。我相信音乐会带给我们许多惊喜。
When
you
feel
sad,
you
can
have
a
try
to
listen
to
soothing
music.
At
first,soothing
music
will
let
you
calm
down.
You
will
find
that
you
will
pay
much
attention
to
the
music,
and
then
your
sadness
can
be
decreased.
You
will
enter
music
ocean.
You
can
experience
a
baptism
of
your
heart.
It
does
not
matter
that
when
you
listen
to
soothing
music
and
you
want
to
cry,
you
should
just
follow
yourself
feeling
to
have
a
thorough
release.
Music
will
give
you
enough
encourage
to
overcome
difficulties.
Music
can
double
your
happiness
and
arouse
the
fighting.
For
instance,
when
you
solve
some
very
difficult
situations
and
gain
success
eventually,
you
will
have
a
great
mood.
At
this
time,
exciting
music
will
witness
your
success.
You
will
feel
satisfied.
Music
lets
you
remember
the
glorious
moment
and
cherish
your
success.
Music
can
give
you
unlimited
motivation
to
achieve
goals,
because
you
still
want
to
listen
to
glorious
music.
Music
indeed
has
a
magical
power
to
help
people
and
society
develop.
I
believe
that
music
will
still
continue
to
bring
us
many
surprises.
As
the
development
of
society,
great
music
will
become
more
important.
1.soothing
adj.
慰藉的;使人宽慰的
2.baptism
n.
洗礼
3.release
n.
释放
4.glorious
adj.
辉煌的
1.What
music
can
you
listen
to
when
you
feel
sad
________________________________________________________________2.What
music
will
you
listen
to
when
you
gain
success
________________________________________________________________
【答案】 1.Soothing
music.
2.Exciting
music.
Section
Ⅰ Warming
Up
&
Reading-Preparing
根据提示写出下列单词
1.__________
adj.
民间的2.__________vt.
假装;假扮
3.__________vt.&vi.
系上;附加;连接;缚上
4.__________vt.
(使)组成;形成;构成
5.__________vt.
赚;挣得;获得
6.__________adj.
额外的;外加的
7.__________vt.&vi.
表演;履行;执行
8.__________vi.&vt.&n.
广播;播放
9.__________adj.
幽默的;诙谐的
10.__________adj.
熟悉的;常见的;亲近的
11.__________adj.
吸引人的;有吸引力的
【答案】 1.folk 2.pretend 3.attach 4.form
5.earn 6.extra 7.perform 8.broadcast
9.humorous 10.familiar 11.attractive
看单词 学构词
ive是形容词后缀,表示“有……性质的”,“有……倾向的”。常见的有:active积极的;protective保护的;sensitive敏感的。
根据提示补全下列短语
1.dream________
梦想;梦见
2.________be
honest
说实在地;实话说
3.attach...________
认为……有(重要性、意义);把……附在……上
4.________cash
用现金
5.play
jokes________
戏弄;开玩笑6.rely________
依赖;依靠
7.be/get
familiar________
熟悉;与……熟悉起来
8.________so
大约;左右
9.break________
打碎;分裂;解体
10.be
based________
以……为基础
【答案】 1.of 2.to 3.to 4.in 5.on 6.on
7.with 8.or 9.up 10.on
根据提示补全下列教材原句
1.How
does
music
________?
音乐使你感觉如何?
2.Sometimes
they
may
play
to
passers by
in
the
street
or
subway
________they
can
earn
some
extra
money
for
themselves
or
to
pay
for
their
instruments.
有时他们可能在街上或地铁里为过路者演奏,这样他们可以为自己或自己要买的乐器多挣一些钱。
3.The
musicians
were
________________________
was
based
loosely
on
the
Beatles.组成乐队的音乐人一边演奏音乐,还彼此打趣逗笑。这些玩笑和音乐大多都在模仿“甲壳虫”乐队。
4.They
put
an
advertisement
in
a
newspaper
______________________,but
they
could
only
find
one
who
was
good
enough.
他们在报纸上登了一则广告,想招摇滚乐手,但他们只招到一个满意的。
【答案】 1.make
you
feel 2.so
that 3.to
play
jokes
on
each
other
as
well
as
play
music,most
of
which 4.looking
for
rock
musicians
阅读P34教材原文,选择最佳选项
1.Why
the
names
of
Song
Zuying
and
Liu
Huan
are
mentioned
in
Paragraph
1
A.Because
they
are
very
famous.
B.Because
they
can
sing
very
well.
C.The
text
only
wants
us
to
know
them.
D.The
text
is
giving
us
some
examples
of
the
famous
singers
that
we
might
want
to
be
like.2.How
many
musicians
were
there
when
the
band
was
formed
at
the
beginning
A.Four.
B.Three.
C.Two.
D.One.
3.When
did
the
Monkees
break
up
and
when
did
it
reunite
A.1970;1996
B.1970;1990
C.1970;the
mid 1980s
D.1968;1986
4.Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
correct
about
“the
Monkees”?
A.At
first,the
Monkees
copied
the
style
of
the
Beatles.
B.They
were
not
so
popular
as
the
Beatles.
C.Their
performances
were
really
popular
and
attractive
because
of
their
jokes.
D.They
were
copied
by
other
groups
and
supported
by
their
fans.
5.What
does
the
title
of
the
passage
mean
A.The
band
wasn't
a
famous
one.
B.The
band
was
formed
in
a
different
way.
C.The
band
didn't
play
their
own
music.
D.The
band
wasn't
supported
by
its
fans.
【答案】 1—5 DDCBB
课文语篇填空
To
be
honest,
most
of
us
have
ever
dreamed
of
1.__________
(play)
on
the
platform
with
many
people
around
us.
Most
musicians
often
meet
and
form
a
band
because
they
really
like
to
write
and
play
2.________(they)
own
music.
Sometimes
they
play
in
the
street
to
3.__________(passer by)
so
that
they
can
earn
some
money
and
this
also
gives
them
a
chance
4.__________(realize)
their
dreams.
There
was
once
a
band
that
5.__________(start)
in
a
different
way.
The
musicians
of
the
band
played
jokes
on
each
other
as
well
as
played
music,
whose
music
and
jokes
were
6.________(loose)
based
on
“The
Beatles”.
The
TV
organizers
had
planned
to
find
four
musicians
at
first,
but
they
could
only
find
one
7.__________was
good
enough,so
they
had
to
use
actors
for
the
other
three
members
of
the
band.
Their
exciting
8.__________(perform)
were
copied
by
other
groups.
“The
Monkees”
played
their
own
instruments
and
wrote
their
own
music.
Though
it
broke
9.__________in
1970
,it
reunited
in
10.________
mid 1980s
and
it
is
still
popular
with
us
today.
【答案】 1.
playing 2.their 3.
passers by 4.
to
realize 5.started 6.
loosely 7.
who
8.
performances 9.
up 10.the
Unit
3 Computers
你肯定经常看到WWW这三个字母,它代表什么,是什么意思,你了解吗?下面就让我们一起来看看吧!
If
you
watch
TV,
visit
the
mall,
or
do
anything
at
all,
you'll
have
chances
to
see
the
three
famous
letters,
WWW!So
what
does
it
stand
for
What
does
it
all
mean
Well,
in
general,
WWW
stand
for
“World
Wide
Web”.
Most
people
confuse
the
Internet
with
the
World
Wide
Web.
However,
there
is
a
difference.
The
Internet
is
made
up
of
thousands
of
computers
that
are
connected
worldwide.
WWW
or
World
Wide
Web,
is
what
your
computer
uses
to
check
out
the
Internet.
For
example,
your
computer
uses
browsers,
such
as
Internet
Explorer
or
Netscape
(网景浏览器)
to
let
you
see
and
hear
all
the
cool
pictures,
information,
music
and
sounds
on
the
Internet.There
are
three
things
you
need
to
surf
the
World
Wide
Web.
First,
you
must
have
a
computer
that
has
a
modem.
A
modem
is
like
a
telephone,
which
allows
your
computer
to
dial
and
connect
to
the
Internet.
Second,
your
computer
must
have
a
browser!
An
example
of
a
browser
would
be
Internet
Explorer
or
Netscape.
The
browser
allows
you
to
see
the
information
and
graphics
on
the
Internet.
Third,
you
must
have
an
Internet
Service
Provider.
This
is
known
as
an
ISP
(网络服务提供商).The
most
commonly
used
ISPs
are
companies
like
AOL,
Earthlink
(地球连线),
Compuserve
(计算机服务).
In
order
to
connect
to
the
Internet,
you
have
to
pay
for
the
service.
Just
like
if
you
have
cable
TV,
your
parents
have
to
pay
for
it.
In
order
to
connect
to
the
Internet
you
have
to
pay.
Usually,
this
will
cost
you
$19.95
a
month.
1.confuse
vt.
使混乱;使困惑
2.connect
vt.
连接;联合;关联
3.browser
n.
(电脑)浏览器
4.surf
vt.
在……上冲浪5.modem
n.
调制解调器
6.graphics
n.
绘画;图像
1.What
difference
is
there
between
the
Internet
and
WWW
________________________________________________________________
2.What
do
you
need
if
you
surf
the
World
Wide
Web
________________________________________________________________
【答案】 1.The
Internet
is
made
up
of
thousands
of
computers
that
are
connected
worldwide;WWW
is
what
your
computer
uses
to
check
out
the
Internet.
2.You
need
to
have
a
computer
with
a
modem
and
a
browser.Besides,you
need
to
have
an
Internet
Service
Provider.
Section
Ⅰ Warming
Up
&
Reading-Preparing
根据提示写出下列单词
1.__________vt.
计算
2.__________adj.
普遍的;通用的;宇宙的
3.__________vt.
简化
4.__________n.
工艺;科技;技术
5.__________n.
革命
6.__________adj.
人造的;假的
7.__________n.
智力;聪明;智能
8.__________vt.
解决;解答
9.__________n.
真实;事实;现实
10.__________adj.
私人的;个人的;亲自的
11.__________n.
应用;用途;申请
12.__________n.
金融;财经
13.__________vt.&vi.
探索;探测;探究
14.__________adv.
无论如何;即使如此
【答案】 1.calculate 2.universal 3.simplify
4.technology 5.revolution 6.artificial
7.intelligence 8.solve 9.reality 10.personal 11.application 12.finance 13.explore
14.anyhow
看单词 学构词
ence是名词后缀,一般用于说明过程、状态或性质。常见的有:existence存在;reference提及;difference分歧。
根据提示补全下列短语
1.work________
想出;计算出
2.compare...________...
把……与……比较
3.________a
result
结果
4.have...________common
有共同点;共享……
5.go________
经过;逝去
6.share
sth.________sb.
与某人分享某物
7.from...________
从……时起
8.provide
sb.________sth.
向某人提供某物
【答案】 1.out 2.with 3.as 4.in 5.by
6.with 7.on 8.with
根据提示补全下列教材原句1.I
developed
very
slowly
and
________________________
I
was
built
as
an
analytical
machine
by
Charles
Babbage.
我发育缓慢,差不多到了两百年之后,查尔斯·巴比奇才把我制成了一台分析机。
2.________
time
went
by,I
was
made
smaller.
随着时间的推移,我被做得更小了。
3.Over
time
my
memory
has
developed
________
much
________,like
an
elephant,I
never
forget
anything
I
have
been
told!
随着时间的推移,我的记忆能力发展得如此之快,就像一头大象一样,我从来不会忘记告诉我的任何事情!【答案】 1.it
took
nearly
two
hundred
years
before
2.As 3.so;that
阅读P18教材原文,选择最佳选项
1.What
does
the
author
mean
by“a
technological
revolution”in
the
development
of
computers
A.A
calculating
machine
in
1642.
B.An
analytical
machine
in
1842.
C.A
universal
machine
in
1936.
D.A
network
in
the
early
1960s.
2.How
long
did
it
take
before
the
computer
was
built
as
an
analytical
machine
A.500
years.
B.300
years.
C.100
years.
D.200
years.
3.Why
did
the
computer
totally
change
its
shape
A.Because
the
computer
could
do
many
things.
B.Because
the
computer
could
simplify
sums.
C.Because
its
memory
improved.
D.Because
the
computer
never
forgot
anything.
4.When
were
the
computers
connected
to
one
another
A.In
the
early
1960s.
B.In
the
1970s.
C.In
the
1940s.
D.In
the
year
of
1936.
5.According
to
the
last
paragraph,which
were
NOT
mentioned
in
the
use
of
the
computer
A.Mobile
phones.
B.Rockets.
C.Bikes.
D.Robots.
6.What
can
we
learn
from
the
text
A.The
computer
will
take
the
place
of
human
beings.
B.The
computer
will
be
smarter
than
human
beings.
C.The
computer
will
be
a
disaster
for
human
beings.
D.The
computer
will
be
used
in
many
fields
in
life.
【答案】 1-6 BDCACD
阅读P18的教材课文,在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式
The
computer
is
widely
used
in
our
daily
life.The
computer
is
a
machine
that
1.________(design)
to
help
people
do
many
things.
When
it
first
came
into
2.________(be),it
was
just
a
calculating
machine,and
later
it
was
built
as
an
analytical
machine
that
could
be
“think”3.________(logic)
and
produce
an
answer
4.________(fast)
than
any
other
person.
Still
later,
the
computer
could
be
made
to
work
as
a
“universal
machine”
to
solve
any
difficult
mathematical
problems.
There
were
5.________(time)
when
its
size
was
totally
changed.
It
became
smaller
and
smaller
but
it
got
cleverer
and
cleverer.
In
the
early
1960s
computers
were
connected
by
network
and
brought
into
common
people's
homes
6.________(deal)
with
information
and
help
communication
7.________people
around
the
world.
It
could
share
information
with
others
and
they
could
talk
each
other.
The
Internet
has
become
8.________important
part
in
our
life
and
we
can
do
many
things
with
the
help
of
the
Internet.
The
computer
is
used
to
connect
people
9.________aren't
close
enough
to
speak
to
each
other.It
has
been
serving
the
human
race
since
10.________(it)
birth.
【答案】 1.was
designed
2.being 3.logically 4.faster 5.times 6.to
deal 7.between 8.an 9.who/that 10.itsSection
Ⅱ Warming
Up
&
Reading-Language
Points
amazing
adj.
令人吃惊的
(教材P1)Frederick
William
Ⅰ,the
King
of
Prussia,could
never
have
imagined
that
his
greatest
gift
to
the
Russian
people
would
have
such
an
amazing
history.普鲁士国王威廉一世绝不可能想到他送给俄罗斯人民的厚礼会有这样一段令人惊讶的历史。
(1)amaze
vt.
使吃惊;惊讶
(2)amazed
adj.
惊奇的;惊讶的
be
amazed
at/by
sth.
对……感到惊讶
be
amazed
to
do
sth.
因做某事而感到惊讶
(3)amazement
n.
惊讶,吃惊;惊异
in
amazement
惊奇地
to
one's
amazement
令某人惊讶的是
①We
were
amazed
at
the
change
in
his
appearance.
他的样子变得使我们大为惊讶。
②Much
to
our
amazement(amaze),Lost
in
Hong
Kong
earned
more
than
2
million
yuan
per
day.
令我们吃惊的是,《港囧》每天赚200多万元。
amazed为 ed形容词,通常表示人自身的感受,意为“感到……的”;amazing为v. ing形容词,通常表示事物或人自身的属性,意为“令人……的”。
I
was
amazed
to
see
Bolt
break
the
world
record
at
an
amazing
speed
of
9.58
seconds
in
the
100
meters
race.When
I
told
my
classmate
about
it,he
shouted
in
amazement.
我很吃惊地看到博尔特在百米比赛中以令人惊讶的9.58秒打破了世界纪录,当我告诉我同学这件事的时候,他惊讶地喊了起来。
survive
vi.幸免;幸存;生还vt.幸免于;比……活得长
(教材P1)Is
it
enough
to
have
survived
for
a
long
time
能保存很长一段时间就足够了吗?
(1)survive
sth.
在……之后仍然生存
survive
sb.(by...)
比某人活得长……
survive
on
靠……存活下来
(2)survival
n.
生存;幸存
①The
soldiers
who
survived
in
the
war
of
Resistance
against
Japanese
Aggression
have
reached
the
average
of
90.
在抗日战争中幸存下来的老兵平均年龄已达90岁。
②He
survives
his
wife
by
twenty
years.
他比他妻子多活了20年。
③His
only
chance
of
survival(survive)was
a
heart
transplant.
只有进行心脏移植他才有可能活下去。
select
vt.挑选;选择
(教材P1)The
amber
which
was
selected
had
a
beautiful
yellow brown
colour
like
honey.
选出来的琥珀色彩艳丽,呈现蜂蜜一样的黄褐色。
select...as...
挑选……作为……
select
sb.to
do
sth.
挑选某人做某事
select
sth.for
sb.
为某人挑选某物
①Please
select
a
few
nice
apples
for
my
mother.
请为我妈妈挑选几个好苹果。
②Daff
was_selected
(select)from
the
whole
class
to
go
on
the
trip.
达夫被从全班同学中选出来去参加这次旅行。
select,choose
select
强调在广泛的范围内进行“精选或淘汰”,侧重以客观为标准进行选择
choose
普通用词,侧重根据个人意愿和判断从众多的对象中进行选择,着重被选者的优点。常与from和between连用
choose,select
Mother
took
a
long
time
in③__________a
few
hats
for
Mary,from
which
Mary④__________one
she
liked
best.
【答案】 ③selecting ④chose
design
n.设计;图案;构思vt.
设计;计划;构思
(教材P1)The
design
of
the
room
was
in
the
fancy
style
popular
in
those
days.
房子的设计采用了当时流行的别致的建筑式样。
(1)by
design
故意地,蓄意地
(2)be
designed
to
do
目的是做
be
designed
for
打算作……用
be
designed
as
打算当作……
①Do
you
think
the
traffic
accident
was
caused
by
accident
or
by
design
你认为这起交通事故是意外还是有意为之?
②As
far
as
I
know,the
course
is_designed
(design)
for
the
beginners.
据我所知,这门课程是为初学者设计的。
remove
vt.移动;搬开
(教材P2)Before
the
Nazis
could
get
to
the
summer
palace,the
Russians
were
able
to
remove
some
furniture
and
small
art
objects
from
the
Amber
Room.
在纳粹分子到达夏宫之前,俄罗斯人只能把琥珀屋里的一些家具和小件艺术品搬走。
remove...from...
从……上除去/移走/去掉……
remove
sth.to...
把某物搬到……
remove
one's
doubt
消除某人的疑虑
①Remove
the
mud
from
your
shoes
before
you
come
in.
进来以前把你鞋上的泥弄掉。
②I
am
going
to
remove
to
a
new
house.
我将搬到一间新房子里去。
worth
adj.值钱的
n.价值;作用
prep.值得的;相当于……的价值
(教材P2)Is
it
worth
rebuilding
lost
cultural
relics
such
as
the
Amber
Room
or
Yuanmingyuan
in
Beijing
重建如琥珀屋或者是北京圆明园这样的文化遗迹值得吗?
sth.be
worth
doing
值得做某事
be
worth+money
值……钱
be
worth+n.
值得……
①The
picture
is
worth
about
two
thousand
dollars.
这幅画约值2
000美元。
②Furious
7
is
worth
watching(watch)
a
second
time.
《速度与激情7》值得再看一次。
worth,worthy,worthwhile
worth
用作形容词时在句中只能作表语,后接名词或v. ing形式。
worthy
既可以作表语也可以作定语。作表语时常与of连用,后接名词或v. ing被动形式,还可以接不定式的被动语态。即be
worthy
of
sth.“配得上,称得起”;be
worthy
of
being
done或be
worthy
to
be
done“值得做”。
worth
while
既可以作表语也可以作定语,后面可以接v. ing形式或动词不定式,即be
worthwhile
doing/to
do
sth.“值得做某事”。
worth,worthy,worthwhile
③This
second hand
car
is__________$2,000
at
the
most.
④Guangzhou
is__________to
be
visited.
⑤It
is__________to
go
to
the
Summer
Palace
for
a
visit.
【答案】 ③worth ④worthy ⑤worthwhile
in
search
of寻找
(教材P1)IN
SEARCH
OF
THE
AMBER
ROOM寻找琥珀屋
(1)in
one's/the
search
for...
寻找……
(2)search
sb./sth.
搜身/搜查某人/某物
search
for
sb./sth.
搜寻某人/某物
search...for
sb./sth.
为了找某人/某物而搜查……
①The
man
you
just
searched
is
the
very
person
the
police
are
searching
for/in
search
of.
你刚才搜身的那个人正是警察在搜寻的人。
②They
didn't
have
any
sleep
for
forty eight
hours
in
their
search
for
the
survivors.
在搜寻幸存者的过程中,他们整整四十八小时没有睡觉。
He
searched
the
drawer
in
search
of
his
friend's
telephone
number
while
his
friend
was
searching
for
his
address,too.
他搜查抽屉寻找他朋友的电话号码,而他的朋友也正在寻找他的住址。
belong
to属于(教材P1)However,the
next
King
of
Prussia,Frederick
William
Ⅰ,to
whom
the
amber
room
belonged,decided
not
to
keep
it.
然而,下一位普鲁士国王,威廉一世,这个琥珀屋的主人却决定不要它了。
(1)belong
in
适于;适宜(放在某处)
(2)belongings
n.
财产;所有物;亲戚
①The
girl
from
a
big
city
could
not
seem
to
belong
in
the
countryside.
这位来自大城市的姑娘似乎无法适应农村。②Having
sold
most
of
his
belongings(belong),he
almost
had
nothing
left
in
the
house.他已经卖掉了大部分财产,房间里几乎什么都没有留下。
belong
to用法两注意
①belong
to
不能用于被动语态,也不用于进行时态,to为介词,后接名词或代词作宾语;
②belong
to作定语或状语时只能用belonging
to。
in
return
作为报答;回报
(教材P2)In
return,the
Czar
sent
him
a
troop
of
his
best
soldiers.
作为回赠,沙皇送给他一队自己最好的士兵。
in
return
for
作为对……的报答
in
turn
依次地;轮流地;反过来;转而
①I
bought
him
a
drink
in
return
for
his
help.
我请他喝酒以酬谢他的帮助。
②Theory
is
based
on
practice
and
in_
turn
serves
practice.
理论的基础是实践,反过来又为实践服务。
less
than
少于;不到
(教材P2)In
less
than
two
days
100,000
pieces
were
put
inside
twenty seven
wooden
boxes.
在不到两天的时间里,琥珀屋被拆成10万块装进了27个木箱。
(1)no
less
than
多达……(强调数量之
多,相当于as
much
as)
not
less
than
不少于/至少……(一般
不与感叹词连用,相当
于at
least)
(2)more
than
超过
no
more
than
仅仅
not
more
than
不多于;不超过
①There
are
not
less
than
6,000
students
in
our
school.
我们学校的学生至少有6
000名。②The
violence
killed
more
than
two
dozen
people.这次暴力活动杀害了二十多人。
Ⅰ.语境填词
1.It
was
________(amaze)
that
he
knew
nothing
about
the
event.
2.They
picked
the
ones
who
had
the
best
chance
of
________(survive).
3.We
have
over
30
beautiful
designs
to
select
________.
4.He
who
does
his
duty
is
worth
________(praise).
5.This
is
a
special
seat
________(design)
for
the
disabled.
6.Your
name
was
removed
________
the
registers.
7.They
started
off
at
once
________
search
of
the
missing
girl.
8.
He
is
a
clerk
________(belong)
to
this
company.
9.He
gave
her
some
roses
in
return
________
her
kindness.
10.This
suggestion
is
worthy
of
________________(consider).
【答案】 1.amazing 2.survival 3.from
4.praising 5.designed 6.from 7.in 8.belonging
9.for 10.being
considered
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.整座房子不到一个小时就烧光了。
The
whole
house
went
up
in
smoke
in
________
an
hour.
2.到目前为止,他们找金子的运气一直不好。
So
far
they
have
been
unlucky
________________
gold.
3.更严密地考虑这一点是值得的。
________________
to
consider
this
point
more
closely.
4.这些房子是专门为老人设计的。
These
houses
are
specially
________________.
5.我借给你的那本书是我弟弟的。
The
book
I
lent
you
________________.
【答案】 1.less
than 2.in
their
search
for 3.It
is
worthwhile 4.designed
for
old
people 5.belongs
to
my
brother
(教材P1)Frederick
William
Ⅰ,the
King
of
Prussia,could_never_have_imagined
that
his
greatest
gift
to
the
Russian
people
would
have
such
an
amazing
history.
普鲁士国王威廉一世绝不可能想到他送给俄罗斯人民的厚礼会有这样一段令人惊讶的历史。
【句式分析】 本句中could
never
have
imagined意为“不可能想到”。英语中could
have
done意为“本可以……;本来能够……”,表示某事过去有可能发生,但事实上并没有发生。couldn't
have
done表示“过去不可能做过,一定没有做过”。
(1)must
have
done表示对过去情况肯定性的推测,“过去一定做过某事”。
(2)should/ought
to
have
done表示“过去本应该做某事”,而实际上没有做。
(3)shouldn't/oughtn't
to
have
done表示“过去本不应该做某事”,而实际上做了。
(4)needn't
have
done表示“过去本不必做某事”,但事实上已做过了。
①He
couldn't
have
attended
the
meeting
yesterday,for
he
went
to
Beijing
the
day
before
yesterday.
昨天他不可能参加了会议,因为他前天去北京了。(表否定推测)
②It
must
have
rained
last
night,for
my
knees
ache
now.
昨晚一定下雨了,因为现在我的膝盖在疼。
③You
needn't
have_taken
(take)
a
taxi
here,for
it
was
very
near
to
my
house.
你本不必打车来这里的,因为那里离我家很近。
(教材P2)Later,Catherine
Ⅱ
had_the_Amber_Room_moved
to
a
palace
outside
St
Petersburg
where
she
spent
her
summers.
后来,叶卡捷琳娜二世派人把琥珀屋搬到圣彼得堡郊外她避暑的宫殿中。
【句式分析】 had
the
Amber
Room
moved是“have+宾语+宾语补足语”结构。
(1)have/get
sth.done可以表示:使某事被做(主语有意识的行为,可能是主语自己做,也可能是让别人做);遭遇/经历(此事违背主语的意愿)。
若宾语和宾补之间是主动关系则用:
(2)have
sb.do
sth.(do强调做某事这一事实)
(3)have
sb./sth.doing(doing强调持续进行某一动作)
①I
would
have
him
wait
for
me
at
the
gate
of
the
park.
我要他在公园门口等我。
②You'd
better
have
your
car
running(run)
slowly.
你最好开车慢点。
(教材P2)There_is_no_doubt_that
the
boxes
were
then
put
on
a
train
for
K nigsberg,which
was
at
that
time
a
German
city
on
the
Baltic
Sea.
毫无疑问,这些箱子后来被装上火车运往哥尼斯堡,当时德国在波罗的海边的一个城市。
【句式分析】 “There
is
no
doubt
that...”是常用句型结构,意为“毫无疑问……”,其中doubt是名词,其后的that从句是doubt的同位语从句,对doubt起补充说明作用。
(1)doubt用作名词时,在肯定句中其后用whether引导同位语从句,否定句或疑问句中则用that引导。
(2)doubt用作动词时,在肯定句中其后多用whether或if引导宾语从句,否定句或疑问句中则用that引导。
①We
have
no
doubt
that
they
can
complete
the
task
on
time.
我们相信他们能按时完成这项任务。
②I
doubt
whether
he
will
continue
to
work
here.
我怀疑他是否会继续在这里工作。
完成句子
1.毫无疑问,我们的实验会成功的。
__________________
our
experiment
will
succeed.
2.她已经去医院把牙拔了。
She
has
gone
to
hospital
to________________.
3.我妹妹昨天早晨在剧院遇到他,因此他不可能听了你的讲座。
My
sister
met
him
at
the
theatre
yesterday
morning,so
he
______________
your
lecture.
【答案】 1.There
is
no
doubt
that 2.have
her
tooth
pulled
out 3.couldn't
have
attended
However,the
next
King
of
Prussia,Frederick
William
Ⅰ,
to
whom
the
amber
room
belonged,
decided
not
to
keep
it.
【分析】 这是一个主从复合句;Frederick
William
Ⅰ是the
next
King
of
Prussia的同位语;whom引导定语从句,修饰先行词Frederick
William
Ⅰ。
【翻译】 然而,下一位普鲁士国王,腓特烈·威廉一世,这个琥珀屋的主人却决定不再要它了。
学业分层测评
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1.Mrs
Brown
had
had
her
washing
machine
__________(repair).
2.I
doubt
__________they
told
him
the
bad
news.
3.Is
this
a
__________(value)technique
to
use
in
business 4.The
new
sports
car
__________(belong)to
the
young
man
has
a
good
color.
5.As
far
as
I'm
concerned,the
novel
of
Mo
Yan
is
well
worth
__________(read).
6.The
girl
is
busy__________(decorate)the
Christmas
tree.
7.The
panda
is
becoming__________(rarely)and
we
must
take
measures
to
protect
them.
8.We
were
__________(amaze)that
he
agreed
so
quickly.
9.He
__________(select)out
of
a
great
number
of
candid
10.Of
these
two
men,______
former
is
dead
but
the
latter
is
still
alive.
【答案】 1.repaired 2.whether 3.valuable
4.belonging 5.reading 6.decorating 7.rare
8.amazed 9.was
selected 10.the
Ⅱ.单句改错
1.The
patient
had
to
have
one
of
his
legs
remove.
________________________________________________________________
2.I
don't
doubt
whether
Jane
will
continue
to
work
here.
________________________________________________________________
3.The
picture book
is
well
worthy
be
read.
________________________________________________________________
4.Judging
from
his
amazing
look,I
knew
he
didn't
believe
it.
________________________________________________________________
5.For
a
whole
day
they
searched
the
lost
child.
________________________________________________________________
【答案】 1.remove改为removed 2.whether改为that 3.worthy后加to 4.amazing改为amazed 5.searched后加for
Ⅲ.完形填空
I
taught
a
few
years
ago
in
second
grade
as
a
student
teacher
(实习教师).
I
was
lucky
enough
to
be
with
the
__1__class
for
a
whole
school
year.
In
May,
when
I__2__the
teaching,
I
decided
to
buy
star shaped
pieces
of
paper
for
each
kid.I
wrote
on
each
piece,
“Miss
H
thinks
you
are
a
__3__because...”and
then
wrote
a
little
fact
about
each
child.I
wasn't
sure
about
doing
this,
since
the
kids
were
so
__4__,
but
one
of
my
friends
__5__
that
if
the
star
meant
something
to
one
kid
then
my__6__
was
useful
and
worthy.
One
of
the
little
girls,
Megan,
had
ADHD
(小儿多动症)and
was
going
through
more
__7__to
see
if
she
had
another__8__disability.
The
thing
about
her
was,
though,
that
she
was
so__9__.She
was
clever
in
her
own
way.
On
her
star
I
wrote,
“Miss
H
thinks
you're
a
star
because
you
remember
names__10__.
I
also
think
you
are
clever,
and
I
really
__11__you
can
do
anything
if
you
try
hard
enough.”After
I__12__the
stars,
I
was
standing
in
front
of
the__13__helping
the
children
clean
the
classroom
for
the
end
of
the
day.
Megan
came
up
to
me,
__14__
her
star
in
her
hand.
“Hey,
do
you__15__me
to
read
that
for
you,
Megan?”
I
asked
her.“No,”
she
replied,
looking
at
me
with
smiling
eyes,
“I
already
__16__it.”
Then
she
said,
“You
think
I'm
CLEVER?”
It
was
like
I
was
the
first
person
ever
to__17__her
that.
It
was
like
the
thought
had
__18__even
crossed
her
mind
__19__
she
read
that
star.
It
was
by
far
the
greatest
__20__in
my
teacher
career.
Whenever
I
feel
discouraged
in
the
classroom,
I
think
of
it.
【语篇解读】 本文是一篇记叙文。讲述作者做实习老师的时候,给每一个学生分发了一张星状纸,在每一张纸上写下了对他们的表扬和鼓励。令作者印象深刻的是,其中的一个有多动症的小姑娘因为作者的鼓励非常感动,就像是从来没有想到会有人夸奖她聪明一样,这让作者感触颇深。从此,每当他感到沮丧的时候,就会想到这件事情。
1.A.next
B.same
C.real
D.big
【解析】 根据下文的“for
a
whole
school
year”以及“In
May”可知,作者做实习老师的时候能够一整年待在同一个班级里。
【答案】 B
2.A.trained
B.remembered
C.prepared
D.finished
【解析】 根据句首的时间状语“In
May”可知,这是一学年结束的时候,因此作者完成了他的教学任务。
【答案】 D
3.A.star
B.hero
C.student
D.friend
【解析】 根据下文“Miss
H
thinks
you're
a
star”可知,作者把Megan比作一颗星星。
【答案】 A
4.A.young
B.sad
C.quiet
D.patient
【解析】 根据上文“I
taught
a
few
years
ago
in
second
grade
as
a
student
teacher
(实习教师).”可知,作者教的是二年级的小孩子,年龄还比较小,因此推断对如此小的孩子,作者对自己这样做是否有效没有把握。
【答案】 A
5.A.wrote
B.reported
C.said
D.decided
【解析】 根据上文“I
wasn't
sure
about
doing
this,
since
the
kids
were
so
________”可知,作者对自己做的事没有把握,因此朋友劝说如果这个星星对于一个小孩子意味着一些东西,作者花费的时间就是有用的值得的。
【答案】 C
6.A.visit
B.money
C.time
D.point
【解析】 根据语境可知,空格处指上文提到的“我”买纸为孩子们写留言的事情,做这件事作者主要花费的是时间。
【答案】 C
7.A.exercises
B.skills
C.ways
D.tests
【解析】 根据上文提到的“One
of
the
little
girls,Megan,had
ADHD(小儿多动症)”和下文的“to
see
if
she
had
another
________
disability”可知,Megan患有小儿多动症,因此她做了更多的检测看看是否有别的学习障碍。
【答案】 D
8.A.walking
B.learning
C.speaking
D.singing
【解析】 根据上文可知,Megan患有小儿多动症,影响到学习,因此进行更多的检测看看是否有别的学习障碍。
【答案】 B
9.A.clever
B.beautiful
C.fat
D.short
【解析】 根据下文“She
was
clever
in
her
own
way.”可知,Megan尽管患有小儿多动症但是她很聪明。
【答案】 A
10.A.wrong
B.badly
C.well
D.good
【解析】 根据上文可知,Megan很聪明,因此作者在写给她的星形纸上表扬她是一个明星,因为她能够很好地记住名字。
【答案】 C
11.A.understand
B.sure
C.guess
D.believe
【解析】 根据上文“I
also
think
you
are
clever”可知,作者认为Megan是聪明的,因此推断他相信Megan如果足够努力可以做任何事情。
【答案】 D
12.A.put
away
B.gave
out
C.took
back
D.picked
up
【解析】 根据上文可知,作者给每一个学生写了一张纸条,结合下文“I
was
standing
in
front
of
the
________
helping
the
children
clean
the
classroom
for
the
end
of
the
day.”推断,作者写完纸条,分发给学生以后,就站在教室的前面帮助学生打扫卫生。
【答案】 B
13.A.classroom
B.shop
C.hospital
D.restaurant
【解析】 根据下文“clean
the
classroom”可知,学生们在打扫教室,因此作者站在教室的前面帮助学生打扫教室。
【答案】 A
14.A.playing
B.making
C.using
D.holding
【解析】 根据上文可知,作者把星形纸分发给了学生们,因此Megan走过来,手里拿着她的“星星”。
【答案】 D
15.A.call
B.order
C.need
D.let
【解析】 根据下文“Then
she
said,
‘You
think
I'm
CLEVER?'”可知,Megan已经读过作者写的内容,因此不需要作者给她读。结合下文的“No”推断,作者问Megan是否需要自己给她读一读纸上的内容。
【答案】 C
16.A.realized
B.read
C.bought
D.knew
【解析】 根据下文“Then
she
said,
‘You
think
I'm
CLEVER?'”可知,Megan已经知道了作者写的内容,因此可知她读了。
【答案】 B
17.A.pass
B.save
C.teach
D.tell
【解析】 根据上文大写的“CLEVER”可知,Megan不敢相信作者给予自己的表扬,就像是作者是第一个告诉她她是聪明的人一样。
【答案】 D
18.A.never
B.ever
C.always
D.sometimes
【解析】 根据语境可知,Megan
不敢相信作者给予自己的表扬,就像是这种想法从来没有出现在她的脑海中一样直到她读了那个“星星”。
【答案】 A
19.A.unless
B.until
C.if
D.since
【解析】 Megan
不敢相信作者给予自己的表扬,就像是这种想法从来没有出现在她的脑海中一样直到她读了那个“星星”。
【答案】 B
20.A.sound
B.chance
C.moment
D.idea
【解析】 根据下文“Whenever
I
feel
discouraged
in
the
classroom,
I
think
of
it.”可知,对于作者给予的表扬,Megan的反应令作者印象深刻,很感动。因此可推断,那是作者教学生涯中最难忘的时刻。
【答案】 C
Ⅳ.阅读理解
Researchers
have
found
a
village
that
may
have
been
home
to
the
builders
of
Stonehenge.
The
village
of
small
houses
dates
back
to
about
2600
BC.
That's
about
the
same
time
Stonehenge
was
built.
“Clearly,
this
is
a
place
that
was
of
great
importance,”
said
researcher
Mike
Parker
Pearson.
The
ancient
houses
are
at
a
site
known
as
Durrington
Walls.
It
is
about
3.2
kilometers
from
Stonehenge.Researchers
believe
Stonehenge
was
a
memorial
site
or
cemetery
for
the
villagers.
The
village
also
had
a
wooden
version
of
the
stone
circle.
It
may
have
been
used
by
people
attending
festivals
at
Stonehenge.
Eight
of
the
houses
have
been
dug
up.Researchers
say
there
may
be
as
many
as
25
of
them.
The
wooden
houses
were
square
and
about
5
meters
along
each
side.
There
are
signs
that
there
were
beds
along
the
walls.
There
are
also
signs
of
a
storage
unit.
The
houses
also
had
fireplaces.
Two
of
the
houses
were
separate
from
the
others.
They
may
have
been
the
homes
of
community
leaders.
Researchers
say
those
didn't
have
the
household
rubbish
that
was
found
in
the
other
homes.
Stone
tools,
animal
bones,
arrowheads
and
other
things
were
found
throughout
the
village
site.
Stonehenge
is
a
popular
tourist
spot
in
England.It
is
a
huge
circle
made
out
of
stones,
which
were
placed
in
a
grass
field
in
southern
England.The
stone
arches
were
made
with
two
stones
at
the
bottom
and
one
across
the
top.
All
of
the
stones
weigh
a
lot
more
than
a
big
car.
Scientists
have
long
wondered
not
only
how
people
built
Stonehenge,
but
also
why.
【语篇解读】 研究人员发现巨石阵附近有一个村落遗址,它可能是巨石阵建造者居住的村子。
1.The
passage
is
mainly
about______.
A.researchers
working
at
Stonehenge
B.a
village
site
near
Stonehenge
C.the
wooden
version
of
Stonehenge
D.builders
of
Stonehenge
and
the
houses
【解析】 主旨大意题。文章第一段第一句提到研究人员发现了著名遗迹“巨石阵”附近的一个村落遗址。它可能是“巨石阵”建造者们居住的村子。故B项概括全面。
【答案】 B
2.What
were
the
ancient
houses
made
of
A.Stones.
B.Animal
bones.
C.Wood.
D.Household
rubbish.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第三段可知这些古老的房子是用木头做的。
【答案】 C
3.What
can
be
inferred
about
Stonehenge
from
the
passage
A.Stonehenge
was
built
before
2600
BC.
B.Stonehenge
was
built
in
the
village.
C.Stonehenge
was
built
for
the
community
leaders.
D.Stonehenge
was
important
for
the
villagers.
【解析】 推理判断题。第一段第二句表明A项错误;根据第二段第二句可知B项也不对;根据第二段第三句可知C项错误;根据第一、二段最后一句可知D项正确。
巨石阵对村庄很重要。
【答案】 D
4.The
stone
arches
was
a
bit
like
the
shape
of__________.
【解析】 推理判断题。根据最后一段第三句可知石拱是由下面有两块石头,上面再横着放一块石头建成的,所以应该是字母“n”形的。故选A。
【答案】 ASection
Ⅲ Learning
about
Language
&
Using
Language
根据提示写出下列单词
1.__________vt.&vi.
收费;控诉
n.
费用;主管
2.__________adj.
物理的;身体的
3.__________vt.
罚款
4.__________vt.&vi.
做广告;登广告5.__________n.
光荣;荣誉
6.__________vi.
讨价还价;讲条件
n.
便宜货
7.__________adj.
没有希望的;绝望的
8.__________adj.
愚蠢的;傻的
9.__________n.
疼痛;痛苦
10.__________vi.&vt.
应受;值得
【答案】 1.charge 2.physical 3.fine 4.advertise
5.glory 6.bargain 7.hopeless 8.foolish
9.pain 10.deserve
根据提示补全下列短语
1.________charge
主管;看管
2.take
the
place
________
代替
3.________purpose
故意地
4.one________another
陆续地;一个接一个地
5.________one's
mind
改变主意
6.pick________
捡起;拾起
7.apart
________
除……以外
8.hand
________
hand
手拉手;手牵手
【答案】 1.in 2.of 3.on 4.after 5.change
6.up 7.from 8.in
根据提示补全下列教材原句
1.She
was
________
angry
________
she
said
to
her
father
that
she
would
not
marry
anyone
who
could
not
run
faster
than
her.
她如此生气,以至于她对她父亲说她不会嫁给没她跑得快的任何人。
2.This
is
important
because
________
you
speak
English,________
your
English
will
become.
这是很重要的,因为你说英语越多,你的英语就会越好。
【答案】 1.so;that 2.the
more;the
better
阅读P14教材原文,选择最佳选项
1.From
the
passage
we
can
learn
that
Atalanta
________.
A.was
an
American
beautiful
girl
B.could
run
the
fastest
in
Greece
C.was
a
very
determined
girl
D.could
do
anything
her
father
wanted
2.Atalanta
had
to
make
a
bargain
with
her
father
because
she
________.
A.wanted
to
marry
the
man
she
liked
best
B.wanted
to
run
and
win
glory
C.could
run
faster
than
others
D.wanted
to
show
her
strength
3.From
the
second
paragraph
we
can
learn
that
________.
A.nobody
wanted
to
marry
the
princess
B.many
men
wanted
to
marry
the
beautiful
girl
C.the
men
who
wanted
to
compete
with
her
were
foolish
D.Hippomenes
also
felt
hopeless
in
marrying
Atalanta4.According
to
the
Greek
Goddess
of
Love,we
can
infer
that
________.
A.Hippomenes
was
so
clever
B.Hippomenes
could
at
last
win
the
race
C.Atalanta
could
fall
in
love
with
Hippomenes
D.Hippomenes
won
without
the
apples
【答案】 1-4 CBBB
charge
n.费用;主管;看管;责任
vi.&
vt.收费;控诉;要价;指控
(教材P12)duty
to
be
in
charge
and
get
in
trouble
if
things
go
wrong
如果出现问题,有负责和介入麻烦事的责任
(1)charge
sb.for
sth.
为某物向某人收取费用
charge
sb.with(doing)sth.
控告某人(做)某事
(2)take
charge
of
掌管/负责……
in
charge
of
控制/管理……
in/under
the
charge
of
受……的管理
free
of
charge
免费
①She
charged
me
two
dollars
for
fixing
my
iPad.
她要我付两美元修理我的平板电脑。
②Six
days
later,the
police
arrested
him
and
charged
him
with
murder.
警方六天以后将他逮捕,并指控他犯有谋杀罪。
③The
company
is
in
the
charge
of
Tom
when
the
boss
is
away.
当老板不在时由汤姆负责公司业务。
advertise
vt.&vi.做广告;登广告
(教材P13)Now
you
are
asked
to
make
a
poster
to
advertise
a
sporting
event.现在要求你制作一张海报来为一项体育运动做广告。
(1)advertise
for
sb./sth.
为征求……而登广告
(2)advertisement
n.
广告ad.(缩写)
put/place
an
advertisement
in
a
newspaper
在报纸上发布广告
answer
an
advertisement
对广告作出反应
an
advertisement
for
sth.
一则……的广告
(3)advertiser
n.
广告商
①I'm
interested
in
the
job
you
advertised
in
yesterday's
newspaper.
我对你们在昨天的报纸招聘广告中的职位感兴趣。
②We
advertised
for
staff
in
a
local
newspaper.我们在一家地方报纸上刊登了招聘广告。
③Miss
Parrish
recently
put
an
advertisement(advertise)
in
the
local
newspaper.
帕里什小姐最近在当地报纸上登出了一则广告。
An
advertiser
who
wants
to
put
an
advertisement
on
the
Internet
said
his
advertising
has
advantage
over
others.
一位想在网上登广告的广告商说他的广告比别人有优势。
bargain
n.便宜货;协议;交易
vi.讨价还价;讲条件
(教材P14)Her
father
said
that
she
must
marry,so
Atalanta
made
a
bargain
with
him.
她的父亲说她必须结婚,于是亚特兰大就和她的父亲达成了一个协议。
(1)bargain
with
sb.over/about
sth.
就某事与某人讨价还价
(2)make
a
bargain
with
sb.
与某人达成协议
a
real
bargain
真正的便宜物品
①He
was
bargaining
with
the
shop
owner
over
the
price.
他正在和店主讲价。
②We've
made
a
bargain
that
he'll
do
the
shopping
and
I'll
cook.我们已经讲好了,他买东西我做饭。
one
after
another
一个接一个地;陆续地
(教材P15)He
threw
the
golden
apples
one
after
another.
他一个接一个地扔出了金苹果。
one
by
one
一个一个地(强调一次一个)
one
another/each
other
相互;彼此
one
after
the
other
一个接一个地(两者)
①The
houses
caught
fires
one
after
the
other.
房子相继着火了。
②They
gave
presents
to
one
another
at
Christmas.
圣诞节他们互赠礼物。
deserve
vi.&
vt.值得;应受
(教材P15)Do
you
think
Hippomenes
deserved
to
win
the
race
你认为希波墨涅斯应该赢得这场比赛吗?
(1)deserve
consideration/attention
值得考虑/注意
deserve
to
do
应该/受……
deserve
to
be
done=deserve
doing
sth.
应该/值得……
(2)deserved
adj.
应得的,该受的,理所当然的
deserving
adj.
有功的,值得的
①The
situation
deserves
attention.
这种处境值得注意。
②He
deserved
to
be
punished.=He
deserved
punishing.
他应该受到惩罚。
③He
has
worked
very
hard
and
deserves
to_pass(pass)
the
exam.
他学习很努力,应该能通过考试。
pick
up
拾起;捡起;(偶然、意外地)获得;学会;(用车)接;搭载;(精神、健康等的)好转;改善;接收(信号等)
(教材P14)When
she
stops
to
pick
it
up,you
will
be
able
to
run
past
her
and
win.
当她停下来捡苹果时,你就可以超过她从而获得胜利。
写出下列句中pick
up的含义
①He
has
picked
up
slowly
since
he
came
out
of
hospital.________
②He
picked
up
his
hat
and
went
away.________
③With
my
new
radio
I
can
pick
up
stations
all
over
Europe.________
④She
soon
picked
up
French
when
she
went
to
live
in
France.________
⑤They
said
they'd
pick
us
up
at
8:00
but
they
never
came!________
【答案】 ①康复 ②捡起 ③接收 ④学会
⑤(用车)接
pick
out
挑选出;辨认出
pick
on
挑剔
pick
off
摘下;取走
⑥My
father
helped
me
pick
out
a
new
book.
我父亲帮我选了一本新书。
⑦We
had
to
pick
off
the
fruit
from
the
tree.
我们必须从树上摘下果实。
Ⅰ.语境填词
1.He
advertised
________
an
assistant
in
the
local
newspaper.
2.He
bargained
________
the
salesman
for
the
typewriter.
3.If
you
do
something
good,you
deserve
________________(praise).
4.He
picked
himself
________and
walked
on
with
weak
knees.
5.I
tried
to
convince
him
to
stay,but
it
was
____________(hope).
【答案】 1.for 2.with 3.praising/to
be
praised 4.up 5.hopeless
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.我们会一个接一个地处理这些问题。
We
will
deal
with
the
questions
______________________.
2.这个幼儿园由一个年轻的姑娘负责。
This
kindergarten
is
______________________.
3.两国订下互不侵犯的条约。
The
two
countries
__________________
that
they
would
not
fight
each
other
again.
4.昨天晚上我们收听到了一个外国电台的广播。
We
______________________last
night.
5.如果你要卖掉你的旧汽车,为什么不在报上登个广告呢?
If
you
want
to
sell
your
old
car,why
not
____________________________?
【答案】 1.one
after
another 2.in
the
charge
of
a
young
girl 3.made
a
bargain 4.picked
up
a
foreign
broadcast 5.put
an
advertisement
in
the
newspaper
(教材P14)She
was
very
beautiful
and
could
run
faster_than_any_man
in
Greece.
她长得很美,跑得比希腊的任何男人都快。
【要点提炼】 句中用了比较级结构“faster
than
any
man”表示最高级的含
义。比较级表示最高级的常用结构有:
①China
is
larger
than
any
other
country
in
Asia.
中国比亚洲的任何一个国家都大。
②Canada
has
more
fresh
water
than
any
of
the
other
countries
in
the
world.
加拿大所拥有的淡水比世界上其他国家都要多。
③I
have
never
heard
a
better(good)
voice
than
hers.
她的声音是我听到过最好的。
④Nothing
is
as
important
as(=more
important
than)practice.
实践最为重要。
(教材P16)This
is
important
because
the_more
you
speak
English,the_better
your
English
will
become.
这是很重要的,因为你说英语越多,你的英语就会越好。
【要点提炼】 句中含有“the+比较级(+主语+谓语),the+比较级(+主语+谓语)”结构,该结构意为“(……)越……,(……)越……”。表示后者随着前者的变化而变化。
“the+比较级 +主语+谓语 ,the+比较级 +主语+谓语 ”表示一方随另一方变化。,“比较级+and+比较级”意为“越来越……”,表示人/事物本身在程度上的改变。
①The
more
a
man
knows,the
more
he
is
inclined
to
be
modest.大智若愚。
②The
higher
you
stand,the
farther(far)
you'll
see.
你站得越高,就看得越远。
③The
weather
is
getting
warmer
and
warmer.(warm)
天气越来越暖和了。
完成句子
1.你越仔细,出现的错误就越少。
The
more
careful
you
are,________________.
2.你的对话越短越好。
____________your
dialogue
is,____________it
is.
3.事实上,他比他班上的任何人都高。
In
fact
,he
is
________________in
his
class.
4.俄罗斯比南美洲的任何一个国家的土地都多。
Russia
has
________________in
the
South
America
does.
【答案】 1.the
fewer
mistakes
you'll
make 2.The
shorter;the
better 3.taller
than
any
other
student
4.more
land
than
any
country
She
was
so
angry
that
she
said
to
her
father
that
she
would
not
marry
anyone
who
could
not
run
faster
than
her.
【分析】 that
she
said
to
her
father...是that引导的结果状语从句,和so构成so...that...结构;that
she
would
not
marry
anyone是that引导的宾语从句;who
could
not
run
faster
than
her是who引导的定语从句,修饰先行词anyone。
【翻译】 她如此生气,以至于她对她父亲说她不会嫁给没她跑得快的任何人。
学业分层测评
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1.The
police
charged
him
____________
careless
driving.
2.Do
you
think
your
____________(advertise)
really
works
3.They
had
tried
their
best
and
they
deserved
____________(win).
4.She
had
a
____________(painful)
in
her
right
side.
5.This
book
is
____________(difficult)
than
any
other
one
here.6.The
higher
a
mountain
is,
the
____________(thin)the
air
becomes.
7.This
jacket
is
____________
real
bargain
at
such
a
low
price.
8.With
no
one
to
help
him,
he
felt
____________(hope)
in
the
strange
city.
9.Most
middle aged
pay
more
attention
to
____________(physics)health.
10.The
driver
____________(fine)for
driving
his
car
too
fast.
【答案】 1.with 2.advertisement 3.to
win
4.pain 5.more
difficult 6.thinner 7.a
8.hopeless 9.physical 10.was
fined
Ⅱ.完成句子
1.在日本,棒球比其他任何运动都受人欢迎。
Baseball
is
________________sport
in
Japan.
2.战争持续得越久,那里的人们受难就越多。
________the
war
lasts,________the
people
there
will
suffer.3.你要向主管销售的人负责。
You're
responsible
to
whoever
is
________________.
4.从数千名申请人中挑选出她来做那份工作。
She
________________thousands
of
applicants
for
the
job.
5.她工作做得很好,应当受到赞扬。
She
did
a
good
job,and
so
she
________________.
【答案】 1.more
popular
than
any
other 2.The
longer;the
more 3.in
charge
of
sales 4.was
picked
out
from 5.deserved
to
be
praised/praising
Ⅲ.阅读理解
A
The
BBC
was
founded
in
1922,
including
radio
and
television
services.
It
is
based
at
Broadcasting
House
in
London.
The
BBC
is
controlled
by
some
governors
chosen
by
the
government,
but
these
people
have
freedom
and
the
government
can't
interfere(干扰).
That
is,
the
BBC
is
supposed
not
to
be
the
mouthpiece(代言人)of
the
government.
It
has
to
be
as
fair
as
possible
in
giving
radio
and
television
time
to,
for
example,
political
parties
and
religious
groups.
There
is
a
kind
of
interesting
service
in
British rental
services.
Many
people
prefer
to
rent
their
television
sets
instead
of
buying
them.
The
rent
for
a
black
and
white
set
is
about
80
pence
a
week.
The
rent
of
a
color
set
is
more
than
twice
that
of
a
black
and
white
set.
If
the
sets
go
wrong,
people
can
have
them
repaired
free
of
charge
or
replaced
immediately.
Everyone
has
to
buy
a
yearly
license,
since
there
is
no
advertising
on
BBC
radio
or
television.
It
is
from
the
sale
of
licenses
that
the
BBC
gets
most
of
its
money.
A
license
for
a
black
and
white
set
costs
8
pounds,
and
for
a
color
set
18
pounds
a
year.
There
are
four
special
radio
channels,
which
broadcast
different
kinds
of
programmes.
Radio
1
is
mainly
pop
music.Radio
2
deals
with
light
music,
sports
and
other
programmes.
Radio
3
broadcasts
serious
music,
talks
on
serious
subjects
etc.News
broadcasts
are
mainly
given
by
Radio
4.
There
are
special
programmes
for
Northern
Ireland,
Scotland,
Wales,
and
certain
parts
of
England.It
also
broadcasts
programmes
about
Britain—in
many
different
languages
as
well
as
in
English
to
all
parts
of
the
world.
【语篇解读】 英语广播电台成立于1922年,其中包括电视和无线电节目,总部设在伦敦。BBC广播电台不是政府的喉舌,它必须要在政党和宗教团体方面做到公正和公平。BBC的特别节目不仅面向国内,同时也面向世界上的许多国家和地区。
1.The
officials
in
charge
of
the
BBC
________.
A.must
say
what
the
government
wants
to
say
B.should
give
more
time
to
political
parties
than
to
religious
groups
C.are
elected
by
the
citizens
from
all
over
the
country
D.can
decide
things
without
the
permission
of
the
government
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段第一句but
these
people
have
freedom
and
the
government
can't
interfere(干扰).这些人有自由,政府不能干扰。故选D。
【答案】 D
2.If
one
wants
to
watch
TV
at
home,
everyone
________
.
A.has
to
buy
a
television
set
of
his
own
B.must
rent
a
TV
set
C.has
to
buy
a
license
once
a
year
D.can
change
his
damaged
TV
set
for
a
new
one
without
payment
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第五段第一句Everyone
has
to
buy
a
yearly
license,
since
there
is
no
advertising
on
BBC
radio
or
television.每个人必须买一张一年的许可证。故选C。
【答案】 C
3.
How
does
BBC
get
most
of
its
money
A.It
gets
money
from
all
kinds
of
advertisements.
B.The
BBC
depends
on
the
rent
of
TV
sets.
C.The
BBC
gets
money
mainly
by
selling
licenses
and
TV
sets.
D.It
gets
its
money
mainly
by
selling
licenses.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第五段
It
is
from
the
sale
of
licenses
that
the
BBC
gets
most
of
its
money.可知答案选D。
B
The
first
ancient
Olympic
Games
for
which
we
still
have
written
records
were
held
in
776
BC.
Coroebus
won
the
only
event
at
the
Olympics.This
made
him
the
very
first
Olympic
champion
in
history.
Then
they
grew
and
continued
to
be
played
every
four
years.
In
393
AD,
the
Roman
emperor
Theodosius
Ⅰ,
a
Christian,
announced
to
end
the
Games
because
of
their
pagan
(异教的)
influences.
About
1,500
years
later,
a
young
Frenchman
named
Pierre
de
Coubertin
began
their
revival
(恢复).
In
1892
Coubertin
first
brought
forward
his
idea
to
revive
the
Olympic
Games
but
failed.
Two
years
later,
Coubertin
organized
a
meeting
with
79
delegates
(代表)
who
represented
nine
countries.
At
this
meeting
he
got
what
he
wanted.
All
the
delegates
at
the
conference
voted
for
the
Olympic
Games.They
also
decided
to
have
Coubertin
set
up
an
international
committee
to
organize
the
Games.
This
committee
became
the
International
Olympic
Committee
(IOC)
and
Demetrious
Vikelas
from
Greece
was
selected
to
be
its
first
president.Athens
was
chosen
for
the
revival
of
the
Olympic
Games
and
the
planning
was
begun.
The
very
first
modern
Olympic
Games
opened
in
the
first
week
of
April,
1896.
Since
the
Greek
government
had
been
unable
to
afford
a
stadium,
a
rich
Greek
architect,Georgios
Averoff,
donated
one
million
drachmas
(over
$100,000)
to
repair
the
Panathenaic
Stadium,
originally
built
in
330
BC.
Since
the
Games
were
not
well
publicized
internationally,
contestants
(选手)
were
not
nationally
chosen
but
rather
came
individually
and
at
their
own
expense.
Some
contestants
were
tourists
who
happened
to
be
in
the
area
during
the
Games.
【语篇解读】 本文主要讲了奥运会的历史。作者对于奥运会的产生、中断及发展进行了详细的介绍。
4.What
would
be
the
best
title
for
the
passage
A.The
History
of
the
Olympics
B.How
Coubertin
Set
up
IOC
C.The
First
Modern
Olympic
Games
D.Great
Changes
in
the
Olympic
Games
【解析】 主旨大意题。全文简要讲述了奥运会的历史,A选项紧扣中心,可作为主旨大意。
【答案】 A
5.Coubertin
held
a
most
important
meeting
with
79
delegates
in________.
A.1500
B.1892
C.1894
D.1896
【解析】 细节理解题。由第二段的第二句可知,Coubertin在1892年提出恢复举办奥运会,再由第三段第一句中的“Two
years
later”可知,这次会议是在1894年召开的。
【答案】 C
6.Who
offered
money
to
help
the
first
modern
Olympic
Games
A.Demetrious
Vikelas.
B.Coroebus.
C.Pierre
de
Coubertin.
D.Georgios
Averoff.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第四段的第二句可知,由于当时希腊政府财力不足,是富有的建筑师Georgios
Averoff资助了第一届现代奥运会。
【答案】 D
7.At
the
first
modern
Olympic
Games,________.
A.winners
were
given
money
as
prize
B.IOC
invited
contestants
to
tour
Greece
C.there
were
no
strict
rules
for
being
a
contestant
D.many
countries
chose
some
athletes
to
compete
【解析】 细节理解题。根据最后一段可知,当时参加奥运会的选手不是由国家选派的,而是个人报名参赛,其中还有一些是碰巧在那儿旅游的游客。由此可知当时对参赛选手没有严格的限制。
【答案】 C
Ⅳ.阅读填句
How
to
Test
Best
It's
back
to
school,which
means
it's
back
to
tests.It
might
also
mean
it's
back
to
being
stressed
out.__1__Here
are
some
simple
ways
to
prepare
for
tests.
Schedule
study
time
Trying
to
do
all
studying
the
night
before
a
test
makes
it
impossible
to
master
all
the
material.__2__Instead,prepare
for
a
test
by
scheduling
study
time
each
day
for
several
days
before.
Use
your
time
wisely
Before
studying
clear
your
desk
so
you
can
concentrate.
Besides,make
sure
you
have
all
the
supplies
you
need
to
study
so
you
don't
lose
focus.
__3__Get
a
snack,take
a
bathroom
break
or
play
a
quick
computer
game
when
it
feels
as
if
your
brain
is
about
to
be
broken.
Form
a
study
group
Studying
with
a
parent
or
friends
can
help
you
understand
the
material
better
and
to
learn
from
one
another.Have
every
person
or
pair
take
a
part
of
the
material,and
come
up
with
questions
to
test
the
group.
___4__Have
everyone
take
turns
as
the
group
leader,who
will
assign(分配)the
material,and
make
sure
that
conversation
stays
on
what
is
being
studied.
Don't
forget
last minute
preparation
Have
your
pencil
and
other
things
in
your
bag
ready
the
night
before
the
test.It's
important
to
get
a
good
night's
sleep
and
then
eat
breakfast
the
next
morning.___5__
A.Keep
the
group
small.
B.Stay
cool
before
the
test.
C.It
doesn't
have
to
be
this
way.
D.This
will
help
you
store
important
information.
E.While
studying,be
sure
to
make
regular
short
breaks.
F.This
way,both
your
mind
and
body
are
fully
prepared.
G.It
will
also
make
you
tired
and
stressed
on
the
day
of
the
test.
【答案】 1-5
CGEAFSection
Ⅳ Grammar
&
Writing
现在进行时
阅读下列句子并体会黑体部分的用法
1.Now
the
farmers
are
happy
and
our
numbers
are
increasing.
2.We
are
being
killed
for
the
wool
beneath
our
stomachs.
3.Our
fur
is
being
used
to
make
sweaters
for
people
like
you.
4.I
wonder
what
is
being
done
to
help
you.
5.So
good
things
are
being
done
here
to
save
local
wildlife.
一、现在进行时的被动语态的结构
肯定句
be(am/is/are)+being
done
否定句
be(am/is/are)+not+being
done
一般疑问句
be(am/is/are)+主语+being
done
特殊疑问句
特殊疑问词+be(am/is/are)+主语+being
done
二、现在进行时的被动语态的用法
1.表示此刻正被进行的动作。
A
new
film
is
being
shown
in
the
theatre.Let's
go
to
see
it.
电影院里正在放映新电影呢,咱们去看吧。
2.表示现阶段正被进行的动作。
A
modern
school
is
being
built
in
my
hometown.
在我的家乡正在建一所现代化的学校。
3.表示一种经常性的被动行为,常和always,constantly,
frequently等表示频率的副词连用,这种用法常常带有说话者的赞扬或厌恶的感彩。I
feel
very
puzzled
that
the
goods
in
our
shop
are
always
being
stolen.
我感到很迷惑,我们商店的商品老是被偷。
4.表示按计划或安排主语将要承受谓语动词所表示的动作。
A
party
is
being
held
tonight.
今晚将要举行一场晚会。
三、使用现在进行时的被动语态应注意的问题
1.在现在进行时的被动语态中be为第一助动词,being为第二助动词,缺一不可,且位置不可互换。此结构若缺少being,
则就成为一般现在时的被动语态或系表结构。试比较:
The
report
is
being
written
by
one
of
the
best
students.
报告正在由一名最好的学生写着。
The
report
is
well
written.
这个报告写得很好。(系表结构)
2.take
care
of,look
after,talk
about,think
of等动词短语用于现在进行时的被动语态时,其中的介词不可省略。Look!The
children
are
being
taken
care
of
by
their
aunt.
瞧!那些孩子正由他们的姨妈照看着。
3.非延续性动词、表示存在意义、所属关系、静态特征的动词以及系动词不用于现在进行时的被动语态。
It's
well known
that
the
Diaoyu
Islands
belong
to
China.
众所周知,钓鱼岛属于中国。
4.“be(am/is/are)+under/in+n.”有时可相当于现在进行时的被动语态。
The
bridge
is
in
use.
=The
bridge
is
being
used.
这座桥正在使用。
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1.Your
experiment
report________(type)now
and
it
will
be
finished
soon.
2.
Many
interesting
experiments
________(do)
these
days.
3.I
________(treat)
at
the
hospital
now,
so
I
cannot
go
to
the
cinema
at
present.
4.
I'm
sorry,
sir.
Your
recorder
isn't
ready
yet.
It
________(repair)
in
the
factory.
5.
Much
progress
________(make)
in
science
and
technology
in
China.
【答案】 1.is
being
typed 2.are
being
done
3.am
being
treated 4.is
being
repaired
5.is
being
made
Ⅱ.单句改错
1.
A
new
cinema
is
built
here.
They
hope
to
finish
it
next
month.
________________________________________________________________
2.
The
project
is
being
discussing
at
the
meeting.
________________________________________________________________
3.
A
new
film
is
be
shown
in
the
theater.
________________________________________________________________
4.The
little
dog
is
being
looked
by
the
boy.
________________________________________________________________
5.A
study
about
the
problem
of
water
pollution
is
conducted
by
these
two
scientists
now.
________________________________________________________________
【答案】 1.is后面加being 2.discussing改为discussed 3.be改为being 4.looked后面加after
5.is后加being
如何写好建议信
1.概念:建议信的目的是向有关组织或个人提出建议,而且这种建议带有劝说性。此类信通常向对方传达对某事物的关心和针对某事物的不足之处提出改进的建议和措施。2.内容安排:建议信的写作格式一般由称呼、正文、结尾、落款四部分构成。
(1)称呼。称呼要求注明对方的名称或姓名,而且要在其后加逗号。
(2)正文。正文由以下三部分构成:
第一,首先阐明提出建议的原因、理由以及自己的目的、想法。这样往往可以让对方从实际出发,考虑你建议的合理性,为采纳你的建议打下基础。
第二,分条列出建议的内容,这样可以做到醒目,并且建议要具体明白、切实可行。
第三,提出自己的建议希望被采纳的想法,但同时也应礼貌虚心,不说过头的话,不用命令的口气。
(3)结尾。结尾一般是表示敬意或祝福的话。
(4)落款。落款要署上提建议的单位或个人的姓名。
一、建议信开头常用句式:
1.
I
am
sorry
to
know
that...2.
I
am
very
glad
to
hear
that
you
want
to...
3.
I
know
you
have
trouble
in...
4.
I
am
writing
to
you
for
the
purpose
of...
5.
In
my
personal
opinion,
it
would
be
wise
of
you
to
take
the
following
action.
二、建议信主体段落常用句式,给出建议:
1.first,
firstly,
secondly...
then,
after
that,
in
the
end,
finally,
meanwhile...
2.I
think
it
would
be
more
beneficial
if
you
could...
三、建议信结尾常用句式:
1.I
believe
you
will
take
my
advice
into
account.
2.I
hope
you
will
find
these
proposals/suggestions
practical/useful/helpful.
3.I
will
be
more
than
happy
to
see
improvements
in
this
regard.
假如你是李华,请根据下表内容给中国野生动物保护协会CWCA(China
Wildlife
Conservation
Association)的会长写一封建议信。
问题
1990年藏羚羊的数量大约为100万只,现在只剩不到30万只,数量急剧减少
原因
为了获取藏羚羊的皮毛,牟取暴利(make
great
profits),非法捕杀藏羚羊的行为仍然时有发生
建议
利用贵协会的影响力加大对藏羚羊保护的宣传(publicize)力度;增加用于藏羚羊保护的资金;建议贵协会派出一些志愿者来协助保护藏羚羊。
体裁
建议信
话题
保护藏羚羊
时态
一般现在时
人称
第三人称
Ⅰ.词汇
1.__________ 保护
2.__________
……的数量
3.__________
采取措施
4.__________
向……提供……
5.__________
因此
【答案】 1.protect 2.the
number
of... 3.take
measures 4.provide...for... 5.as
a
resultⅡ.句式
1.It
is
reported
that
too
many
Tibetan
antelopes
are
being
hunted
and
killed
illegally
for
their
fur.(用as引导定语从句改写句子)
As_is_reported,too_many_Tibetan_antelopes_are_being_hunted_and_killed
_illegally_for_their_fur.
2.We
must
take
immediate
measures
to
solve
the
present
situation.(用被动语态改写句子)
Immediate_measures_must_be_taken_to_solve_the_present_situation.
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
【参考范文】
Dear
President,
I'm
writing
to
give
some
suggestions
to
further
protect
the
Tibetan
antelopes.
As
is
reported,
too
many
Tibetan
antelopes
are
being
hunted
and
killed
illegally
for
their
fur.
By
selling
the
fur,the
illegal
hunters
can
make
great
profits;as
a
result,the
number
of
the
Tibetan
antelopes
is
decreasing
rapidly
from
about
1,000,000
in
1990
to
less
than
300,000
at
present.Immediate
measures
must
be
taken
to
solve
the
present
situation.
First,
the
importance
of
protecting
the
Tibetan
antelopes
should
be
publicized
through
your
association.
Second,
would
you
provide
more
money
for
the
conservation
of
the
Tibetan
antelopes
Last
but
not
least,
I
suggest
that
some
volunteers
be
sent
there
to
help
protect
the
Tibetan
antelopes.
These
are
my
suggestions
and
I
hope
they
could
mean
something
for
a
better
future
of
the
Tibetan
antelopes.
Looking
forward
to
your
reply.
Yours
sincerely,
Li
Hua
学业分层测评
Ⅰ.完成句子
1.目前,大量的食品、饮用水、帐篷和药品正从全国和世界其他地区运往地震灾区。
At
present,lots
of
food,water,tents,and
medicine
________________
from
all
over
China
and
other
parts
of
the
world
to
the
earthquake stricken
areas.
2.别说话好吗?现在正播放天气预报,我想听听。
Would
you
please
keep
silent?The
weather
report
________________
and
I
want
to
listen.
3.看!外国客人们正在由张先生带着参观工厂。
Look!The
foreign
guests
________________
around
the
factory
by
Mr.Zhang.
4.由于汽车正在修理,我得骑自行车上班。
I
have
to
go
to
work
by
bike
because
my
car
________________.
5.这个县正在修多少座桥?
How
many
bridges
________________
in
the
county
【答案】 1.are
being
transported 2.is
being
broadcasted 3.are
being
shown 4.is
being
repaired 5.are
being
built
Ⅱ.阅读理解
A
Animals
are
natural
resources
that
people
have
wasted
all
through
our
history.
Animals
have
been
killed
for
their
fur
and
feathers,
for
food,
for
sport,
and
simply
because
they
were
in
the
way.
Thousands
of
kinds
of
animals
have
disappeared
from
the
earth
forever.Hundreds
more
are
on
the
danger
list
today.About
170
kinds
in
the
United
States
alone
are
considered
in
danger.
Why
should
people
care
Because
we
need
animals.
And
because
once
they
are
gone,
there
will
never
be
any
more.
Animals
are
more
than
beautiful
or
interesting
or
a
source
of
food.
Every
animal
has
its
place
in
the
balance
of
nature.
Destroying
one
kind
of
animal
can
create
many
problems.
For
example,
when
farmers
killed
large
numbers
of
hawks
(鹰),
the
farmers'
stores
of
corn
and
grain
were
destroyed
by
mice.
Why
Because
hawks
eat
mice.
With
no
hawks
to
keep
down
their
numbers,
the
mice
multiplied
quickly.
Luckily,
some
people
are
working
to
help
save
the
animals.
Some
groups
raise
money
to
let
people
know
about
the
problem.
And
they
try
to
get
the
governments
to
pass
laws
protecting
animals
in
danger.
Quite
a
few
countries
have
passed
laws.These
laws
forbid
the
killing
of
any
animal
or
plant
on
the
danger
list.
Slowly,
the
number
of
some
animals
in
danger
is
growing.
【语篇解读】
本文是一篇关于动物保护的说明文。目前,世界范围内动物的数量正在不断下降,保护动物刻不容缓。保护动物不仅是为动物,也是为我们人类自己的生存考虑。幸运的是,现在有的国家已经开始行动,例如成立保护组织或设立法律等对动物进行有效的保护。
1.What
is
the
best
title
for
the
passage
A.Save
the
Animals
B.Useful
Animals
C.Laws
for
Animals
D.Animals
in
Danger
【解析】 主旨大意题。文章提到动物面临的生存现状、保护动物的必要性以及目前一些国家对野生动物采取的保护性措施等方面都体现了保护动物的主题,故文章标题应是“保护动物”。
【答案】 A
2.
Animals
are
important
to
us
mainly
because
________.
A.they
give
us
a
source
of
food
B.they
are
beautiful
and
lovely
C.they
keep
the
balance
of
nature
D.they
give
us
a
lot
of
pleasure
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第四段中“Animals
are
more
than...in
the
balance
of
nature.”可以看出,每一种动物的存在都是有道理的,都是为了维持自然界的平衡。
【答案】 C
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true
A.People
care
much
about
animals
because
they
need
them.
B.People
must
not
kill
any
animal
or
plant.
C.Killing
all
mice
may
cause
some
new
problems.
D.Once
a
certain
kind
of
animal
is
gone
forever,
there
will
never
be
any
more.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第三段中的“Because
we
need
animals.”可确定A项正确。根据第四段中的“Every
animal
has
its
place
in
the
balance
of
nature.”可确定C项正确;根据第二段中的“Thousands
of
kinds
of
animals
have
disappeared
from
the
earth
forever.”可确定D项正确。B项说法过于绝对,由文章最后一段中“These
laws
forbid
the
killing
of
any
animal
or
plant
on
the
danger
list.”可知人们可以捕杀动物,但要有一定的限度。
【答案】 B
4.
We
can
infer
from
the
passage
that
________.
A.people
have
known
the
importance
of
animal
protection
for
a
long
time
B.animals
play
an
important
role
in
people's
life
C.the
number
of
hawks
is
on
the
decrease
D.many
countries
passed
laws
forbidding
the
killing
of
any
animal
【解析】 推理判断题。通过对文章第四段的理解可以得知动物在人们的生活中起着重要作用,故B项正确。
【答案】 B
B
Who
do
you
think
was
the
most
important
woman
of
the
past
100
years
Jane
Addams(1860 1935)
Addams
helped
the
poor
and
worked
for
peace.
She
provided
shelters,
education
opportunities
and
services
for
people
in
need.In
1931,
Addams
became
the
first
American
woman
to
win
the
Nobel
Peace
Prize.
Rachel
Carson
(1907 1964)
Rachel
Carson
was
born
in
the
rural
river
town
of
Springdale,
Pennsylvania
in
America.The
popular
book
Silent
Spring
by
Rachel
Carson
in
1962
made
people
realize
the
dangers
and
the
harmful
effects
of
pollution
on
humans
and
on
the
worlds'
lakes
and
oceans.
Angela
Merkel(1954 )
In
2005,
Germans
chose
Angela
Merkel
as
their
first
woman
head
of
the
country.
She
had
been
a
scientist
in
the
past.
As
Germany's
leader,
she
has
had
an
effect
on
the
whole
world.
Sandra
Day
O'Connor(1930 )
When
Sandra
Day
O'Connor
finished
her
class
at
Stanford
Law
School
in
1952,
she
could
not
find
work
because
she
was
a
woman.
However,
she
became
the
first
woman
to
join
the
US
Supreme
Court
in
1981
after
years
of
hard
work.
Margaret
Thatcher(1952 2013)
In
1979,
Margaret
Thatcher
became
Britain's
first
woman
Prime
Minister.
She
served
until
1990,which
made
her
the
first
British
leader
to
serve
three
terms
in
a
row.
Because
of
her
high
standards
and
strong
will,
people
called
her
Britain's
Iron
Lady.
Marie
Curie(1867 1934)
Polish born
scientist
Marie
Curie
discovered
that
some
types
of
metal
give
off
energy
called
radiation.
Her
research
led
to
new
medical
treatments
and
arms.
She
received
the
Nobel
Prize
in
Physics
in
1903
and
in
Chemistry
in
1911.
【语篇解读】 本文介绍了在过去的100年里最杰出的几位女性。
5.Who
once
won
the
Nobel
Prize
A.Jane
Addams
and
Marie
Curie.
B.Jane
Addams
and
Margaret
Thatcher.
C.Marie
and
Angela
Merkel.
D.Marie
and
Rachel
Carson.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据“In
1931,
Addams
became
the
first
American
woman
to
win
the
Nobel
Peace
Prize.”和“She
received
the
Nobel
Prize
in
Physics
in
1903
and
in
Chemistry
in
1911.”可知
Jane
Addams
在
1931
年获得了诺贝尔和平奖。居里夫人曾两次获得过诺贝尔奖。故答案为A。
【答案】 A
6.We
can
infer
from
the
passage
that
Rachel
Carson
worked
to
________.
A.help
the
poor
B.spread
geographic
knowledge
C.protect
the
environment
D.protect
the
rights
of
women
【解析】 推理判断题。根据“The
popular
book
Silent
Spring
by
Rachel
Carson
in
1962
made
people
realize
the
dangers
and
the
harmful
effects
of
pollution
on
humans
and
on
the
worlds'
lakes
and
oceans.”可知她想让人们意识到污染对人们以及世界上的湖泊、海洋的危害。所以她在提倡环保。故答案为C。
【答案】 C
7.What
do
Angela
Merkel
and
Margaret
Thatcher
have
in
common
A.Both
of
them
were
scientists
before
coming
to
power.
B.Both
of
them
became
the
first
woman
head
of
their
country.
C.Both
of
them
are
famous
for
being
strict.
D.Both
of
them
once
worked
for
three
terms.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据“In
2005,
Germans
chose
Angela
Merkel
as
their
first
woman
head
of
the
country.”可知
Angela
Merkel
曾当选过德国的第一任女总理。根据“In
1979,
Margaret
Thatcher
became
Britain's
first
woman
Prime
Minister.”可知
Margaret
Thatcher
也被选为英国的第一任女首相。故答案为B。
【答案】 B
Ⅲ.语法填空
It
has
been
three
weeks
since
I
came
to
my
Senior
High
School.
Now
I
1.________
(sit)
in
the
classroom
and
ready
to
write
down
my
impressions
of
my
new
teachers.
Of
all
my
new
teachers,the
most
2.________(impress)
teacher
is
our
English
teacher
Mrs
Li,
who
is
always
patient
3.________us.
She
never
makes
us
feel
4.________
(complete)
stupid.
And
Mrs
Chen,
our
physics
teacher,
is
strict
with
us,
and
doesn't
smile
much,5.________most
of
us
really
appreciate
her.
She
explains
exactly
6.________is
happening
and
as
a
result
my
work
is
improving.
I'm
sure
I
will
do
well
in
the
exam
with
Mrs
Chen
7.________(help)
me.
Our
Chinese
teacher
Mr
Wu,
who
8.________
(teach)
us
for
two
weeks,
is
already
very
popular.
I
think
this
is
9.________he
really
enjoys
teaching
Chinese
literature.
He's
so
amusing
that
even
things
like
compositions
and
summaries
are
fun
with
Mr
Wu.
In
a
word,
I
like
all
of
my
teachers
and
I
will
work
hard
to
avoid
10.________
(disappoint)
them.
【答案】
1.am
sitting 根据语境可知表示现在正在进行的动作。
2.impressive 根据前面的“of
all
my
new
teachers”可知用形容词最高级。
3.with be
patient
with“对……有耐心”。
4.completely 修饰stupid可知用副词形式。
5.but 此处表示语气的转折。
6.what what引导宾语从句。
7.helping 考查with复合结构;Mrs
Chen和help之间是主谓关系,因此用现在分词形式。
8.has
been
teaching 用现在完成进行时表示过去的动作一直持续到现在。
9.because
10.disappointing
Ⅳ.短文改错
Harvey
had
eight
umbrellas
but
they
were
all
broken.
He
decided
have
them
repaired.
He
took
the
umbrellas
to
the
shop
and
left
them
here.
The
shopkeeper
said,
“They'll
be
ready
tomorrow.”That
evening
Harvey
went
home
from
a
office
by
bus.
He
sat
next
to
an
old
woman.
She
had
an
umbrella
on
the
floor
between
the
seat.When
the
bus
reached
his
stop,
he
picked
up
her
umbrella
and
standing
up.
“Hey!”
the
woman
said,
“That
umbrella
belonged
to
me.”
“I'm
so
sorry,”
Harvey
said,
giving
it
to
him.
“Please
excuse
me
by
taking
your
umbrella
by
mistake.”
The
next
day
he
was
collected
the
umbrellas,
got
on
the
bus
and
saw
the
same
woman.
As
he
sat
down,
she
said,“You
have
certain
had
a
successful
day!”
【答案】
Harvey
had
eight
umbrellas
but
they
were
all
broken.
He
decided
have
them
repaired.
He
took
the
umbrellas
to
the
shop
and
left
them
.The
shopkeeper
said,
“They'll
be
ready
tomorrow.”
That
evening
Harvey
went
home
from
office
by
bus.
He
sat
next
to
an
old
woman.
She
had
an
umbrella
on
the
floor
between
the
.When
the
bus
reached
his
stop,
he
picked
up
her
umbrella
and
up.
“Hey!”the
woman
said,
“That
umbrella
to
me.”
“I'm
so
sorry.”
Harvey
said,
giving
it
to
.“Please
excuse
me
taking
your
umbrella
by
mistake.”
The
next
day
he
was
collected
the
umbrellas,
got
on
the
bus
and
saw
the
same
woman.As
he
sat
down,
she
said,
“You
have
had
a
successful
day!”Section
Ⅳ Grammar
&
Writing
限制性和非限制性定语从句
阅读下列句子并体会黑体部分的用法
1.This
gift
was
the
Amber
Room,which
was
given
this
name
because
several
tons
of
amber
were
used
to
make
it.
2.The
amber
which
was
selected
had
a
beautiful
yellow brown
colour
like
honey.
3.It
was
also
a
treasure
decorated
with
gold
and
jewels,which
took
the
country's
best
artists
about
ten
years
to
make.
4.However,
the
next
King
of
Prussia,
Frederick
WilliamⅠ,to
whom
the
amber
room
belonged,
decided
not
to
keep
it.5.Later,
Catherine
Ⅱ
had
the
Amber
Room
moved
to
a
palace
outside
St
Petersburg
where
she
spent
her
summers.
定语从句可分为限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句两种。限制性定语从句在意义上与先行词关系密切,是不可缺少的定语。非限制性定语从句和主句的关系不十分密切,只是对先行词的附加说明,如果去掉,主句的意思仍然清楚完整;非限制性定语从句和主句之间用逗号隔开。
限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句的区别:
1.限制性定语从句具有修饰限制的作用,如果限制性定语从句省略了,句子意思就不完整。而非限制性定语从句和先行词之间关系不很密切,只是起补充说明的作用,去掉并不影响整个句子的意思。例如:
The
young
man
who
stole
the
car
was
put
into
prison.
偷车的那个年轻人坐牢了。(限制性定语从句)
His
brother,who
is
an
engineer,will
go
to
London
next
week.他哥哥是位工程师,下周要去伦敦。(非限制性定语从句)
2.限制性定语从句和主句之间没有逗号隔开;而非限制性定语从句和主句之间有逗号隔开。例如:
This
is
the
man
who
used
to
quarrel
with
me.
这就是那个过去常和我吵架的人。
This
is
his
house,where
he
once
lived.
这就是他的房子,他曾经在里面住过。
3.限制性定语从句的先行词一般是名词或代词;而非限制性定语从句的先行词可以是一个词也可以是前面一句话的内容。例如:I
bought
a
book
yesterday
which
is
very
popular
among
young
people.
我昨天买了一本在年轻人中非常受欢迎的书。
His
son
has
made
great
achievements
in
his
work,which
made
him
very
proud.
他儿子在工作中取得了很大的成就,这使他很骄傲。
4.关系代词使用情况不同。
(1)关系代词that和关系副词why可以引导限制性定语从句,但不可以引导非限制性定语从句。在非限制性定语从句中应用which,for
which来替代。例如:
The
house
that
I
bought
has
a
lovely
garden.
The
house,which
I
bought,has
a
lovely
garden.
我买的房子有一个漂亮的花园。
I
have
told
him
the
reason
why
I
was
late
this
morning.
I
have
told
him
the
reason,
for
which
I
was
late
this
morning.
我已经告诉了他我今早迟到的原因。
(2)关系代词whom在限制性定语从句中作宾语时可用who来代替,但在非限制性定语从句中则不可以。例如:
This
is
the
American
whom/who
I
met
yesterday.
这就是我昨天见到的那个美国人。
Peter,whom
you
met
in
London,is
now
in
Paris.
彼得现在在巴黎,你在伦敦见过他的。
(3)which引导限制性定语从句时,如果在从句中作宾语,可以省略。但在非限制性定语从句中是不可以省略的。例如:
The
computer(that/which)I
had
repaired
went
wrong
again.
The
computer,
which
I
had
repaired,
went
wrong
again.
我修过的那台电脑又出毛病了。
(4)as引导的非限制性定语从句,可放在主句前、主句后,也可以放在句子中间。而which引导的非限制性定语从句则只能置于主句之后。当非限制性定语从句表达否定意义时,则只能用which引导。
As
we
all
know,Lu
Xun
is
a
great
writer.
众所周知,鲁迅是一位伟大的作家。
He
is
a
cheat,as
everyone
can
see.
每个人都看得出来,他是个骗子。
The
weather
turned
out
to
be
very
fine,
which
was
more
than
we
could
expect.
结果天气变得很好,这超出了我们的预料。
(5)as在引导非限制性定语从句时,常作一些实义动词的宾语,例如:see,know,say,report,imagine,remember,point
out等。常见的用法有:as
is
known
to
all/as
we
all
know,as
has
been
said
before,as
you
expected/imagined,as
is
mentioned
above,as
has
been
already
reported/announced等。As
has
been
announced,we
shall
have
our
final
exam
next
month.
正如已宣布的那样,我们下个月进行期末考试。
He
failed
in
the
driving
test,as
we
had
expected.
正像我们所预料的那样,他没通过驾照考试。
Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1.Some
experts
think
reading
is
the
fundamental
skill
upon
________
school
education
depends.
2.He
wrote
many
children's
books,nearly
half
of__________
were
published
in
the
1990s.
3.The
number
of
smokers,__________is
reported,has
dropped
by
17
percent
in
just
one
year.
4.Students
living
in
buildings
__________
have
kitchens
are
only
permitted
to
cook
in
the
kitchen.
5.Sharing
bread
or
other
foods
is
a
common
human
tradition
__________
can
promote
unity
and
trust.
6.
Some
people
__________
are
successful
language
learners
often
fail
in
other
fields.
7.
The
sun
heats
the
earth,__________makes
it
possible
for
plants
to
grow.
8.
Then
he
met
Mary,__________
invited
him
to
a
party.
9.
There
is
a
net
bar
around
here,
__________
I
remember.
10.
He
changed
his
mind
again,__________
made
us
all
angry.
【答案】 1.which 2.which 3.as 4.that 5.that
6.who 7.which 8.who 9.as 10.which
Ⅱ.单句改错
1.
These
who
have
plenty
of
money
will
help
their
friends.
________________________________________________________________
2.
This
is
the
longest
train
which
I
have
ever
seen.
________________________________________________________________
3.
Which
we
all
know,
swimming
is
a
very
good
sport.
________________________________________________________________
4.
The
radio
set
which
I
bought
it
last
week
has
gone
wrong.
________________________________________________________________
5.
He
paid
the
boy
$10
for
washing
ten
windows,
most
of
them
hadn't
been
cleaned
for
at
least
a
year.
________________________________________________________________
【答案】 1.These改为Those 2.which改为that 3.Which改为As 4.去掉it 5.them改为which
班级辩论报告
1.概念:班级辩论报告属于应用文文体之一,同时又具有议论文的特点,是对某个话题的辩论。
2.内容安排:
该类文章一般分为四部分:
第一部分:开门见山,说明辩论的主题、参与者等;
第二部分:列举支持方观点及其理由;
第三部分:列举反对方观点及其理由;
第四部分:得出结论或给出自己的观点。
3.语言特征:
(1)文章短小精悍,语言精练,准确易懂;
(2)时态常用一般现在时。
1.文章开头常用语
Recently
we
have
had
a
discussion/debate...
Some
people
are
in
favor
of...
Other
people
are
against...
There
are
different
opinions
among
people
as
to...
Different
people
have/hold
different
views/opinions
on
this
problem.2.陈述正方观点常用语
Some
people
hold
the
opinion
that...
People
who
are
for
the
idea
think
that...
最近你市发现了一处唐文化遗址。是否应当开发?人们展开了激烈的讨论。假如你是一名记者,请就此写一篇100词左右的报道,并发表自己的看法。
赞成开发
应开发利用以吸引更多的游客来旅游观光。
反对开发
应保持原样,妥善保护,以免遭人为破坏。
你的观点
……
参考词汇:开发:explore;旅游业:tourism
注意事项:1.不可逐条翻译;
2.可适当增加细节;
3.书写要流利、规范;
4.文章开头已给出,不计入总词数。
Recently,citizens
in
our
city
have
had/held
a
heated
debate
on
whether
we
should
explore
the
cultural
site,which
was
discovered
in
our
city.______________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
体裁
辩论报道
话题
文化遗址开发
时态
一般现在时
人称
第三人称
Ⅰ.词汇
1.支持
in_favor_of
2.再者
what's_more
3.持有相反的观点
hold_an_opposite_opinion
4.就我而言
as_far_as_I'm_concerned
5.充分利用
make_good_use_of
Ⅱ.句式
1.They
think
the
cultural
site
is
worth
exploring.The
cultural
site
will
make
people
learn
more
about
the
long
history
of
our
country.(用定语从句合并句子)
They_think_the_cultural_site_is_worth_exploring,which_will_make_people
_learn_more_about_the_long_history_of_our_country.
2.Others
hold
an
opposite
opinion.
They
think
that
we
should
keep
it
as
it
is
and
protect
it
properly.(用非谓语动词合并句子)
Others_hold_an_opposite_opinion,thinking_that_we_should_keep_it_as
_it_is_and_protect_it_properly.
3.It
can
not
be
destroyed
by
people
only
in
this
way.(用倒装句改写句子)
Only_in_this_way_can_it_not_be_destroyed_by_people.
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
【参考范文】
Recently,citizens_in_our_city_have_had/held_a_heated_debate_on_whether
_we_should_explore_the_cultural_site,which_was_discovered_in_our_city.
Some
people
are
in
favor
of
the
idea.
They
think
the
cultural
site
is
worth
exploring,
which
will
make
people
learn
more
about
the
long
history
of
our
country.
What's
more,
this
cultural
site
can
attract
more
visitors
to
our
city,
which
will
improve
our
tourism.
However,others
hold
an
opposite
opinion,thinking
that
we
should
keep
it
as
it
is
and
protect
it
properly.Only
in
this
way
can
it
not
be
destroyed
by
people.
As
far
as
I'm
concerned,we
should
ask
the
experts
for
advice
to
find
a
better
way
to
make
good
use
of
this
cultural
site.
学业分层测评
Ⅰ.完成句子
1.麦克又矮又胖,这使他在班上很显眼。
Mike
is
short
and
fat,__________________in
the
class.
2.那边在树下读书的男孩是谁?
Who
is
the
boy__________________over
there
3.这就是那位父母亲在地震中丧生的年轻人。
This
is
the
young
man__________________in
the
earthquake.
4.英语是你这些年里要学的最难的一门学科。
English
is
the
most
difficult
subject
____________________.
5.任何没有通过考试的人都应该受到惩罚。
Anyone________________should
be
punished.
【答案】
1.which
makes
him
stand
out
2.that
is
reading
under
the
tree
3.whose
parents
were
lost
4.that
you
will
learn
during
these
years
5.who
failed
in
the
exam
Ⅱ.阅读理解
A
If
you
are
interested
in
studying
at
an
American
university,
you
have
to
take
the
Test
of
English
as
a
Foreign
Language.
The
test
is
widely
known
as
the
TOEFL.
It
is
the
most
widely
used
language
exam
for
American
universities.
There
are
two
major
kinds
of
the
TOEFL
test.
The
first
is
the
IBT,or
Internet
based
Test.It
is
offered
in
most
of
the
world
and
accepted
by
nearly
every
university
and
scholarship
program
in
the
United
States.
The
other
kind
of
the
test
is
called
the
Paper based
Test
or
PBT.
The
PBT
is
less
costly
to
take
and
does
not
require
use
of
the
Internet.
But
how
to
get
started
with
TOEFL
Here
are
some
tips.
1.
Plan
ahead—It
takes
a
long
time
to
improve
your
TOEFL
score.
Do
not
expect
a
big
lift
in
your
test
results
after
two
weeks.
You
will
have
to
spend
a
lot
of
time
and
energy.
2.Master
the
basics
first—You
should
have
to
be
good
at
basic
English
before
you
take
the
test.
If
you
score
below
500
on
the
PBT
or
70
on
the
IBT,study
for
a
few
months
and
come
back
to
the
TOEFL
later.
3.Get
a
study
guide—It
is
easy
to
find
study
guides
for
the
IBT.
Pearson,
Barron's,ETS,
and
Kaplan
all
produce
quality
materials,take
a
practice
test
once
or
twice
a
month.
The
best
study
guides
will
have
explanations
in
the
answer
key.
4.Use
outside
resources—Remember,
you
are
learning
a
language,not
a
test.You
can
improve
your
TOEFL
score
by
making
English
part
of
your
daily
life.
Some
simple
ways
are
listening
to
English
speakers,
watching
movies
and
reading
newspapers.
Some
others
are
reading
English
textbooks,sending
and
reading
text
messages
in
English,
and
writing
online
in
English.
The
best
way
to
do
well
on
the
TOEFL
is
to
know
English
well.The
real
goal
of
the
test
is
to
measure
how
well
a
student
can
communicate
in
English speaking
classroom.
If
you
want
to
know
more,
please
click
here.
【语篇解读】 文章介绍了什么是托福考试并给出了一些备考的建议。
1.If
you
want
to
study
in
an
America
university,
you
have
to______.
A.be
very
rich
and
work
hard
B.be
well
prepared
to
take
the
TOEFL
test
C.ask
an
English
teacher
to
help
you
D.prepare
for
a
month
before
taking
the
TOEFL
test
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第一段的“If
you
are
interested
in
studying
at
an
American
university,you
have
to
take
the
Test
of
English
as
a
Foreign
Language.”可知,如果想去美国留学,必须参加托福考试,故选B。
【答案】 B
2.From
the
passage
we
can
learn
that______.
A.the
IBT
is
more
expensive
to
take
and
requires
use
of
the
Internet
B.Pearson
is
a
person
who
teaches
quality
materials
C.if
you
score
500
on
the
PBT,you
can
pass
the
TOEFL
test
D.if
you
are
good
at
reading,you
can
pass
the
TOEFL
test
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段“There
are
two
major
kinds
of
the
TOEFL
test.The
first
is
the
IBT...The
PBT
is
less
costly
to
take
and
does
not
require
use
of
the
Internet.”可知,托福考试分为两种,一种是网上考试,一种是纸质考试,后者不需要用到互联网,花费也(比前者)更低,故选A。
【答案】 A
3.The
real
purpose
of
the
TOEFL
is
to________,
according
to
the
passage.
A.get
more
foreign
students
to
study
in
American
universities
B.let
foreign
students
know
more
about
American
universities
C.measure
one's
communicating
ability
in
English
D.improve
foreign
students'
skills
of
taking
tests
【解析】 细节理解题。根据倒数第二段的“The
real
goal
of
the
test
is
to
measure
how
well
a
student
can
communicate
in
English speaking
classroom.”可知,托福考试的目的是测试学生能用英语进行交流的程度,故选C。
【答案】 C
4.Where
does
the
passage
most
probably
come
from
A.A
website.
B.A
lesson.
C.A
science
book.
D.A
novel.
【解析】 推理判断题。文章介绍了什么是托福考试,并给出了一些准备托福考试的建议,根据最后一段“If
you
want
to
know
more,please
click
here.”中的click可知,这是来自网络的一篇文章,故选A。
【答案】 A
B
No
matter
where
you
travel
in
Asia,you'll
find
yourself
faced
with
a
new
culture.You
can
start
your
Asian
exploration
(探索)
by
visiting
some
of
these
attractive
cities
first.
Beijing,
China
Beijing
is
the
second
largest
city
in
China
and
serves
as
the
capital.
The
city
is
so
old,
in
fact,
that
almost
every
building
has
some
sort
of
cultural
or
historic
features—no
matter
how
small.
Getting
around
the
city
you'll
find
yourself
faced
with
amazing
temples
(寺庙),the
largest
palaces
in
the
world,
and
many
works
of
art
that
leave
you
breathless.
Siem
Reap,
Cambodia(柬埔寨)
Siem
Reap
is
the
capital
city
of
Siem
Reap
Province
in
northwestern
Cambodia.
Siem
Reap
has
a
lot
of
French
and
Chinese style
architecture.
In
the
city,
there
are
traditional
dance
performances,
silk
farms,
fishing
villages
and
a
bird
sanctuary
(保护区)
near
the
Tonle
Sap
Lake.
Siem
Reap
today,
being
a
popular
tourist
attraction,has
a
large
number
of
hotels
and
restaurants.
Kathmandu,
Nepal(尼泊尔)
Situated
in
the
heart
of
the
Himalayans,
Kathmandu,
the
largest
city
and
capital
of
Nepal,
is
considered
to
be
one
of
the
most
outstanding
cities
in
the
world
today.The
shopping
districts
are
world
famous
and
the
hotels
in
Kathmandu
are
among
the
most
comfortable
in
the
world.
Kyoto,Japan
The
city
of
Kyoto
served
as
the
capital
of
Japan
from
794
to
1868.
No
longer
the
capital,
it
is
known
for
being
the
seventh
largest
city
in
Japan.
Kyoto
was
destroyed
throughout
history
by
fires
and
war.
But
now
the
city
is
home
to
more
than
1.4
million
people,
and
it
presents
a
modern
face
to
the
rest
of
the
world.
Every
city
throughout
Asia
has
a
story
of
its
own.
It's
up
to
you
to
explore
them
all
and
find
out
exactly
what
each
one
has
to
offer.
Enjoy!
【语篇解读】 亚洲有很多世界著名的旅游城市,它们以不同的风格和丰富的旅游资源吸引着世界各地的游客。
5.If
you
want
to
visit
the
biggest
palaces
where
ancient
emperors
lived
in
the
world,
you
can
go
to________.
A.Beijing
B.Siem
Reap
C.Kathmandu
D.Kyoto
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段中的“Getting
around
the
city
you'll
find
yourself...leave
you
breathless.”可知北京有世界上最大的古代帝王居住的宫殿。故选A。
【答案】 A
6.In
Siem
Reap
you
can
see
the
following
EXCEPT________.
A.Chinese style
buildings
B.excellent
art
works
C.traditional
dances
D.a
protected
bird
area
【解析】 细节理解题。第三段中的“Siem
Reap
has
a
lot
of
French
and
Chinese style
architecture.In
the
city,...a
bird
sanctuary(保护区)”提到了A、C、D三项;而文中并未出现“art
works”的相关内容,故选B。
【答案】 B
7.We
can
learn
from
the
passage
that________.
A.
the
cities
are
all
capital
cities
now
B.Beijing
is
the
largest
city
in
China
C.one
can't
find
a
good
hotel
in
Kathmandu
D.all
the
cities
have
their
own
stories
【解析】 细节理解题。根据文章最后一段第一句“Every
city
throughout
Asia
has
a
story
of
its
own.”可知D项正确。
【答案】 D
8.The
writer's
purpose
in
writing
the
passage
is________.
A.to
introduce
several
attractive
cities
in
Asia
B.to
compare
some
tourist
cities
in
Asia
C.to
tell
readers
not
to
visit
European
cities
D.to
write
an
advertisement
about
a
travel
company
【解析】 写作意图题。根据文章大意和第一段中的“You
can
start
your
Asian
exploration(探索)
by
visiting
some
of
these
attractive
cities
first.”可知作者的写作目的是想介绍一些亚洲吸引人的城市。这些城市大多都有珍贵的历史遗迹。
【答案】 A
Ⅲ.语法填空
My
friend
had
a
chance
to
make
a
trip
to
Hong
Kong
on
August
15,
2016.
He
had
dreamed
1.________
visiting
it
since
his
boyhood
and
it
was
the
first
time
that
he
2.________
(be)
there.
The
following
was
what
he
had
seen.
3.________
(arrive)
there,
he
was
impressed
by
its
beautiful
scenery
and
tall
buildings.
It
is
said
that
Hong
Kong
has
the
4.________
(many)
skyscrapers
(摩天大楼)
in
the
world.Wherever
he
went,
he
saw
many
smiling
faces.
People
in
Hong
Kong
were
kind,
easy going
and
ready
to
help
others.Much
to
his
surprise,
he
saw
that
people
there
always
kept
order
in
public
5.________
(place).
Though
crowds
of
people
were
waiting
for
the
next
train
at
the
subway
station,
they
were
talking
in
such
6.________
low
voice
as
not
7.________
(disturb)
others.
Chinese
and
English
are
the
8.________(office)
languages
of
Hong
Kong.
English
9.________(use)
in
governments,
markets,
service
centers
and
other
fields.
Staying
there
for
a
week
was
a
good
experience
for
him,10.________
he
would
never
forget.
【语篇解读】 本文叙述了作者朋友到香港旅游的所见所闻。
1.of/about dream
of/about“梦想做……”。
2.had
been It
was
the
first
time
that...“这是某人第一次做某事”,从句用过去完成时。
3.Arriving arrive与he构成逻辑上的主动关系,所以用v. ing形式。
4.most 香港有最多的摩天大楼,用最高级。
5.places public
places“公共场所”,用复数形式。
6.a in
a
low
voice “低声地”。
7.to
disturb 此处意为“不打扰别人”,用不定式。
8.official official“官方的”。
9.is
used 空缺处缺少谓语动词,且English与use为被动关系,所以用is
used。
10.which which引导非限制性定语从句。
Ⅳ.短文改错
Mr.
Wang
and
his
wife
went
to
the
supermarket
the
last
Sunday.
They
arrived
home
very
lately.
On
the
way
upstairs,
Mrs.
Wang
said,
“Listen!
I
can
hear
someone
talk
in
kitchen.”
Then
they
went
downstairs
and
quiet
stood
there
outside
the
room.
“Yes,
you
are
right,”said
Mr.
Wang.
“There
are
two
boy.
They
are
talking!”
Then
they
call
out.
“Who's
there?”
And
no
one
answered.
Mr.
Wang
opened
the
door
quickly
and
turned
on
the
light.
The
room
is
empty.
When
they
saw
the
radio,
they
laughed.
The
radio
was
still
on.
“Oh,
dear,”
he
said,
“I
forgot
to
turn
it
off
when
they
left.”
【答案】
Mr.
Wang
and
his
wife
went
to
the
supermarket
last
Sunday.
They
arrived
home
very
.
On
the
way
upstairs,
Mrs.
Wang
said,“Listen!I
can
hear
someone
in
kitchen.”
Then
they
went
downstairs
and
stood
there
outside
the
room.
“Yes,
you
are
right,”said
Mr.
Wang.
“There
are
two
.
They
are
talking!”
Then
they
out.
“Who's
there?”
no
one
answered.
Mr.
Wang
opened
the
door
quickly
and
turned
on
the
light.
The
room
empty.
When
they
saw
the
radio,
they
laughed.
The
radio
was
still
on.
“Oh,
dear,”
he
said,
“I
forgot
to
turn
it
off
when
left.”单元尾
核心要点回扣
Ⅰ.重点单词
1.________n.过路人;行人→________pl.
2.________vt.&vi.表演;履行;执行→________n.表演;演奏;工作;成绩
3.________n.幽默→________adj.幽默的;诙谐的
4.________vt.吸引→________n.吸引;吸引力;吸引人的事物→________adj.吸引人的;有吸引力的
5.________adj.自信的;确信的→________n.自信;信任
6.________adj.简短的;简要的→________adv.简要地;短暂地
7.________vt.投入;热爱→________n.投入;热爱
8.________n.感觉;观念→________adj.敏感的;易受伤害的;灵敏的
9.________n.音乐→________n.音乐家
10.________vi.行动________n.男演员________n.女演员
【答案】 1.passer by;passers by 2.perform;performance 3.humor;humorous 4.attract;attraction;attractive 5.confident;confidence
6.brief;briefly 7.devote;devotion 8.sense;sensitive
9.music;musician 10.act;actor;actress
Ⅱ.重点短语
1.all
2.pretend
3.break
4.be
familiar
【答案】 1.above;after;first
of 2.to
do
sth.;to
be
doing
sth.;to
have
done 3.out;away
from;down;into 4.to
sb.;with
sth.
Ⅲ.重点句式
1.Sometimes
they
may
play
to
passers by
in
the
street
or
subway
________(以便)they
can
earn
some
extra
money
for
themselves
or
to
pay
for
their
instruments.
2.They
put
an
advertisement
in
a
newspaper______(招摇滚乐手),but
they
could
only
find
one
who
was
good
enough.
3.Their
personal
life
was
regularly
discussed
by
people
who
did
not
know
them
but
talked______(好像)they
were
close
friends.
4.How
does
music________(使你感觉)
【答案】 1.so
that 2.looking
for
rock
musicians
3.as
if 4.make
you
feel
Ⅳ.回顾话题
尽可能多地用本单元所学到的词汇和句式翻译下面的短文。
他喜欢爵士乐,梦想成为音乐家。可他没有钱,没有工作室,所以只好在酒吧表演挣钱。这样痛苦的日子大约过了三年,最终他依靠自己的诚实劳动成功了。
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
【参考范文】
He
loved
jazz
so
much
and
he
dreamed
of
being
a
musician.But
he
had
no
cash
and
therefore
no
studio,so
he
had
to
perform
in
pubs
to
earn
some
money.After
three
painful
years
or
so,he
succeeded
by
relying
on
his
honest
work.
单元综合测评
Ⅰ.阅读理解(共15小题;每小题2分,满分30分)
A
As
you
research
music,you
will
find
music
that
is
familiar
to
you.You
will
find
music
which
tells
of
interesting
places
and
exciting
things
to
do.You
will
find
music
which
expresses
feelings
that
are
often
your
own.Music
is
an
expression
of
the
people.
As
you
research,
you
will
find
music
at
work
and
play.You
will
find
music
expressing
love
of
the
country,
love
of
nature,
and
love
of
home.Music
is
also
an
expression
of
the
composer
(作曲家).The
composer
expresses
his
own
musical
ideas.He
studies
the
materials
of
music
and
discovers
ways
of
using
them.He
looks
for
new
kinds
of
musical
expression.
Music
can
suggest
actions
and
feelings
which
we
all
share.We
can
enjoy
playing
and
singing
music,
dancing
and
listening
to
the
music
of
the
people
and
the
composers
of
different
times
and
places.
【语篇解读】 音乐不仅是一段美妙的乐曲,还会向我们讲述周围的人和事,抒发人们对家人、对生活、对国家、对自然的热爱。音乐还能表达人类共同的情感。
1.In
the
first
paragraph,
the
author
tells
us
to________.
A.find
entertainment(娱乐)
in
music
B.be
friendly
to
music
C.express
your
feelings
in
music
D.discover
the
things
and
places
in
music
【解析】 细节理解题。由第一段中“You
will
find
music
which
tells
of
interesting
places
and
exciting
things
to
do.”可知答案A正确。
【答案】 A
2.From
the
second
paragraph,we
know
that____________.
A.
if
we
love
music,we
will
love
the
country,
nature
and
home
B.music
sings
of
the
country,nature
and
home
C.you
may
listen
to
music
at
work
or
play
D.music
can
express
how
people
live,
work
and
think
【解析】 细节理解题。由第二段中“You
will
find
music
expressing
love
of
the
country,love
of
nature,and
love
of
home.”可知答案B正确。
【答案】 B
3.The
last
paragraph
shows
that
music
makes
it
possible________.A.
that
the
music
can
express
actions
and
feelings
we
have
in
common
B.to
bring
understanding
between
people
of
different
times
and
places
C.that
people
can
enjoy
playing
and
singing
music,dancing
and
listening
to
the
music
at
the
same
time
D.that
people
of
different
times
and
places
can
get
together
【解析】 细节理解题。由最后一段第一句话“Music
can
suggest
actions
and
feelings
which
we
all
share.”可知答案A正确。
【答案】 A
4.Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true
Music
expresses________.
A.the
feelings
of
our
own
B.people's
love
of
the
country
C.the
composer's
feelings
D.people's
musical
ideas
【解析】 细节理解题。由第二段中“The
composer
expresses
his
own
musical
ideas.”可知,音乐表达作曲家的音乐观点,而不是人们的音乐观点,故答案选D。
【答案】 D
B
After
I
mastered
my
first
concerto
(协奏曲)
at
age
14,
my
parents
decided
to
get
me
a
nice
violin.
I
tried
out
dozens
of
instruments
before
I
found
my
match:
a
German
violin.
It
was
beautiful,
but
what
I
liked
best
about
it
was
its
voice.
Confident
and
strong,
it
was
everything
I
longed
to
be.
I'm
not
sure
how
much
that
violin
cost,
but
my
parents
made
me
promise
never
to
let
it
out
of
my
sight.
They
didn't
understand
that
dragging
a
large
violin
case
ran_counter_to
my
daily
middle
school
task
of
being
invisible.
I
was
a
strange,
absent minded
kid.When
I
spoke
up
in
class,
my
comments
brought
silence
from
teachers
and
wild
laughter
from
students.
Like
a
deer
in
a
wolf
pack,
I
tried
to
be
quiet
and
still.
In
contrast,
my
new
violin
was
almost
shockingly
loud.Together,
we
could
drown
out
the
rest
of
my
middle
school
orchestra—which
was
encouraged,
since
the
other
kids
made
sounds
like
cats'
crying.
For
one
glorious
hour
every
day,
I
was
showered
with
attention.
Everyone
wanted
to
hear
what
I
had
to
say.
Between
classes,
I
bent
under
the
combined
weight
of
my
violin
case
and
a
backpack
filled
with
books.
My
posture
suffered,
but
my
confidence
grew.
With
my
violin
by
my
side,
I
found
my
voice.
More
and
more,
I
contributed
to
class
discussions
and
even
made
a
couple
of
friends.
Today,
I'm
just
an
amateur
violinist
with
a
regular
day
job.As
I
sit
in
my
community
orchestra,
sometimes
I
feel
jealous
(嫉妒的)
of
my
fellow
musicians'
instruments
with
their
elegant
voices.
I
may
not
be
the
best
violinist
around,
but
at
least
I'm
still
the
loudest.
【语篇解读】 这是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了作者小时候通过和小提琴在一起的时光,从一个安静的孩子成长为一个自信的小提琴手。
5.The
underlined
part
“ran
counter
to”in
Paragraph
2
probably
means
________.
A.was
similar
to
B.went
along
with
C.was
the
opposite
of
D.had
something
in
common
with
【解析】 词义猜测题。根据下文的“I
was
a
strange,
absent minded
kid.”和第三段的“In
contrast,
my
new
violin
was
almost
shockingly
loud.”可知,作者的个性是心不在焉的,和小提琴的高亢正好相反。此处run
counter
to的意思是“和……相反”,故选C。
【答案】 C
6.What
kind
of
feeling
is
expressed
in
Paragraph
3
A.Disappointment.
B.Anger.
C.Pride.
D.Regret.
【解析】 推理判断题。根据第三段的“For
one
glorious
hour
every
day,
I
was
showered
with
attention.”,可知,每天有一个小时,作者会受到全校的关注,这让他很自豪,故选C。
【答案】 C
7.What
can
we
infer
from
the
text
A.The
violin
changed
the
author
in
some
way.
B.The
author
hated
the
loud
voice
of
his
violin.
C.The
violin
always
made
the
author
nervous.
D.The
author
was
the
best
violinist
in
his
community
orchestra.
【解析】 推理判断题。根据第四段的“My
posture
suffered,
but
my
confidence
grew.
With
my
violin
by
my
side,
I
found
my
voice.”可知,有了小提琴,作者的自信增长了,也就是从某种意义上小提琴改变了作者,故选A。
【答案】 A
C
Every
year,
I
tell
my
sons
what
I'd
like
for
Mother's
Day:
a
letter.Something
written
from
the
heart
and
offered
freely
rather
than
bought
from
a
store
and
wrapped
neatly.I
don't
always
get
my
wish,
nor
do
I
always
take
the
time
to
write
to
my
own
mother.
This
year,
my
boys
will
be
in
two
different
states
on
Mother's
Day.My
mom
and
dad
will
be
away
together,and
I'll
be
driving
home
from
a
writer's
workshop
in
Massachusetts.Thinking
of
the
fact
that
many
friends
have
already
lost
their
mothers
and
that
a
few
have
lost
children,
I
am
deeply
grateful
that
what
separates
us,
for
now
at
least,
is
merely
distance.It
won't
always
be
so,
and
there
is
no
way
to
prepare
for
that
fact
other
than
to
appreciate
the
moment
that
is.My
sons
know
that
they
can
please
me
on
Sunday
with
a
phone
call
or
an
e mail,
and
that
is
enough
as
I
love
their
words.The
very
best
gift
they
can
possibly
give
me
is
their
own
happiness,
the
very
fact
of
their
busy,full
and
well lived
lives.
Still,
knowing
that
my
years
of
staying
with
my
sons
are
over,
I
do
feel
doleful.The
truth
is,
I
miss
being
the
center
of
the
universe
to
two
little
boys.And
this
holiday
can
be
a
bit
painful.
I
wonder
if
my
own
mother
ever
felt
nostalgic
for
the
passing
of
my
childhood.I
wonder
if
she
realizes
that
she
is
still
at
the
center
of
my
universe
and
always
has
been.I
don't
often
pause
to
think
about
it,but
of
course
she
is
the
one
who
has
been
right
there,
at
my
side
from
the
moment
I
drew
my
very
first
breath.How
to
ever
fully
appreciate
the
woman
whose
presence
and
love
and
example
have
shaped
me
into
the
adult
I
am
How
to
describe
even
a
small
part
of
the
sharing,
sacrificing,
and
support
she
has
given
me
over
the
years 【语篇解读】 儿子离开了父母,在母亲节的时候作者最希望的是收到儿子的来信,作者回忆起自己的父母对自己的教育和照顾。8.
The
author
mainly
wants
to
tell
us
through
the
first
paragraph
that______.
A.
she
hopes
to
get
her
son's
letters
very
much
B.her
sons
don't
often
write
to
her
on
Mother's
DayC.Mother's
Day
is
the
very
date
that
she
longs
for
most
D.she
is
very
sorry
not
to
write
to
her
mother
often
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句“I
don't
always
get
my
wish,nor
do
I
always
take
the
time
to
write
to
my
own
mother.”可以判断她对自己没有经常给她母亲写信感到后悔,故D正确。
【答案】 D
9.
The
author
is
deeply
grateful
for
the
present
life
because________.
A.
her
sons
don't
live
far
away
from
her
home
B.her
parents
and
children
are
still
alive
C.her
parents
are
coming
to
her
house
to
spend
Mother's
Day
D.her
sons
can
please
her
on
Sunday
with
a
phone
call
【解析】 细节理解题。根据文章第二段“Thinking
of
the
fact
that
many
friends
have
already
lost
their
mothers
and
that
a
few
have
lost
children,I
am
deeply
grateful
that
what
separates
us...”可知作者对现在的生活深深的感激是因为自己的父母和孩子都健在,故选择B项。
【答案】 B
10.
According
to
the
author______.
A.young
people
nowadays
tend
to
ignore
their
parents
B.parents
should
not
give
their
children
too
much
freedom
C.children's
happiness
and
success
are
the
biggest
comfort
to
parents
D.parents
are
not
the
center
of
their
children's
universe
when
children
grow
up
【解析】 细节理解题。根据文章第二段最后一句“The
very
best
gift
they
can
possibly
give
me
is
their
own
happiness,the
very
fact
of
their
busy,full
and
well lived
lives.”可知孩子的快乐和成功是对父母最大的安慰。故C正确。
【答案】 C
11.
What
will
the
author
probably
tell
about
after
the
last
paragraph
A.
She'll
tell
the
reader
about
her
mother's
present
situation.
B.She'll
recall
how
her
mother
educated
and
cared
for
her.
C.She'll
describe
the
reunion
of
her
family
on
Mother's
Day.
D.She'll
tell
the
reader
about
her
mother's
achievements
in
her
career.
【解析】 推理判断题。文章最后一段作者主要回忆自己的母亲对自己的教育和照顾,因此下一段可能讲述自己母亲是如何对自己教育和照顾的,故B正确。
【答案】 B
D
A
mansion
(豪宅)
may
symbolize
the
American
dream.But
the
fact
is,
for
most
immigrants,
the
closest
one
they
ever
get
to
is
the
neighboring
bushes.
Such
is
the
case
with
63 year old
Catalino
Tabia,
Calif.He's
a
gardener
with
a
6th
grade
education.He
came
to
America
to
make
his
dreams
come
true,
but
ended
up
fulfilling
everyone
else's.
“I
always
wanted
to
be
somebody,”
Tabia
said.“But
now
I
just
want
the
opportunity
to
help
others.”
That
is
why,
not
long
ago,
Tabia
started
the
Bay
Area
Gardeners
Foundation.It's
a
charity
aiming
at
helping
smart
kids
like
Noel
Chavez,
whose
dream
was
to
become
the
first
in
his
family
to
graduate
from
college.Unfortunately,
since
Noel
is
still
waiting
for
his
citizenship,he's
not
qualified
for
financial
aid.
And
after
just
a
few
months
of
going
to
school
full time
and
working
full time,
he
was
ready
to
give
in.
“I'm
working
too
much.I'm
not
going
to
do
it.It's
impossible.But
then
you
get
some
help,
and
that's
my
break.”
The
break
was
a
$1,500
scholarship
from
the
Gardeners
Foundation.In
the
last
two
years,
the
foundation
has
awarded
13
such
prizes
to
low income
kids,
regardless
of
citizenship.
And
Tabia
plans
to
give
out
hundreds
more.
How
does
a
gardener
come
up
with
that
kind
of
cash
“I
was
thinking
and
thinking
and
suddenly,
the
clients!”
he
said.
“That's
where
the
money
is
coming
from.
We
work
for
clients
with
a
lot
of
money.”
Tabia
and
his
gardener
friends
just
started
knocking
on
those
mansion
doors-and
the
checks
have
been
rolling
in
ever
since.“There
might
be
some
gardeners
at
your
graduation,”
someone
said
to
Noel.
“I'm
sure
there
will
and
I'm
going
to
invite
them,”
he
replied.
Tabia
is
now
hoping
this
idea
catches
on
with
the
gardeners
around
the
country.
And
whether
that
happens
or
not,
and
whether
he
realizes
it
or
not,
Tapia
has
already
finished
what
he
came
to
America
to
do-become
somebody.
【语篇解读】 一个没有实现自己梦想的园艺工人成立了一个组织,来帮助聪明的孩子们实现他们的梦想。
12.Why
did
Tabia
come
to
America
A.To
improve
his
gardening.
B.To
further
his
education.
C.To
become
someone
important.
D.To
help
immigrants
succeed.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段的“He
came
to
America
to
make
his
dreams
come
true”和“I
always
wanted
to
be
somebody”,somebody在此意为“了不起的人物”。可知C为正确答案。
【答案】 C
13.The
Bay
Area
Gardeners
Foundation
is
an
organization
which________.
A.provides
poor
immigrant
students
with
part time
jobs
B.assists
immigrants
to
get
American
citizenship
quickly
C.supports
immigrants
who
want
to
buy
their
own
big
houses
D.helps
wise
kids
from
low income
families
realize
their
dreams
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第三段的“It's
a
charity
aiming
at
helping
smart
kids...”和第四段的“the
foundation
has
awarded
13
such
prizes
to
low income
kids”,可知D为正确答案。
【答案】 D
14.What
do
we
know
about
Noel
A.He
did
a
part time
job
to
support
his
own
education.
B.He
had
no
right
to
receive
financial
aid
from
the
Gardeners
Foundation.
C.He
dreamed
to
be
the
first
in
his
family
to
receive
education.
D.He
will
invite
gardeners
to
attend
his
graduation
ceremony.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据倒数第二段中的最后两句话可知Noel会邀请他们参加毕业典礼。
【答案】 D
15.The
purpose
of
this
text
is
mainly
to________.
A.tell
how
a
gardener
achieved
success
by
helping
others
B.introduce
the
Bay
Area
Gardeners
Foundation
C.show
the
concern
of
immigrants
for
education
D.encourage
children
to
try
to
realize
their
dreams
【解析】 写作意图题。文章主要讲述了一个移民到美国成立园艺工人基金会帮助孩子实现梦想的故事,而主人公也因此实现了自己的梦想:become
somebody。
【答案】 A
Ⅱ.阅读填句(共5小题;每小题2分,满分10分)
How
to
Improve
Vocabulary
Fast
Your
vocabulary
refers
to
the
words
in
a
language
you
are
familiar
with.We
should
learn
some
ways
to
expand
it.
Read
every
day.__16__Choose
reading
material
that
is
slightly
above
your
level
and
keep
a
dictionary
with
you
to
look
up
words
you
do
not
know.
__17__If
you
do
not
meet
with
an
unfamiliar
word
in
your
daily
reading,
use
your
dictionary
to
search
for
one.
Learn
the
correct
definition
and
pronunciation
for
each
new
word.
Pronunciation
is
as
important
as
definition
because
in
order
to
add
a
word
to
your
active
vocabulary,
you
must
be
able
to
use
it
in
speech.
Elaborate(详尽阐述)on
the
meaning
of
the
word.If
you
have
just
learned
that
the
word
“stubborn”
,
think
about
the
neighbor
who
will
not
lend
you
his
car.__18__
Use
your
new
word
in
speech
and
in
writing.
E mail
your
sister
about
how
your
cat
is
stubborn
about
sleeping
on
your
pillow.__19__But
the
more
you
use
it,
the
more
fluent
you
will
become
in
its
use.
Soon
it
will
be
a
regular
part
of
your
active
vocabulary.
Tell
everyone
you
are
trying
to
increase
your
vocabulary.
Encourage
them
to
ask
you
what
your
latest
word
is.__20__The
more
you
explain
the
meaning
of
a
word
to
someone,
the
more
likely
you
are
to
remember
it.
A.Find
a
new
word
every
day.
B.The
vocabulary
can
be
increased.
C.Your
vocabulary
contains
the
words
you
understand.
D.The
more
often
you
read,
the
faster
your
vocabulary
can
grow.
E.Or
let
them
ask
for
the
definition
of
a
new
word
you
have
used.
F.Imagine
him
shaking
his
head,
and
think
of
him
as
“stubborn
in
his
refusal”.
G.The
first
time
you
use
a
new
word
in
speech
it
may
seem
strange.
【答案】 16-20 DAFGE
Ⅲ.完形填空(共20小题;每小题1.5分,满分30分)
Dad
was
not
only
my
best
friend,
but
my
compass
(指南针).
While
he
was
alive,
he
__21__me
with
his
actions
and
advice.
He
taught
me
one
important
__22__:
“Believe
in
yourself.”
If
there
was
one
phrase
my
dad__23__
liked
to
hear,
it
was
“I
can't.”
He
never
got
to
finish
high
school
and
__24__
two
jobs
to
support
his
large
family,__25__he
never
complained.Through
education
and
years
of
hard
work,
my
dad
became
an
excellent
journalist.
When
I
was
in
high
school,
I
had
a__26__time
with
math.
He
tried
to
help
me,
but
I
__27__
struggled.So
my
math
teacher
suggested
I
meet
with
him
at
7:00
each
morning
before
school
for__28__
help.
I
told
dad,
“That's
__29__!
I'm
tired!
I
can't
do
that!”
He
replied,
“You're
doing
it.
I'll
send
you
to
school.”
Every
morning
at
6:45,
we'd
leave
the__30__.
Despite
working
12
hours
every
day,
dad
never
once__31__
driving
me
to
school.
After
months
of
__32__,
I
was
facing
the
final
exam.
I
was
so
__33__.
On
the
day
of
the
final,
my
dad
hugged
me
and
said,
“Luke,__34__
yourself.
You
can
do
it.”
His
words
made
me
realize
I
needed
to
trust
in
my__35__and
in
the
hours
of
work
I'd__36__.
When
I
got
my
__37__proudly,
the
first
person
I
called
was
my
father.
He
cried,
“Yes!
You
deserved
it!”
Even
now,
whenever
I
__38__that
a
task
is
too
much
for
me,
I
think
back
to
that
exam.
No
matter
how__39__something
is,
if
you're
willing
to
work,
you
can
succeed.I'm
forever__40__
to
dad
for
that
lesson.
【语篇解读】 本文讲述的是父亲给我的一个教诲:要相信自己。因为只有相信自己才能让自己的能力得到发展。
21.A.understood
B.talked
C.guided
D.shared
【解析】 本句意:他用他的行动和建议来指导我。故选C。
【答案】 C
22.
A.history
B.lesson
C.skill
D.language
【解析】 他给我上了重要的一课:相信自己。
【答案】 B
23.
A.always
B.almost
C.ever
D.never
【解析】 根据上文“他给我上了重要的一课:相信自己。”可知本句的意思应该是“如果说有一种我爸爸从来不(never)喜欢听的说法,那就是‘我不能。'”所以D项的意思符合语境。
【答案】 D
24.A.took
B.lost
C.left
D.finished
【解析】 他连高中都没有上完并且还做(take做,干,从事)了两份工作来养活这个大家庭,但是他从不抱怨。故选A。
【答案】 A
25.A.so
B.or
C.but
D.and
【解析】 前后两句的关系表转折,即but符合此用法。
【答案】 C
26.A.good
B.free
C.terrible
D.short
【解析】 当我上高中的时候,我的数学学得很艰难(terrible困难的),故选C。
【答案】 C
27.A.still
B.nearly
C.hardly
D.probably
【解析】 他(我爸爸)尽力帮助我,但是我仍然(still仍然)学得很吃力。所以A项的意思符合语境。
【答案】 A
28.A.real
B.practical
C.immediate
D.extra
【解析】 所以为了给我额外的(extra额外的,附加的,特别的)帮助,我的数学老师建议我在上学前每天早晨七点和他见面。故选D。
【答案】 D
29.A.wonderful
B.crazy
C.expensive
D.necessary
【解析】 根据上句和
“‘That's
________!
I'm
tired!
I
can't
do
that!’那是疯狂的(crazy疯狂的)!
我很累!我做不到。”可知B项的意思符合语境。
【答案】 B
30.A.house
B.school
C.office
D.farm
【解析】 每天早晨6:45,我们要离开家(house房屋)。故选A。
【答案】 A
31.A.suggested
B.failed
C.enjoyed
D.missed
【解析】 尽管每天工作12个小时,我爸爸从来都没有误过(miss漏掉,错过)开车送我去上学。
【答案】 D
32.A.meeting
B.testing
C.learning
D.interviewing
【解析】 根据上文和
“After
months
of
________,
I
was
facing
the
final
exam.学习(learn学习)几个月之后,我正面临着期末考试。”可知C项的意思符合语境。
【答案】 C
33.A.excited
B.nervous
C.happy
D.shocked
【解析】 面临期末考试,我感到紧张。B项符合语境。
【答案】 B
34.A.stand
for
B.hold
back
C.believe
in
D.look
after
【解析】 在期末考试的那一天,我的爸爸拥抱了我并且说,Luke,相信(believe
in
=trust
in 相信,信任)你自己,你能行。
【答案】 C
35.
A.teacher
B.luck
C.time
D.ability
【解析】 他的话使我意识到我需要相信我的能力(ability能力)。
【答案】 D
36.A.wasted
B.ignored
C.picked
up
D.put
in
【解析】 做了几小时的题后,我就交卷(hand
in交上)了。
【答案】 D
37.A.answer
B.grade
C.pay
D.gift
【解析】 当我得到令人骄傲的成绩(grade成绩)的时候,我第一个打电话的人就是我爸爸。他喊道:是的,这是你应得的成绩。
【答案】 B
38.A.hope
B.forget
C.worry
D.promise
【解析】 甚至现在,无论我什么时候担心(worry担心,忧虑)有一项我力所不能及的任务时,我都会回想到那次考试。
【答案】 C
39.A.different
B.important
C.hard
D.interesting
【解析】 无论事情有多么难(hard艰难的,困难的),如果你愿意付出,你就能成功。
【答案】 C
40.A.grateful
B.sorry
C.polite
D.useful
【解析】 为了那堂课我将永远感激(grateful感谢的,
感激的)我爸爸。
【答案】 A
Ⅳ.语法填空(共10小题;每小题1.5分,满分15分)
Galileo
Galilei
was
one
of
the
world's
greatest
scientists.He
was
born
in
1564
in
Pisa,Italy.
His
father
made
him
study
medicine.
Later,
however,Galileo
became
so
41.________(interest)
in
mathematics
and
science
42.__________he
gave
up
medicine
to
study
the
former
two.
Later,
Galileo
carried
out
a
famous
experiment.
From
the
top
of
the
Leaning
Tower
of
Pisa,
he
dropped
two
different
43.________(weigh).
Before
that,
everyone
44.________(believe)
that
heavy
objects
fell
quickly
and
light
ones
fell
45.________(slow).
The
two
weights
that
Galileo
dropped
reached
the
ground
at
the
same
time.
He
tried
the
experiment
again
and
again.
Every
time
he
got
the
same
results.
At
last,he
decided
that
he
had
found
the
truth
about
46.________(fall)
objects.
Galileo
heard
that
someone
in
Holland
had
invented
an
instrument
which
made
small
objects
seem
47.________(big).
He
worked
hard
to
develop
this
idea
of
the
telescope.
He
could
then
use
48.________
telescope
to
study
the
stars.
He
found
that
the
sun
was
the
center
of
the
solar
system.
He
collected
facts
that
proved
the
earth
and
all
the
other
planets
move
49.________
the
sun.
Today
we
praise
Galileo
and
call
50.________
one
of
the
founders
of
modern
science.
【答案】
41.interested become
interested
in对……感兴趣。
42.that so...that引导状语从句,如此……以至于……。
43.weights 不同物体的重量,用复数形式。由下文The
two
weights也可知答案。
44.had
believed 此前(在实验之前),人们相信。实验是过去的事,故用过去完成时。
45.slowly 副词修饰前面的动词fell。
46.falling falling
objects下落的物体。
47.bigger 此处指放大镜使小物体看上去大了。
48.the 特指他的发明:望远镜。
49.around move
around
the
sun行星绕太阳转。
50.him 指Galileo。
Ⅴ.短文改错(共10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
As
far
as
I
can
remember,
grow
up
in
Ohio
left
many
good
memories
and
very
few
bad
ones.
We
rented
a
home
near
a
lake
where
I
spent
good
time
of
my
life.
I
attended
to
school
to
learn
a
variety
of
course,
and
went
camping
overnight
in
the
woods.
My
dog
and
I
would
go
fishing
in
the
lake
that
I
mentioned
early.
During
the
winter
we
will
come
down
at
night
and
go
ice skating
on
the
lake.
In
Ohio
the
snow
could
be
heavily
sometimes
and
too
deep
to
walk
in
as
I
was
not
that
tall
at
the
time.
It
was
not
until
I
was
sixteen
and
moved
to
California
when
the
life
was
changed.
This
was
a
tough
change
for
me
because
the
area
total
differed
from
Ohio.There
was
no
rivers
or
lakes
to
fish
in
at
all.
【答案】
As
far
as
I
can
remember,
up
in
Ohio
left
many
good
memories
and
very
few
bad
ones.
We
rented
a
home
near
a
lake
where
I
spent
good
time
of
my
life.
I
/
to
school
to
learn
a
variety
of
,
and
went
camping
overnight
in
the
woods.
My
dog
and
I
would
go
fishing
in
the
lake
that
I
mentioned
.
During
the
winter
we
come
down
at
night
and
go
ice skating
on
the
lake.
In
Ohio
the
snow
could
be
sometimes
and
too
deep
to
walk
in
as
I
was
not
that
tall
at
the
time.
It
was
not
until
I
was
sixteen
and
moved
to
California
the
life
was
changed.
This
was
a
tough
change
for
me
because
the
area
differed
from
Ohio.There
no
rivers
or
lakes
to
fish
in
at
all.
Ⅵ.书面表达(满分25分)
假设你是李华,最近在高三英语学习上遇到了一些困难,请你根据以下提示给已回到英国的好友David写一封求助信。内容如下:
1.表达对他的思念;
2.说明你在英语学习上遇到的困难;
3.请他给出建议并邀请他再来中国。
注意:1.词数100左右;
2.信的开头和结尾已给出,但不计入总词数。
Dear
David,
How
are
things
going
You
never
know
how
much
I
miss
you
these
days
when
you
aren't
by
my
side.___________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
Best
wishes.
Li
Hua
【参考范文】
Dear_David,
How_are_things_going _You_never_know_how_much_I_miss_you_these_days_when_you_aren't_by_my_side.
Thank
you
so
much
for
what
you
have
done
to
help
me
with
my
English.
Since
I
began
my
new
term
of
Grade
3,
I
have
met
with
two
new
obstacles.
The
first
one
is
that
I
find
it
difficult
to
keep
so
many
words
by
heart
every
day,
and
the
second
one
is
that
I
often
feel
nervous
when
facing
English
tests.
I
really
hope
that
you
can
give
me
some
good
advice
on
how
to
enlarge
my
vocabulary
and
overcome
my
fear
of
tests.
I
hold
the
belief
that
I
can
make
a
lot
of
progress
in
English
with
your
help.
By
the
way,
please
come
back
to
China
for
a
visit
whenever
it
is
convenient
for
you.
I
am
looking
forward
to
seeing
you
again.
Best_wishes.
Li_Hua单元尾
核心要点回扣
Ⅰ.重点单词
1.________n.工艺;科技;技术→________adj.科技的
2.________n.智力;聪明;智能→________adj.智能的;聪明的
3.________adj.私人的;个人的;亲自的→________adv.就个人而言;亲自→________n.个性;人格;人物;名人
4.________adj.总的;整个的n.总数;合计vt.共计;总计;加起来→________adv.完全地;整个地
5.________v.应用;涉及;申请→________n.申请人;求职人→________n.应用;用途;申请
6.________n.金融;财经→________adj.财政的;金融的;资金的
7.________vt.&
vi.探索;探测;探究→__________n.探险家;勘探者→________n.探索
8.________vi.出现→________n.外观;外貌;出现
9.________adj.电子的→________n.电;电学
【答案】 1.technology;technological 2.intelligence;intelligent 3.personal;personally;personality
4.total;totally 5.apply;applicant;application
6.finance;financial 7.explore;explorer;exploration 8.appear;appearance 9.electronic;electricity
Ⅱ.重点短语
1.apply
2.result
3.give
4.watch
5.____________way
顺便提一下
____________way
决不
____________way
自始至终;完全地
____________way
用这种方法
【答案】 1.for;to;oneself/one's
mind
to 2.in;from 3.away;in;out;up 4.over;out;for 5.by
the;in
no;all
the;in
this
Ⅲ.重点句式
1.______________(随着时间的推移),I
was
made
smaller.
2.Over
time
my
memory
has
developed
______________(如此多以至于),like
an
elephant,I
never
forget
anything
I
have
been
told!
3.______________(到……为止)I
was
sixteen,my
dream
had
come
true.
4.She
programs
us
with
all
the
possible
moves
she
has
seen
______________(观看人类比赛时).
【答案】 1.As
time
went
by 2.so
much
that
3.By
the
time 4.while
watching
human
games
Ⅳ.回顾话题
尽可能多地用本单元所学到的词汇和句式翻译下面的短文。
我想研制自己的机器人。它将具有人工智能并有人的外表。它不但能进行逻辑思维,还能替我照顾年迈的父母,处理我的私事。我希望这会变成现实,在它的帮助下,生活会变得很便利。
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
【参考范文】
I'd
like
to
develop
my
own
android
with
artificial
intelligence
and
human
appearances.It
not
only
thinks
logically,but
also
can
watch
over
my
old
parents
for
me
besides
dealing
with
my
personal
affairs.I
hope
it
would
become
a
reality
and
with
its
help,life
would
be
much
more
convenient.
单元综合测评
Ⅰ.阅读理解(共15小题;每小题2分,满分30分)
A
In
a
great
many
cities,
hundreds
of
people
ride
bikes
to
work
every
day.
In
New
York,
some
bike
riders
have
even
formed
a
group
called
Bike
for
a
Better
City.
They
declare
that
if
more
people
rode
bikes
to
work,
there
would
be
fewer
automobiles
in
the
downtown
part
of
the
city
and
so
less
dirty
air
from
car
engines.
For
several
years,
this
group
had
been
trying
to
get
the
city
government
to
help
bike
riders.
For
example,
they
want
the
city
to
draw
special
lanes(车道)
for
bikes
on
some
of
the
main
streets,
because
when
bike
riders
must
use
the
same
lanes
as
cars
there
are
accidents.
Bike
for
a
Better
City
feels
that
if
there
were
special
lanes,
more
people
would
use
bikes.
But
no
bike
lanes
have
been
drawn.
Not
everyone
thinks
it
is
a
good
idea—they
say
it
will
slow
traffic.
Some
store
owners
on
the
main
streets
don't
like
the
idea—they
say
that
if
there
is
less
traffic,
they
will
have
less
business.
The
city
government
has
not
yet
decided
what
to
do.
It
wants
to
keep
everyone
happy.
On
weekends,
Central
Park—the
largest
place
open
ground
in
New
York—is
closed
to
cars,
and
the
roads
may
be
used
by
bikes
only.
【语篇解读】 本文介绍了一个倡导骑自行车的组织Bike
for
a
Better
City,他们要求市政府在一些主要街道上画出专门的自行车车道,来减少交通事故和污染。
1.In
NewYork,
a
group
of
bike
riders________.
A.
are
keeping
practicing
for
health
B.have
no
cars
of
their
own
C.are
complaining
there
are
not
enough
buses
D.are
trying
to
settle
the
problem
of
air
pollution
【解析】 细节理解题。结合第一段的“there
would
be
fewer
automobiles
in
the
downtown
part
of
the
city
and
so
less
dirty
air
from
car
engines.”可知答案为D。
【答案】 D
2.The
bike
riders
suggest
that
________.
A.
bikes
should
be
used
instead
of
cars
B.bike
lanes
should
be
drawn
C.fewer
buses
or
cars
should
be
used
D.the
number
of
special
lanes
should
be
decreased
【解析】 细节理解题。结合“For
example,
they
want
the
city
to
draw
special
lanes(车道)
for
bikes
on
some
of
the
main
streets”可知答案为B。
【答案】 B
3.The
advantage
of
the
special
lanes
is
that________.
A.they
will
make
cars
and
buses
run
slowly
B.they
will
make
it
easier
for
bike
riders
to
go
to
parks
C.they
will
make
the
city
more
beautiful
D.they
will
prevent
accidents
【解析】 细节理解题。结合“when
bike
riders
must
use
the
same
lanes
as
cars
there
are
accidents.
Bike
for
a
Better
City
feels
that
if
there
were
special
lanes,
more
people
would
use
bikes”和“they
say
that
if
there
is
less
traffic,
they
will
have
less
business”可知答案为D。【答案】 D
B
If
your
child
has
mobile
Internet
access,
it
will
be
more
difficult
to
monitor(监督)
and
control
his
or
her
Internet
use.
Kids
are
turning
to
the
Internet
for
everything
from
hanging
out
with
friends
to
shopping,
which
makes
it
harder
for
parents
to
keep
track
of
their
online
activities.
Fortunately,
there
are
many
choices
for
controlling
what
your
kids
see
on
their
computers,
laptops,
and
mobile
devices.
Content
blockers
and
filters
are
great
tools
to
use
for
younger
kids.
They
allow
you
more
control
over
where
they
go
and
what
they
do
online.
A
content
blocker
can
block
some
unhealthy
websites
or
limit
a
child's
search
to
the
kind
of
sites.
A
content
filter
can
scan
sites
and
pictures
and
block
those
sites
that
contain
certain
words,
key
phrases,
or
content.
Consider
tracking
software
for
older
teenagers.
This
software
enables
you
to
see
which
sites
your
children
have
visited,
tracking
their
paths
online.
This
tool
gives
young
people
more
freedom
to
explore
the
Internet,
but
it
also
allows
you
to
check
that
they
are
using
the
Internet
responsibly.
Let
your
teenagers
know
that
you
trust
them,
but
that
you
will
be
regularly
checking
that
they
are
visiting
appropriate
sites
online.
Even
if
you
use
content
blockers,
filters,
and
trackers,
you
know
that
a
lot
of
kids
figure
out
ways
to
get
around
these,
so
it's
important
to
remain
alert
(警惕的).
Remember
that
not
all
adult
sites
can
be
identified
by
blocker,
filter,
or
tracker
software.
That's
why
it's
important
to
talk
to
your
kids
about
what
to
do
when
something
inappropriate
or
scary
comes
up.
Nothing
can
replace
involvement
and
supervision
(监督)
by
adults.
Keep
monitoring
how
your
kids
use
the
Internet
on
a
regular
basis
without
getting
into
the
role
of
Internet
traffic
police.
【语篇解读】 本文主要讲了监控孩子使用网络的一些选择。
4.What
is
the
passage
mainly
about
A.More
and
more
kids
have
mobile
Internet
access.
B.Some
choices
for
monitoring
and
controlling
kid's
Internet
use.
C.It
is
difficult
to
monitor
and
control
kid's
Internet
use.
D.Kids
are
turning
to
the
Internet
for
everything.
【解析】 主旨大意题。第一段最后一句提到控制孩子在电脑、便携式电脑和其他移动设备上所能看到的内容有几种可供选择的方法。下文就是对这几种方法的介绍。故选B。
【答案】 B
5.How
should
parents
monitor
and
control
younger
kids'
Internet
use
A.With
tracking
software.
B.With
tracking
software
and
content
blockers
and
filters.
C.With
content
blockers
and
filters.
D.With
filters
and
trackers.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段第一句可知对于年幼的孩子,家长控制他们上网的办法是内容屏蔽和过滤。显然C项正确。
【答案】 C
6.The
3rd
paragraph
is
about________.
A.how
to
monitor
and
control
older
teenagers'
Internet
use
B.how
to
monitor
and
control
younger
kids'
Internet
use
C.tracking
software
D.content
blockers
and
filters
【解析】 段落大意题。第三段第一句话提到对于年龄大的孩子,家长可以采用追踪软件控制他们对网络的使用。故A项符合句意。
【答案】 A
7.Parents
should
remain
alert
when
they
monitor
kids'
Internet
use
because________.
A.content
blockers,
filters,
and
trackers
are
useless
B.lots
of
kids
figure
out
ways
to
get
around
content
blockers,filters,and
trackers
C.not
all
adult
sites
can
be
identified
by
blocker,filter,or
tracker
software
D.nothing
can
replace
involvement
and
supervision
by
adults
【解析】 细节理解题。根据最后一段第一句可知B项正确。
【答案】 B
C
If
you
have
a
chance
to
go
to
Taiwan,
there's
one
place
you
should
not
miss—the
Taipei
Palace
Museum
which
has
around
650,000
pieces
of
ancient
Chinese
Treasures.These
treasures
were
originally
in
the
Palace
Museum
in
Beijing.
But
how
did
they
get
to
Taiwan
In
1931,
the
Japanese
invaded
the
northeast
part
of
China.
To
protect
the
national
treasures
from
the
Japanese,
the
government
of
China
decided
to
move
some
important
pieces
to
Nanjing.
However,
they
did
not
stay
long
in
Nanjing.
In
1949,
the
People's
Liberation
Army
won
in
the
Liberation
War.
The
Guomindang
government
went
from
Nanjing
to
Taiwan.
Along
with
them
they
took
the
art
pieces.
The
Taipei
Palace
Museum
was
set
up
in
1965
to
hold
the
national
treasures.
Taiwan
people
are
very
proud
of
the
Taipei
Palace
Museum.
Some
of
the
collections
are
world
famous.
One
of
them
is
the
“Jade
Cabbage”.
It
is
carved
from
a
single
piece
of
jade.
If
you
take
a
close
look,
you
can
see
two
grasshoppers
on
the
leaves,
a
large
one
and
a
small
one,
which
were
the
symbol
of
many
children
in
a
family.
If
you
are
interested
in
the
treasures,
you
could
take
a
look
at
a
12 episode
documentary
called
Taipei
Palace
Museum.China
Central
Television
showed
it
recently.
It
gives
a
picture
of
the
treasures
of
the
Taipei
Palace
Museum.
There
are
also
interviews
with
over
a
hundred
experts
about
the
stories
behind
some
of
the
pieces.【语篇解读】 本文主要介绍了台湾的故宫博物馆。
8.The
treasures
in
the
Taipei
Palace
Museum
are
mainly
from________.
A.Taiwan
B.Japan
C.Shanghai
D.Beijing
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第一段提到的“These
treasures
were
originally
in
the
Palace
Museum
in
Beijing.”可知选D项。
【答案】 D
9.The
treasures
stayed
in
Nanjing
for
about________years.
A.10
B.16
C.18
D.34
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段和第三段叙述可知是1931年到1949年,故总共是18年。
【答案】 C
10.From
the
last
two
paragraphs
we
can
learn________.
A.Taiwan
people
are
proud
of
the
Taipei
palace
Museum
because
of
its
world
famous
collections
B.the
most
famous
art
piece
in
the
museum
is
the
“Jade
Cabbage”
C.two
grasshoppers
on
the
leaves
stand
for
two
sons
in
a
family
D.you
can
learn
about
these
treasures
by
visiting
the
Taipei
Palace
Museum
【解析】 推理判断题。根据最后两段,尤其是倒数第二段第一句可知A正确。
【答案】 A
11.
What's
the
BEST
title
for
the
passage
A.The
most
famous
art
piece—Jade
Cabbage
B.The
Beijing
Palace
Museum
C.A
place
of
interest—Taiwan
D.The
Taipei
Palace
Museum
【解析】 主旨大意题。文章主要叙述了台北的故宫博物馆。
【答案】 D
D
Every
week
in
China,
millions
of
people
will
sit
in
front
of
their
TVs
watching
teenagers
compete
for
the
title
Character
Hero,
which
is
a
Chinese style
spelling
bee(拼写大赛).
In
this
challenge,
young
competitors
must
write
Chinese
characters
by
hand.To
prepare
for
the
competition,
the
competitors
usually
spend
months
studying
dictionaries.Perhaps
the
show's
popularity
should
not
be
a
surprise.
Along
with
gunpowder
and
paper,
many
Chinese
people
consider
the
creation
of
Chinese
calligraphy(书法)to
be
one
of
their
primary
contributions.Unfortunately,_all_over_the_country,_Chinese_
people_are_forgetting_how_to_write_their_own_language_without_computerized_help.
Software
on
smart
phones
and
computers
allows
users
to
type
in
the
basic
sound
of
the
word
using
the
Latin
alphabet(字母).The
correct
character
is
chosen
from
a
list.
The
result
It's
possible
to
recognize
characters
without
remembering
how
to
write
them.But
there's
still
hope
for
the
paint
brush.
China's
Education
Ministry
wants
children
to
spend
more
time
learning
how
to
write.
In
one
Beijing
primary
school
we
visited,
students
practice
calligraphy
every
day
inside
a
specially
decorated
classroom
with
traditional
Chinese
paintings
hanging
on
the
walls.
Soft
music
plays
as
a
group
of
six year olds
dip
brush
pens
into
black
ink.
They
look
up
at
the
blackboard
often
to
study
their
teacher's
examples
before
carefully
trying
to
reproduce
those
characters
on
thin
rice
paper.
“If
adults
can
survive
without
using
handwriting,
why
bother
to
teach
it
now?”
we
ask
the
calligraphy
teacher,
Shen
Bin.
“The
ability
to
write
characters
is
part
of
Chinese
tradition
and
culture,”
she
reasons.
“Students
must
learn
now
so
they
don't
forget
when
they
grow
up.”
says
the
teacher.
【语篇解读】 本文是一篇说明文。文章通过描述收视率很高的汉字拼写大赛的情况,进一步提到中国汉字书写的现状,呼吁人们重视文化传承,延续中国传统和文化。
12.
Which
of
the
following
is
closest
in
meaning
with
the
underlined
sentence
in
Paragraph
2
A.Ever
Chinese
can
write
Chinese
characters
easily,
especially
with
computers.
B.Only
with
the
help
of
computers
can
some
Chinese
people
write
Chinese
characters.
C.Despite
the
help
of
computers,
Chinese
people
have
forgotten
how
to
write.
D.Computers
are
the
only
means
to
rely
on
to
write
Chinese
characters
for
many
people.
【解析】 句意猜测题。根据画线句下一句可知,智能手机和电脑用户使用声音输入软件输入汉字,从列表中选择正确的汉字,不必学习汉字的手写。因此推断画线句大意是:没有电脑的帮助中国人正在逐渐忘记怎么书写自己的语言,也就是说,只有在电脑的帮助下一些中国人才会写汉字。故选B。
【答案】 B
13.What
can
we
learn
about
the
Character
Hero
A.
It's
open
to
people
of
all
ages
and
all
walks.
B.It's
the
most viewed
TV
programs
in
China.
C.It
means
to
spread
Chinese
culture
to
the
world.
D.It
draws
great
public
attention
across
the
country.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第一段第一句“Every
week
in
China,
millions
of
people
will
sit
in
front
of
their
TVs
watching
teenagers
compete
for
the
title
Character
Hero,
which
is
a
Chinese style
spelling
bee(拼写大赛).”可知,每周数以百万人坐在电视机前观看青少年汉字拼写大赛,因此推断这个节目吸引了公众极大的注意力。故选D。【答案】 D
14.
Why
are
Chinese
people
forgetting
how
to
write
the
characters
A.Chinese
people
don't
refer
to
dictionaries
very
often.
B.Chinese
people
no
longer
use
brush
pens
or
practice
calligraphy.
C.Chinese
people
are
using
the
Latin
alphabet
instead
of
the
characters.
D.Chinese
people
needn't
write
by
hand
as
often
with
the
help
of
technology.
【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段中的“Unfortunately,
all
over
the
country,
Chinese
people
are
forgetting
how
to
write
their
own
language
without
computerized
help.”可知,不幸的是,没有电脑的帮助中国人正在逐渐忘记如何写汉字。因此推断,中国人忘记汉字的书写主要是因为有高科技的帮助。故选D。
【答案】 D
15.
According
to
Shen
Bin,
being
able
to
write
characters
by
hand
is
________.
A.necessary
for
adults
to
survive
in
China
B.a
requirement
made
by
the
Education
Ministry
C.helpful
to
keep
Chinese
tradition
and
culture
alive
D.an
ability
to
be
developed
only
when
you
are
students
【解析】 推理判断题。根据最后一段最后一句“‘The
ability
to
write
characters
is
part
of
Chinese
tradition
and
culture,'
she
reasons.
‘Students
must
learn
now
so
they
don't
forget
when
they
grow
up.'
says
the
teacher.”可知,沈斌认为,汉字的书写是中华传统文化的一部分,学生们现在学会写汉字才不会在长大后忘记汉字的书写。因此推断她认为汉字的书写对于保持中国传统和文化的延续是有益的。故选C。
【答案】 C
Ⅱ.阅读填句(共5小题;每小题2分,满分10分)
Sometimes
people
come
into
your
life
and
you
know
right
away
that
they
are
meant
to
be
there.__16__
They
teach
you
a
lesson,or
help
you
figure
out
who
you
are
or
who
you
want
to
become.
__17__They
may
be
a
roommate,a
neighbor,a
professor,a
friend,a
lover,or
even
a
complete
stranger.Sometimes
things
happen
to
you
that
may
seem
horrible
at
first,but
later
you
will
find
that
without
those
difficulties
you
would
have
never
realized
your
potential.__18__It
would
be
safe
and
comfortable,but
dull
and
completely
pointless.
The
people
you
meet
who
affect
your
life,help
to
create
who
you
are
and
who
you
become.__19__In
fact,they
are
sometimes
the
most
important
ones.
If
someone
loves
you,give
love
back
to
them
not
only
because
they
love
you,but
also
because
they
are
teaching
you
to
love
and
how
to
open
your
heart
and
eyes
to
things.
__20__They
have
helped
you
learn
about
trust
and
the
importance
of
being
cautious
to
whom
you
open
your
heart
to.
Make
every
day
count.Appreciate
every
moment.
A.They
serve
some
sort
of
purpose.
B.Learn
a
lesson
in
life
each
day
that
you
live.
C.Even
the
bad
experiences
can
be
learned
from.
D.You
never
know
who
these
people
may
be.
E.If
someone
hurts
you,or
breaks
your
heart,forgive
them.
F.Without
these
small
tests,life
would
be
like
a
smooth
road
to
nowhere.
G.If
you
don't
believe
in
yourself,it
will
be
hard
for
others
to
believe
in
you.【答案】 16-20 ADFCE
Ⅲ.完形填空(共20小题;每小题1.5分,满分30分)
A
couple
of
weeks
ago,
my
friend
offered
to
sell
some
of
our
things
for
us.
I
thought
it
was
a
good
opportunity
to
__21__
my
7 year old
son's
room
and
__22__
some
toys
that
were
no
longer
suitable
for
him
to
play
with.
We
__23__
that
all
the
money
we
got
from
selling
the
toys
would
be
his
money.
The
night
before
the
__24__,
we
loaded
up
the
truck
with
toys
and
a
little
bike
that
was
too
__25__
for
him.In
the
yard
he
__26__the
bike
for
the
last
time
and
then
happily
put
it
onto
the
truck.
This
little
bike
had
at
least
two
previous
owners
as
far
as
we
__27__.
It
wasn't
in
the
best
__28__and
was
certainly
not
new,but
the
tires(轮胎)were
__29__
good.
We
put
a
price
of
$10
on
it,
but
it
didn't
sell.So,after
the
sale
was
__30__,my
friend
put
it
on
the
sidewalk,with
a
sign
that
__31__
“FREE
BIKE”.Within
five
minutes
her
doorbell
rang.A
little
boy
was
__32__
there.In
poor
English
he
asked
whether
the
bike
was
__33__
free.We
said
yes
and
that
he
could
have
it
for
__34__.He
smiled,got
on
the
bike
and
rode
away.
Later
that
evening
when
I
told
my
son
how
much
money
he
had
made
at
the
sale,
he
was
very__35__,shouting
happily.
He
asked
about
a
few
of
his
things,
wondering
__36__
they
had
been
sold.
When
he
asked
about
the
bike,
I
told
him
about
the
little
boy
and
that
made
him
__37__.He
was
much
happier
than
when
I
told
him
how
much
he
had
__38__.He
was
so
happy
to
__39__
that
someone
else
would
make
good
__40__
of
that
little
bike!
【语篇解读】 文章讲述了作者的朋友帮忙卖掉作者的旧东西,一辆儿子使用过的自行车没有卖掉,最后免费送给了一个男孩,那个男孩非常高兴,作者的儿子知道有人充分利用了他的自行车,也非常的高兴。
21.A.clean
B.check
C.display
D.design
【解析】 考查动词辨析。A.clean打扫;B.check检查;C.display展示;D.design设计。作者的一位朋友主动要给他们卖一些东西,作者正好借此机会清理一下儿子的房间。选A。
【答案】 A
22.A.look
for
B.go
through
C.show
off
D.deal
with
【解析】 考查动词短语辨析。A.look
for寻找;B.go
through经历;C.show
off炫耀;D.deal
with处理。根据后文可知,作者卖掉了儿子的一些玩具,故选D。
【答案】 D
23.A.refused
B.agreed
C.wrote
D.lied
【解析】 考查动词辨析。A.refuse拒绝;B.agree同意;C.write写;D.lie撒谎。作者答应所卖玩具的钱都归儿子,故选B。
【答案】 B
24.A.trip
B.show
C.sale
D.decision
【解析】 考查名词辨析。A.trip旅行;B.show展示;C.sale销售;D.decision决定。这里是指出售东西的前一天晚上,故选C。
【答案】 C
25.A.weak
B.small
C.new
D.thin
【解析】 考查形容词辨析。A.weak虚弱的;B.small小的;C.new新的;D.thin瘦的。卖掉自行车是因为孩子长高了,不适合骑那么“小”的自行车了。选B。
【答案】 B
26.A.rode
B.found
C.watched
D.felt
【解析】 考查动词辨析。A.ride骑车;B.find发现;C.watch观察;D.feel感觉。作者的儿子应该是对自行车还有所眷恋,故在拿去卖前,在院子里最后骑了一次。选A。
【答案】 A
27.A.doubted
B.knew
C.told
D.thought
【解析】 考查动词辨析。A.doubt怀疑;B.know知道;C.tell告诉;D.think想。这里是指根据作者他们所“知道”的,在他们之前这辆自行车至少已经有两个人拥有过。选B。
【答案】 B
28.A.time
B.chance
C.place
D.shape
【解析】 考查名词辨析。A.time时间;B.chance机会;C.place地方;D.shape形状。因为自行车已经几次易主,故“外形”已经不是很好了。选D。
【答案】 D
29.A.also
B.never
C.still
D.hardly
【解析】 A.also也;B.never从不;C.still仍然;D.hardly几乎不。根据but的语境可知虽然外形不怎么样,但轮胎仍然很好,故选C。
【答案】 C
30.A.ahead
B.on
C.near
D.over
【解析】 考查副词辨析。A.ahead前面;B.on上面;C.near附近;D.over结束。当整个销售活动结束后,作者的朋友把没有卖掉的自行车放在了路边。选D。
【答案】 D
31.A.said
B.repeated
C.copied
D.expressed
【解析】 考查动词辨析。A.say说话;B.repeat重复;C.copy复制;D.express表达。作者的朋友在自行车上放了一个写有“免费自行车”的牌子。这里选say,表示“内容是”。选A。
【答案】 A
32.A.jumping
B.standing
C.walking
D.shouting
【解析】 考查动词辨析。A.jump跳;B.stand站;C.walk走;D.shout大声叫喊。门开后,那个男孩应该是“站在”门前。选B。
【答案】 B
33.A.barely
B.usually
C.really
D.always
【解析】 考查副词辨析。A.barely仅仅,勉强,好容易才,几乎不;B.usually通常地;C.really真地;D.always总是。小男孩应该是问自行车是不是真的免费。选C。
【答案】 C
34.A.something
B.anything
C.everything
D.nothing
【解析】 A.something某些事;B.anything任何事;C.everything每件事;D.nothing没有事情。作者的朋友回答说是真的,他可以不用给任何东西把自行车取走。选D。
【答案】 D
35.A.calm
B.scared
C.excited
D.disappointed
【解析】 A.calm冷静的;B.scared害怕的;C.excited兴奋的;D.disappointed失望的。根据shouting
happily的语境,可知作者的儿子很兴奋。选C。
【答案】 C
36.A.when
B.if
C.why
D.how
【解析】 A.when当……时候;B.if如果,是否;C.why为什么;D.how怎样。根据wonder的语境,可知作者的儿子想知道那些东西是否已经卖掉了,故选B。
【答案】 B
37.A.smile
B.worry
C.leave
D.cry
【解析】 A.smile微笑;B.worry担心;C.leave离开;D.cry哭。根据He
was
much
happier的语境,可知作者告诉了儿子关于那个小男孩的事后,作者的儿子笑了。选A。
【答案】 A
38.A.enjoyed
B.lost
C.bought
D.made
【解析】 考查动词辨析。A.enjoy享受;B.lose失去;C.buy买;D.make制作。作者儿子脸上露出了灿烂的笑容,比作者告诉他一共卖了多少钱时还要灿烂很多。这里选D。
【答案】 D
39.A.hear
B.understand
C.remember
D.think
【解析】 考查动词辨析。A.hear听见;B.understand理解;C.remember记住;D.think想。是作者在告诉儿子相关的情况,故选A。
【答案】 A
40.A.interest
B.money
C.use
D.price
【解析】 考查名词辨析。A.interest兴趣;B.money钱;C.use使用;D.price价格。当作者的儿子知道有人充分利用这辆小自行车时非常高兴。
【答案】 C
Ⅳ.语法填空(共10小题;每小题1.5分,满分15分)
Every
student
will
be
41.________(face)
with
the
question
when
he
42.________(pass)
the
College
Entrance
Examinations:
Should
we
choose
a
good
major(专业)
or
a
good
university
first
Some
students
prefer
to
consider
majors
first
so
that
they
can
learn
43.________they
are
interested
in.It
will
also
make
44.________possible
for
them
to
take
their
favorite
jobs
in
the
future.
However,
those
who
think
45.________(different)
believe
that
the
environment
is
important
to
one's
46.________
(develop)
and
that
graduates
from
leading
universities
are
often
more
likely
47.________(find)
a
good
job.
In
my
opinion,the
best
choice
is
a
good
major
at
a
good
university.
If
we
cannot
obtain
both,
the
first
thing
48.________(consider)
is
a
good
major,because
no
matter
49.________we
study,we
can
still
achieve
a
lot
in
50.________certain
field
if
we
try
our
best.
【语篇解读】 文章叙述了许多通过了高考的学生面临先选好专业还是先选好学校的问题。
41.faced be
faced
with...面对……。
42.passes 此处用一般现在时代替将来时。
43.what 此处是what引导宾语从句,且在从句中作宾语。
44.it 此处it是形式宾语,真正的宾语是to
take...。
45.differently 此处是副词作状语。
46.development one's后接名词。
47.to
find be
likely
to
do...可能做……。
48.to
consider 名词前有序数词修饰时,其后用不定式作定语。
49.where “无论我们在哪里学习……”。
50.a “在某个特定的领域”:in
a
certain
field。
Ⅴ.短文改错(共10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
Every
weekend,I
took
my
children
to
the
park.I
think
it's
a
good
way
of
them
to
meet
other
child
and
make
friends.They
love
play
on
the
swings,so
they
are
always
very
exciting
when
we
go
to
the
park.They
also
like
playing
hide and seek
with
my
little
friends.I
often
make
some
cakes
so
that
the
children
can
eat
when
they
is
hungry.We
often
have
a
rest
on
the
grass
and
have
the
lunch
together.There
is
a
small
pond
with
a
lot
ducks
in
the
park.All
the
children
have
greatly
fun
feeding
them
pieces
of
bread.
【答案】
Every
weekend,I
my
children
to
the
park.I
think
it's
a
good
way
them
to
meet
other
and
make
friends.They
love
on
the
swings,so
they
are
always
very
when
we
go
to
the
park.They
also
like
playing
hide and seek
with
little
friends.I
often
make
some
cakes
so
that
the
children
can
eat
when
they
hungry.We
often
have
a
rest
on
the
grass
and
have
the
lunch
together.There
is
a
small
pond
with
a
lot
ducks
in
the
park.All
the
children
have
fun
feeding
them
pieces
of
bread.
Ⅵ.书面表达(满分25分)
最近,某英语报纸正在组织一次英语征文活动,邀请读者围绕“Science
and
technology
is
changing
our
life
greatly”这个话题,谈谈科学技术给我们的日常生活带来的变化。请你根据图画提示写一篇短文应征,谈谈你家三代人购物生活的变化,并畅想未来的购物方式。
注意:词数100左右。
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
【参考范文】
With
the
development
of
science
and
technology,
our
way
of
life
has
been
changing
all
the
time.
My
grandmother
told
me
she
usually
covered
a
long
distance
to
a
small
shop
in
town
to
buy
goods.
Later,
supermarkets
have
been
opened
in
our
town,so
my
mother
would
like
to
go
shopping
in
a
supermarket
near
my
house
because
it
is
very
convenient.
In
recent
years,online
shopping
has
become
popular.
Many
young
people
like
me
prefer
to
buy
what
we
like
in
front
of
the
computer
because
it
can
save
us
time
and
labour.
I
think,
in
the
future,
we
can
depend
on
our
robot
servants
to
do
shopping
as
well
as
the
housework.